Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/329/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/329/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 15 Nov 2024 12:39:04 GMT Fri, 15 Nov 2024 12:39:04 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/329/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/329/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/329/ thebookvoice.com no Catalina Collins bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/329/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785622 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survival Guide to Motherhood: The Parenting Pep Talk Every Christian Mom Needs Author: Karen Stubbs Narrator: Karen Stubbs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Survival Guide to Motherhood provides you with wisdom, encouragement, and companionship on your mothering journey. In this uplifting guide, you will encounter sage biblical insights into many different aspects of motherhood while being to encouraged to invite God into every life circumstance. Faith-based wisdom for joy-filled parenting. While most moms share the desire to love their kids and parent them well, you might be surprised to discover just how many of them feel as though they are messing it up! An experienced mom of grown children, Karen Stubbs wrote Survival Guide to Motherhood to provide you with wisdom, encouragement, and companionship on your mothering journey. As you engage with a unique aspect of mothering in each chapter, you will be - equipped with new tools for your parenting tool belt, such as managing your home, connecting with your spouse, and disciplining your child - encouraged to know you’re never alone as you encounter relatable stories and affirmations of your boundless value before God - empowered with the joy of the Lord as you learn to trust Him always In this uplifting guide, you will discover sage counsel and gentle reminders to invite God into every life circumstance. As you are freed from the prison of perfection and the fear of failure, you will believe that not only can you survive motherhood—you may even thrive! Karen Stubbs Tue, 30 Jul 2024 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785622 thebookvoice.com 4:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survival Guide to Motherhood: The Parenting Pep Talk Every Christian Mom Needs Author: Karen Stubbs Narrator: Karen Stubbs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Survival Guide to Motherhood provides you with wisdom, encouragement, and companionship on your mothering journey. In this uplifting guide, you will encounter sage biblical insights into many different aspects of motherhood while being to encouraged to invite God into every life circumstance. Faith-based wisdom for joy-filled parenting. While most moms share the desire to love their kids and parent them well, you might be surprised to discover just how many of them feel as though they are messing it up! An experienced mom of grown children, Karen Stubbs wrote Survival Guide to Motherhood to provide you with wisdom, encouragement, and companionship on your mothering journey. As you engage with a unique aspect of mothering in each chapter, you will be - equipped with new tools for your parenting tool belt, such as managing your home, connecting with your spouse, and disciplining your child - encouraged to know you’re never alone as you encounter relatable stories and affirmations of your boundless value before God - empowered with the joy of the Lord as you learn to trust Him always In this uplifting guide, you will discover sage counsel and gentle reminders to invite God into every life circumstance. As you are freed from the prison of perfection and the fear of failure, you will believe that not only can you survive motherhood—you may even thrive! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survival Guide to Motherhood: The Parenting Pep Talk Every Christian Mom Needs Author: Karen Stubbs Narrator: Karen Stubbs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Survival Guide to Motherhood provides you with wisdom, encouragement, and companionship on your mothering journey. In this uplifting guide, you will encounter sage biblical insights into many different aspects of motherhood while being to encouraged to invite God into every life circumstance. Faith-based wisdom for joy-filled parenting. While most moms share the desire to love their kids and parent them well, you might be surprised to discover just how many of them feel as though they are messing it up! An experienced mom of grown children, Karen Stubbs wrote Survival Guide to Motherhood to provide you with wisdom, encouragement, and companionship on your mothering journey. As you engage with a unique aspect of mothering in each chapter, you will be - equipped with new tools for your parenting tool belt, such as managing your home, connecting with your spouse, and disciplining your child - encouraged to know you’re never alone as you encounter relatable stories and affirmations of your boundless value before God - empowered with the joy of the Lord as you learn to trust Him always In this uplifting guide, you will discover sage counsel and gentle reminders to invite God into every life circumstance. As you are freed from the prison of perfection and the fear of failure, you will believe that not only can you survive motherhood—you may even thrive! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/743470 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/743470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strange, Spooky and Supernatural: Curious Tales of Fascinating People, Places and Things Author: Mike Browne Narrator: Mike Browne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER Toronto Star Bestseller Globe and Mail Bestseller Indigo Staff Pick of the Month The creator of the Dark Poutine podcast—and bestselling author of Murder, Madness and Mayhem—is back with a new collection of stories for those who are curious about the paranormal, the mysterious and the unexplained Strange, Spooky and Supernatural is divided into three sections and recounts stories of unusual and enigmatic people, places and things. The first section explores strange people in history, including the death of escape artist and occult debunker Harry Houdini; BC resident Granger Taylor, who left a note saying he was leaving on a spaceship and disappeared; and a man known only as Jerome, who was discovered on a Nova Scotia beach in 1863 and was unable to communicate anything about his past. The second section, about strange places, embarks on a journey around the world, touching down in locations cloaked in mystery and steeped in spine-chilling stories of hauntings, unexplained deaths and lost civilizations. This chapter includes stories about the Borley Rectory, which has been labelled the most haunted house in England; Nahanni National Park in the Northwest Territories, which is referred to by many as “the Valley of Headless Men”; and the unexplained occurrences at Old MacDonald’s Farm in Caledonia Mills, Nova Scotia. In the final section, Browne explores mysterious things including the Van Meter Visitor, an unidentified nocturnal creature that terrorized citizens of the small town of Van Meter, Iowa, in 1903; the Vampire of Highgate Cemetery, an entity that allegedly haunted the famous cemetery in London during the 1970s; and the Philip Experiment, a 1970s-era parapsychological experiment conducted in Toronto. Strange, Spooky and Supernatural includes a foreword by paranormal researcher Morgan Knudsen, who is also a co-host of the podcast Supernatural Circumstances. Mike Browne Tue, 01 Oct 2024 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/743470 thebookvoice.com 9:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/743470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strange, Spooky and Supernatural: Curious Tales of Fascinating People, Places and Things Author: Mike Browne Narrator: Mike Browne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER Toronto Star Bestseller Globe and Mail Bestseller Indigo Staff Pick of the Month The creator of the Dark Poutine podcast—and bestselling author of Murder, Madness and Mayhem—is back with a new collection of stories for those who are curious about the paranormal, the mysterious and the unexplained Strange, Spooky and Supernatural is divided into three sections and recounts stories of unusual and enigmatic people, places and things. The first section explores strange people in history, including the death of escape artist and occult debunker Harry Houdini; BC resident Granger Taylor, who left a note saying he was leaving on a spaceship and disappeared; and a man known only as Jerome, who was discovered on a Nova Scotia beach in 1863 and was unable to communicate anything about his past. The second section, about strange places, embarks on a journey around the world, touching down in locations cloaked in mystery and steeped in spine-chilling stories of hauntings, unexplained deaths and lost civilizations. This chapter includes stories about the Borley Rectory, which has been labelled the most haunted house in England; Nahanni National Park in the Northwest Territories, which is referred to by many as “the Valley of Headless Men”; and the unexplained occurrences at Old MacDonald’s Farm in Caledonia Mills, Nova Scotia. In the final section, Browne explores mysterious things including the Van Meter Visitor, an unidentified nocturnal creature that terrorized citizens of the small town of Van Meter, Iowa, in 1903; the Vampire of Highgate Cemetery, an entity that allegedly haunted the famous cemetery in London during the 1970s; and the Philip Experiment, a 1970s-era parapsychological experiment conducted in Toronto. Strange, Spooky and Supernatural includes a foreword by paranormal researcher Morgan Knudsen, who is also a co-host of the podcast Supernatural Circumstances. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/743470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strange, Spooky and Supernatural: Curious Tales of Fascinating People, Places and Things Author: Mike Browne Narrator: Mike Browne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER Toronto Star Bestseller Globe and Mail Bestseller Indigo Staff Pick of the Month The creator of the Dark Poutine podcast—and bestselling author of Murder, Madness and Mayhem—is back with a new collection of stories for those who are curious about the paranormal, the mysterious and the unexplained Strange, Spooky and Supernatural is divided into three sections and recounts stories of unusual and enigmatic people, places and things. The first section explores strange people in history, including the death of escape artist and occult debunker Harry Houdini; BC resident Granger Taylor, who left a note saying he was leaving on a spaceship and disappeared; and a man known only as Jerome, who was discovered on a Nova Scotia beach in 1863 and was unable to communicate anything about his past. The second section, about strange places, embarks on a journey around the world, touching down in locations cloaked in mystery and steeped in spine-chilling stories of hauntings, unexplained deaths and lost civilizations. This chapter includes stories about the Borley Rectory, which has been labelled the most haunted house in England; Nahanni National Park in the Northwest Territories, which is referred to by many as “the Valley of Headless Men”; and the unexplained occurrences at Old MacDonald’s Farm in Caledonia Mills, Nova Scotia. In the final section, Browne explores mysterious things including the Van Meter Visitor, an unidentified nocturnal creature that terrorized citizens of the small town of Van Meter, Iowa, in 1903; the Vampire of Highgate Cemetery, an entity that allegedly haunted the famous cemetery in London during the 1970s; and the Philip Experiment, a 1970s-era parapsychological experiment conducted in Toronto. Strange, Spooky and Supernatural includes a foreword by paranormal researcher Morgan Knudsen, who is also a co-host of the podcast Supernatural Circumstances. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727955 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: MeatEater's American History: The Long Hunters (1761-1775) Author: Steven Rinella, Clay Newcomb Narrator: Clay Newcomb, Steven Rinella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4.87 of Total 15 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the creators of the New York Times bestselling series Campfire Stories: Close Calls comes a new original audiobook that brings to life the bold, hair-raising, and often tragic adventures of a generation of eighteenth-century frontiersmen: the Long Hunters. Steven Rinella (The MeatEater Podcast) and Clay Newcomb (MeatEater's Bear Grease podcast) gather listeners for a new round of stories, this time drawing from the lives of the rugged Long Hunters, who include such figures as Daniel Boone, Henry Skaggs, and Kasper Mansker. These were the commercial hunters and trappers who explored and exploited the First Far West, the land across the Appalachian Mountains, in the era between the Seven Years War and the American Revolution—one of the most fabled periods of American history. The feats of these courageous, resilient backwoodsmen forever shaped a national identity centered around individualism, capitalism, freedom, and the need for wild places and wild animals. Steven Rinella, Clay Newcomb Tue, 09 Jan 2024 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727955 thebookvoice.com 6:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: MeatEater's American History: The Long Hunters (1761-1775) Author: Steven Rinella, Clay Newcomb Narrator: Clay Newcomb, Steven Rinella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4.87 of Total 15 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the creators of the New York Times bestselling series Campfire Stories: Close Calls comes a new original audiobook that brings to life the bold, hair-raising, and often tragic adventures of a generation of eighteenth-century frontiersmen: the Long Hunters. Steven Rinella (The MeatEater Podcast) and Clay Newcomb (MeatEater's Bear Grease podcast) gather listeners for a new round of stories, this time drawing from the lives of the rugged Long Hunters, who include such figures as Daniel Boone, Henry Skaggs, and Kasper Mansker. These were the commercial hunters and trappers who explored and exploited the First Far West, the land across the Appalachian Mountains, in the era between the Seven Years War and the American Revolution—one of the most fabled periods of American history. The feats of these courageous, resilient backwoodsmen forever shaped a national identity centered around individualism, capitalism, freedom, and the need for wild places and wild animals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/727955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: MeatEater's American History: The Long Hunters (1761-1775) Author: Steven Rinella, Clay Newcomb Narrator: Clay Newcomb, Steven Rinella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4.87 of Total 15 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the creators of the New York Times bestselling series Campfire Stories: Close Calls comes a new original audiobook that brings to life the bold, hair-raising, and often tragic adventures of a generation of eighteenth-century frontiersmen: the Long Hunters. Steven Rinella (The MeatEater Podcast) and Clay Newcomb (MeatEater's Bear Grease podcast) gather listeners for a new round of stories, this time drawing from the lives of the rugged Long Hunters, who include such figures as Daniel Boone, Henry Skaggs, and Kasper Mansker. These were the commercial hunters and trappers who explored and exploited the First Far West, the land across the Appalachian Mountains, in the era between the Seven Years War and the American Revolution—one of the most fabled periods of American history. The feats of these courageous, resilient backwoodsmen forever shaped a national identity centered around individualism, capitalism, freedom, and the need for wild places and wild animals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721800 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One of Our Own: An Audio Original Thriller Author: Lucinda Berry Narrator: Tessa Albertson, A.J. Cook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 14 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A suicide prevention hotline volunteer answers a call that turns her world upside down in this edge-of-your-seat audio original thriller by the bestselling author of The Perfect Child and The Best of Friends, performed by A.J. Cook (Criminal Minds) and Tessa Albertson (Younger). Felicia, a single mother and lawyer by day, volunteers at a local crisis center to give back to her tightknit community in a small Wisconsin town. One night, she answers a horrifying call: through tears, a frantic teenage girl tells her that she was a victim of sexual assault at a local house party. Felicia is shocked, and breaking protocol, she begins communicating with the girl on her own, determined to keep her safe and hold her assailants accountable. But as she gets closer and closer to the truth, she can’t shake the feeling that she and the girl are connected by more than the phone call. As the girl shares more details, Felicia begins to think the unthinkable—someone close to her may be involved in this heinous crime. As Felicia earns the girl’s trust and more facts emerge about the incident, she faces a gut-wrenching battle between her protective instincts and the moral responsibility to do what’s right. This taut thriller is the perfect listen for fans of The Push, Wrong Place Wrong Time, and We Need to Talk About Kevin. Lucinda Berry Tue, 12 Mar 2024 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721800 thebookvoice.com 3:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One of Our Own: An Audio Original Thriller Author: Lucinda Berry Narrator: Tessa Albertson, A.J. Cook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 14 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A suicide prevention hotline volunteer answers a call that turns her world upside down in this edge-of-your-seat audio original thriller by the bestselling author of The Perfect Child and The Best of Friends, performed by A.J. Cook (Criminal Minds) and Tessa Albertson (Younger). Felicia, a single mother and lawyer by day, volunteers at a local crisis center to give back to her tightknit community in a small Wisconsin town. One night, she answers a horrifying call: through tears, a frantic teenage girl tells her that she was a victim of sexual assault at a local house party. Felicia is shocked, and breaking protocol, she begins communicating with the girl on her own, determined to keep her safe and hold her assailants accountable. But as she gets closer and closer to the truth, she can’t shake the feeling that she and the girl are connected by more than the phone call. As the girl shares more details, Felicia begins to think the unthinkable—someone close to her may be involved in this heinous crime. As Felicia earns the girl’s trust and more facts emerge about the incident, she faces a gut-wrenching battle between her protective instincts and the moral responsibility to do what’s right. This taut thriller is the perfect listen for fans of The Push, Wrong Place Wrong Time, and We Need to Talk About Kevin. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/721800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One of Our Own: An Audio Original Thriller Author: Lucinda Berry Narrator: Tessa Albertson, A.J. Cook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 14 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A suicide prevention hotline volunteer answers a call that turns her world upside down in this edge-of-your-seat audio original thriller by the bestselling author of The Perfect Child and The Best of Friends, performed by A.J. Cook (Criminal Minds) and Tessa Albertson (Younger). Felicia, a single mother and lawyer by day, volunteers at a local crisis center to give back to her tightknit community in a small Wisconsin town. One night, she answers a horrifying call: through tears, a frantic teenage girl tells her that she was a victim of sexual assault at a local house party. Felicia is shocked, and breaking protocol, she begins communicating with the girl on her own, determined to keep her safe and hold her assailants accountable. But as she gets closer and closer to the truth, she can’t shake the feeling that she and the girl are connected by more than the phone call. As the girl shares more details, Felicia begins to think the unthinkable—someone close to her may be involved in this heinous crime. As Felicia earns the girl’s trust and more facts emerge about the incident, she faces a gut-wrenching battle between her protective instincts and the moral responsibility to do what’s right. This taut thriller is the perfect listen for fans of The Push, Wrong Place Wrong Time, and We Need to Talk About Kevin. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/718974 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/718974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Shouldn't Be Telling You This: (But I'm Going to Anyway) Author: Chelsea Devantez Narrator: Chelsea Devantez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: "It’s f*cking great!!! Raw, intimate, hilarious, actually inspiring.” –Jon Stewart *A MOST ANTICIPATED BOOK FROM BUSTLE, GOODREADS, GOODREADS, SHEREADS, BOOKRIOT, AND MORE* A dynamic memoir-in-essays by comedian, screenwriter, and podcaster Chelsea Devantez, detailing her tumultuous upbringing and uproarious career path into Hollywood, featuring a bonus chapter exclusive to the audio edition. There are things Chelsea Devantez probably shouldn’t be telling you. Many of them are in this book: some are embarrassing (like when she tried to break her three year spell of celibacy using a guide of seduction tips). Some are confessional (getting sentenced to the “hell hill” at Mormon church camp). Some are TMI (a series of outrageous doctor visits that ended with one doctor misdiagnosing her as “pregnant.” Woopsies!). Then there are things Chelsea really shouldn’t be telling you: like the time her biggest family secret was publicly outed, or about the drive-by shootings and the precipitating domestic violence she survived. Yet through it all, it’s the women in Chelsea’s life who kept her going – from the lowest points of her childhood when she and her mom had only $100 left to their name, all the way to her career highs as the Emmy-nominated Head Writer for The Problem with Jon Stewart and sensational podcaster deemed “the celebrity memoir whisperer” by her fans.  In I Shouldn't Be Telling You This, Chelsea centers each story around a different woman who shaped her life, taking us on a tour of friends and strangers, fictional characters and celebrities, heroes and villains who will destroy any Netflix algorithm for a “strong female lead.” Reading it will feel kinda like that moment at a party when your friend beckons you close, sloshes her martini around, and covertly whispers, “I really shouldn’t say this, but…” Chelsea Devantez Tue, 04 Jun 2024 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/718974 thebookvoice.com 8:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/718974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Shouldn't Be Telling You This: (But I'm Going to Anyway) Author: Chelsea Devantez Narrator: Chelsea Devantez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: "It’s f*cking great!!! Raw, intimate, hilarious, actually inspiring.” –Jon Stewart *A MOST ANTICIPATED BOOK FROM BUSTLE, GOODREADS, GOODREADS, SHEREADS, BOOKRIOT, AND MORE* A dynamic memoir-in-essays by comedian, screenwriter, and podcaster Chelsea Devantez, detailing her tumultuous upbringing and uproarious career path into Hollywood, featuring a bonus chapter exclusive to the audio edition. There are things Chelsea Devantez probably shouldn’t be telling you. Many of them are in this book: some are embarrassing (like when she tried to break her three year spell of celibacy using a guide of seduction tips). Some are confessional (getting sentenced to the “hell hill” at Mormon church camp). Some are TMI (a series of outrageous doctor visits that ended with one doctor misdiagnosing her as “pregnant.” Woopsies!). Then there are things Chelsea really shouldn’t be telling you: like the time her biggest family secret was publicly outed, or about the drive-by shootings and the precipitating domestic violence she survived. Yet through it all, it’s the women in Chelsea’s life who kept her going – from the lowest points of her childhood when she and her mom had only $100 left to their name, all the way to her career highs as the Emmy-nominated Head Writer for The Problem with Jon Stewart and sensational podcaster deemed “the celebrity memoir whisperer” by her fans.  In I Shouldn't Be Telling You This, Chelsea centers each story around a different woman who shaped her life, taking us on a tour of friends and strangers, fictional characters and celebrities, heroes and villains who will destroy any Netflix algorithm for a “strong female lead.” Reading it will feel kinda like that moment at a party when your friend beckons you close, sloshes her martini around, and covertly whispers, “I really shouldn’t say this, but…” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/718974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Shouldn't Be Telling You This: (But I'm Going to Anyway) Author: Chelsea Devantez Narrator: Chelsea Devantez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: "It’s f*cking great!!! Raw, intimate, hilarious, actually inspiring.” –Jon Stewart *A MOST ANTICIPATED BOOK FROM BUSTLE, GOODREADS, GOODREADS, SHEREADS, BOOKRIOT, AND MORE* A dynamic memoir-in-essays by comedian, screenwriter, and podcaster Chelsea Devantez, detailing her tumultuous upbringing and uproarious career path into Hollywood, featuring a bonus chapter exclusive to the audio edition. There are things Chelsea Devantez probably shouldn’t be telling you. Many of them are in this book: some are embarrassing (like when she tried to break her three year spell of celibacy using a guide of seduction tips). Some are confessional (getting sentenced to the “hell hill” at Mormon church camp). Some are TMI (a series of outrageous doctor visits that ended with one doctor misdiagnosing her as “pregnant.” Woopsies!). Then there are things Chelsea really shouldn’t be telling you: like the time her biggest family secret was publicly outed, or about the drive-by shootings and the precipitating domestic violence she survived. Yet through it all, it’s the women in Chelsea’s life who kept her going – from the lowest points of her childhood when she and her mom had only $100 left to their name, all the way to her career highs as the Emmy-nominated Head Writer for The Problem with Jon Stewart and sensational podcaster deemed “the celebrity memoir whisperer” by her fans.  In I Shouldn't Be Telling You This, Chelsea centers each story around a different woman who shaped her life, taking us on a tour of friends and strangers, fictional characters and celebrities, heroes and villains who will destroy any Netflix algorithm for a “strong female lead.” Reading it will feel kinda like that moment at a party when your friend beckons you close, sloshes her martini around, and covertly whispers, “I really shouldn’t say this, but…” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712957 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Listen for the Lie Author: Amy Tintera Narrator: Will Damron, January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Am I a murderer? You tell me . . . You probably already know my name. Lucy Chase, the woman who doesn’t remember murdering her best friend. Even though they couldn’t find enough evidence to charge me, I know you all think I did it. That’s OK. I realise being found wandering the streets the next day covered in her blood wasn't a great look. Believe me, I’m as frustrated as you are. I’d love to know if I’m a murderer – it’s the sort of thing you really should know about yourself, isn’t it? And now, thanks to true-crime podcast Listen for the Lie, I finally have the chance to find out. But will I be able to live with myself if it turns out it was me? And if it wasn’t, will digging into the secrets of the night I forgot make me the next target of whoever did? Perfect for fans of HOW TO KILL YOUR FAMILY by Bella Mackie, NONE OF THIS IS TRUE by Lisa Jewell and MURDER IN THE FAMILY by Cara Hunter. 'Edgy, thrilling, twisty - I loved it!' - LIANE MORIARTY 'A world-class whodunit' - STEPHEN KING ‘Smart, surprising and very funny - wickedly entertaining’ – SHARI LAPENA ©2024 Amy Tintera (P)2024 Penguin Audio Amy Tintera Tue, 05 Mar 2024 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712957 thebookvoice.com 9:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Listen for the Lie Author: Amy Tintera Narrator: Will Damron, January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Am I a murderer? You tell me . . . You probably already know my name. Lucy Chase, the woman who doesn’t remember murdering her best friend. Even though they couldn’t find enough evidence to charge me, I know you all think I did it. That’s OK. I realise being found wandering the streets the next day covered in her blood wasn't a great look. Believe me, I’m as frustrated as you are. I’d love to know if I’m a murderer – it’s the sort of thing you really should know about yourself, isn’t it? And now, thanks to true-crime podcast Listen for the Lie, I finally have the chance to find out. But will I be able to live with myself if it turns out it was me? And if it wasn’t, will digging into the secrets of the night I forgot make me the next target of whoever did? Perfect for fans of HOW TO KILL YOUR FAMILY by Bella Mackie, NONE OF THIS IS TRUE by Lisa Jewell and MURDER IN THE FAMILY by Cara Hunter. 'Edgy, thrilling, twisty - I loved it!' - LIANE MORIARTY 'A world-class whodunit' - STEPHEN KING ‘Smart, surprising and very funny - wickedly entertaining’ – SHARI LAPENA ©2024 Amy Tintera (P)2024 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Listen for the Lie Author: Amy Tintera Narrator: Will Damron, January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Am I a murderer? You tell me . . . You probably already know my name. Lucy Chase, the woman who doesn’t remember murdering her best friend. Even though they couldn’t find enough evidence to charge me, I know you all think I did it. That’s OK. I realise being found wandering the streets the next day covered in her blood wasn't a great look. Believe me, I’m as frustrated as you are. I’d love to know if I’m a murderer – it’s the sort of thing you really should know about yourself, isn’t it? And now, thanks to true-crime podcast Listen for the Lie, I finally have the chance to find out. But will I be able to live with myself if it turns out it was me? And if it wasn’t, will digging into the secrets of the night I forgot make me the next target of whoever did? Perfect for fans of HOW TO KILL YOUR FAMILY by Bella Mackie, NONE OF THIS IS TRUE by Lisa Jewell and MURDER IN THE FAMILY by Cara Hunter. 'Edgy, thrilling, twisty - I loved it!' - LIANE MORIARTY 'A world-class whodunit' - STEPHEN KING ‘Smart, surprising and very funny - wickedly entertaining’ – SHARI LAPENA ©2024 Amy Tintera (P)2024 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708838 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Magical Overthinking: Notes on Modern Irrationality Author: Amanda Montell Narrator: Amanda Montell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From the bestselling author of Cultish and host of the podcast Sounds Like a Cult, a delicious blend of cultural criticism and personal narrative that explores our cognitive biases and the power, disadvantages, and highlights of magical thinking. Utilizing the linguistic insights of her “witty and brilliant” (Blyth Roberson, author of America the Beautiful?) first book Wordslut and the sociological explorations of her breakout hit Cultish, Amanda Montell now turns her erudite eye to the inner workings of the human mind and its biases in her most personal and electrifying work yet. “Magical thinking” can be broadly defined as the belief that one’s internal thoughts can affect unrelated events in the external world: think of the conviction that one can manifest their way out of poverty, stave off cancer with positive vibes, thwart the apocalypse by learning to can their own peaches, or transform an unhealthy relationship to a glorious one with loyalty alone. In all its forms, magical thinking works in service of restoring agency amid chaos, but in The Age of Magical Overthinking, Montell argues that in the modern information age, our brain’s coping mechanisms have been overloaded, and our irrationality turned up to an eleven. In a series of razor sharp, deeply funny chapters, Montell delves into a cornucopia of the cognitive biases that run rampant in our brains, from how the “halo effect” cultivates worship (and hatred) of larger-than-life celebrities, to how the “sunk cost fallacy” can keep us in detrimental relationships long after we’ve realized they’re not serving us. As she illuminates these concepts with her signature brilliance and wit, Montell’s prevailing message is one of hope, empathy, and ultimately forgiveness for our anxiety-addled human selves. If you have all but lost faith in our ability to reason, Montell aims to make some sense of the senseless. To crack open a window in our minds, and let a warm breeze in. To help quiet the cacophony for a while, or even hear a melody in it. Amanda Montell Tue, 09 Apr 2024 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708838 thebookvoice.com 6:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Magical Overthinking: Notes on Modern Irrationality Author: Amanda Montell Narrator: Amanda Montell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From the bestselling author of Cultish and host of the podcast Sounds Like a Cult, a delicious blend of cultural criticism and personal narrative that explores our cognitive biases and the power, disadvantages, and highlights of magical thinking. Utilizing the linguistic insights of her “witty and brilliant” (Blyth Roberson, author of America the Beautiful?) first book Wordslut and the sociological explorations of her breakout hit Cultish, Amanda Montell now turns her erudite eye to the inner workings of the human mind and its biases in her most personal and electrifying work yet. “Magical thinking” can be broadly defined as the belief that one’s internal thoughts can affect unrelated events in the external world: think of the conviction that one can manifest their way out of poverty, stave off cancer with positive vibes, thwart the apocalypse by learning to can their own peaches, or transform an unhealthy relationship to a glorious one with loyalty alone. In all its forms, magical thinking works in service of restoring agency amid chaos, but in The Age of Magical Overthinking, Montell argues that in the modern information age, our brain’s coping mechanisms have been overloaded, and our irrationality turned up to an eleven. In a series of razor sharp, deeply funny chapters, Montell delves into a cornucopia of the cognitive biases that run rampant in our brains, from how the “halo effect” cultivates worship (and hatred) of larger-than-life celebrities, to how the “sunk cost fallacy” can keep us in detrimental relationships long after we’ve realized they’re not serving us. As she illuminates these concepts with her signature brilliance and wit, Montell’s prevailing message is one of hope, empathy, and ultimately forgiveness for our anxiety-addled human selves. If you have all but lost faith in our ability to reason, Montell aims to make some sense of the senseless. To crack open a window in our minds, and let a warm breeze in. To help quiet the cacophony for a while, or even hear a melody in it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Magical Overthinking: Notes on Modern Irrationality Author: Amanda Montell Narrator: Amanda Montell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From the bestselling author of Cultish and host of the podcast Sounds Like a Cult, a delicious blend of cultural criticism and personal narrative that explores our cognitive biases and the power, disadvantages, and highlights of magical thinking. Utilizing the linguistic insights of her “witty and brilliant” (Blyth Roberson, author of America the Beautiful?) first book Wordslut and the sociological explorations of her breakout hit Cultish, Amanda Montell now turns her erudite eye to the inner workings of the human mind and its biases in her most personal and electrifying work yet. “Magical thinking” can be broadly defined as the belief that one’s internal thoughts can affect unrelated events in the external world: think of the conviction that one can manifest their way out of poverty, stave off cancer with positive vibes, thwart the apocalypse by learning to can their own peaches, or transform an unhealthy relationship to a glorious one with loyalty alone. In all its forms, magical thinking works in service of restoring agency amid chaos, but in The Age of Magical Overthinking, Montell argues that in the modern information age, our brain’s coping mechanisms have been overloaded, and our irrationality turned up to an eleven. In a series of razor sharp, deeply funny chapters, Montell delves into a cornucopia of the cognitive biases that run rampant in our brains, from how the “halo effect” cultivates worship (and hatred) of larger-than-life celebrities, to how the “sunk cost fallacy” can keep us in detrimental relationships long after we’ve realized they’re not serving us. As she illuminates these concepts with her signature brilliance and wit, Montell’s prevailing message is one of hope, empathy, and ultimately forgiveness for our anxiety-addled human selves. If you have all but lost faith in our ability to reason, Montell aims to make some sense of the senseless. To crack open a window in our minds, and let a warm breeze in. To help quiet the cacophony for a while, or even hear a melody in it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707641 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707641]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading with Vulnerability: Unlock Your Greatest Superpower to Trans-form Yourself, Your Team, and Your Organization Author: Jacob Morgan Narrator: Jacob Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Based on over 100 CEO interviews and a survey of nearly 14,000 employees, renowned leadership thought leader and futurist Jacob Morgan shares candid stories and original research that shows how leaders can tap into vulnerability to transform themselves, their teams, and their organizations. This book will show you why it's so crucial to lead with vulnerability and how to do it well. You will learn: the difference between being vulnerable and leading with vulnerability; the five vulnerable leader superheroes; what makes leaders feel most vulnerable at work and why; the ROI of leading with vulnerability; the eight attributes of vulnerable leaders; what happens when vulnerability is used against you; how to climb the 'vulnerability mountain'; and what keeps leaders from being vulnerable at work and how to overcome it. Leading with Vulnerability is not just a book to share with your leaders and your coworkers. It's an invitation to a paradigm-shifting adventure. Nothing like this has been written before and, after listening to it, you'll never look at leadership the same way again. Jacob Morgan Tue, 14 Nov 2023 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707641 thebookvoice.com 6:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707641]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading with Vulnerability: Unlock Your Greatest Superpower to Trans-form Yourself, Your Team, and Your Organization Author: Jacob Morgan Narrator: Jacob Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Based on over 100 CEO interviews and a survey of nearly 14,000 employees, renowned leadership thought leader and futurist Jacob Morgan shares candid stories and original research that shows how leaders can tap into vulnerability to transform themselves, their teams, and their organizations. This book will show you why it's so crucial to lead with vulnerability and how to do it well. You will learn: the difference between being vulnerable and leading with vulnerability; the five vulnerable leader superheroes; what makes leaders feel most vulnerable at work and why; the ROI of leading with vulnerability; the eight attributes of vulnerable leaders; what happens when vulnerability is used against you; how to climb the 'vulnerability mountain'; and what keeps leaders from being vulnerable at work and how to overcome it. Leading with Vulnerability is not just a book to share with your leaders and your coworkers. It's an invitation to a paradigm-shifting adventure. Nothing like this has been written before and, after listening to it, you'll never look at leadership the same way again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707641]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading with Vulnerability: Unlock Your Greatest Superpower to Trans-form Yourself, Your Team, and Your Organization Author: Jacob Morgan Narrator: Jacob Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Based on over 100 CEO interviews and a survey of nearly 14,000 employees, renowned leadership thought leader and futurist Jacob Morgan shares candid stories and original research that shows how leaders can tap into vulnerability to transform themselves, their teams, and their organizations. This book will show you why it's so crucial to lead with vulnerability and how to do it well. You will learn: the difference between being vulnerable and leading with vulnerability; the five vulnerable leader superheroes; what makes leaders feel most vulnerable at work and why; the ROI of leading with vulnerability; the eight attributes of vulnerable leaders; what happens when vulnerability is used against you; how to climb the 'vulnerability mountain'; and what keeps leaders from being vulnerable at work and how to overcome it. Leading with Vulnerability is not just a book to share with your leaders and your coworkers. It's an invitation to a paradigm-shifting adventure. Nothing like this has been written before and, after listening to it, you'll never look at leadership the same way again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/696192 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/696192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Best Year Ever: A 5-Step Plan for Achieving Your Most Important Goals • Revised and Updated Author: Michael Hyatt Narrator: Michael Hyatt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: This is the year you finally close the gap between reality and your dreams.We all want to live a life that matters. We all want to reach our full potential. But too often we find ourselves overwhelmed by the day-to-day. Our biggest goals get pushed to the back burner—and then, more often than not, they get abandoned and forgotten. It doesn’t have to be that way! In this new, fully revised and updated edition of Your Best Year Ever, Michael Hyatt shares a powerful, proven, research-driven system for setting and achieving your goals. You’ll learn how to design your best year ever by discovering• what’s holding you back right now• how to overcome your past setbacks• the seven attributes of effective goals• how to quit-proof your goals• the role of habits in personal achievement• what to do when you feel stuck• and much moreIf you’re tired of not seeing progress in your personal, intellectual, business, relational, or financial goals, it’s time for you to have your best year ever!This audiobook includes a supplemental PDF. Supplementary images also available at yourbestyeareverbook.com/audiobook/ Michael Hyatt Tue, 14 Nov 2023 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/696192 thebookvoice.com 5:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/696192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Best Year Ever: A 5-Step Plan for Achieving Your Most Important Goals • Revised and Updated Author: Michael Hyatt Narrator: Michael Hyatt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: This is the year you finally close the gap between reality and your dreams.We all want to live a life that matters. We all want to reach our full potential. But too often we find ourselves overwhelmed by the day-to-day. Our biggest goals get pushed to the back burner—and then, more often than not, they get abandoned and forgotten. It doesn’t have to be that way! In this new, fully revised and updated edition of Your Best Year Ever, Michael Hyatt shares a powerful, proven, research-driven system for setting and achieving your goals. You’ll learn how to design your best year ever by discovering• what’s holding you back right now• how to overcome your past setbacks• the seven attributes of effective goals• how to quit-proof your goals• the role of habits in personal achievement• what to do when you feel stuck• and much moreIf you’re tired of not seeing progress in your personal, intellectual, business, relational, or financial goals, it’s time for you to have your best year ever!This audiobook includes a supplemental PDF. Supplementary images also available at yourbestyeareverbook.com/audiobook/ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/696192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Best Year Ever: A 5-Step Plan for Achieving Your Most Important Goals • Revised and Updated Author: Michael Hyatt Narrator: Michael Hyatt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: This is the year you finally close the gap between reality and your dreams.We all want to live a life that matters. We all want to reach our full potential. But too often we find ourselves overwhelmed by the day-to-day. Our biggest goals get pushed to the back burner—and then, more often than not, they get abandoned and forgotten. It doesn’t have to be that way! In this new, fully revised and updated edition of Your Best Year Ever, Michael Hyatt shares a powerful, proven, research-driven system for setting and achieving your goals. You’ll learn how to design your best year ever by discovering• what’s holding you back right now• how to overcome your past setbacks• the seven attributes of effective goals• how to quit-proof your goals• the role of habits in personal achievement• what to do when you feel stuck• and much moreIf you’re tired of not seeing progress in your personal, intellectual, business, relational, or financial goals, it’s time for you to have your best year ever!This audiobook includes a supplemental PDF. Supplementary images also available at yourbestyeareverbook.com/audiobook/ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/696193 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/696193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Move Fast & Fix Things: The Trusted Leader's Guide to Solving Hard Problems Author: Frances Frei, Anne Morriss Narrator: Anne Morriss, Frances Frei Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Bestselling authors and cohosts of the TED podcast Fixable, Frances Frei and Anne Morriss reinvent the playbook for how to lead change—with a radical approach that moves fast, builds trust, and accelerates excellence.Speed has gotten a bad name in business, much of it deserved. When Facebook made “Move fast and break things” an informal company motto, it fueled a widely held belief that we can either make progress or take care of people, one or the other. That a certain amount of wreckage is the price we have to pay for inventing the future.Leadership experts Frances Frei and Anne Morriss argue that this belief is deeply flawed—and that it keeps you from building a great company. Helping executives and entrepreneurs solve their toughest problems over the past decade, Frei and Morriss learned that the trade-off between speed and excellence is false. The best leaders solve hard problems with fierce urgency while making their organizations—employees, customers, and shareholders—even stronger. They move fast and fix things.Based on their work with fast-moving companies such as Uber, Riot Games, and WeWork, Frei and Morriss reveal the five essential steps to moving fast and fixing things. You’ll learn to:• Identify the real problem holding you back• Build and rebuild trust in your company• Create a culture where everyone can thrive• Communicate powerfully as a leader• Go fast by empowering your teamWith a one-week plan to fix your problems on a fast cycle time of one step per day, this book is your guide to maximizing impact and reinventing your approach to change. By the end of the week, you won’t just have a road map for solving your company’s toughest problems—you’ll already be well on your way, improving your company at exhilarating speed.This audiobook includes a supplemental PDF. Frances Frei, Anne Morriss Tue, 24 Oct 2023 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/696193 thebookvoice.com 4:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/696193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Move Fast & Fix Things: The Trusted Leader's Guide to Solving Hard Problems Author: Frances Frei, Anne Morriss Narrator: Anne Morriss, Frances Frei Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Bestselling authors and cohosts of the TED podcast Fixable, Frances Frei and Anne Morriss reinvent the playbook for how to lead change—with a radical approach that moves fast, builds trust, and accelerates excellence.Speed has gotten a bad name in business, much of it deserved. When Facebook made “Move fast and break things” an informal company motto, it fueled a widely held belief that we can either make progress or take care of people, one or the other. That a certain amount of wreckage is the price we have to pay for inventing the future.Leadership experts Frances Frei and Anne Morriss argue that this belief is deeply flawed—and that it keeps you from building a great company. Helping executives and entrepreneurs solve their toughest problems over the past decade, Frei and Morriss learned that the trade-off between speed and excellence is false. The best leaders solve hard problems with fierce urgency while making their organizations—employees, customers, and shareholders—even stronger. They move fast and fix things.Based on their work with fast-moving companies such as Uber, Riot Games, and WeWork, Frei and Morriss reveal the five essential steps to moving fast and fixing things. You’ll learn to:• Identify the real problem holding you back• Build and rebuild trust in your company• Create a culture where everyone can thrive• Communicate powerfully as a leader• Go fast by empowering your teamWith a one-week plan to fix your problems on a fast cycle time of one step per day, this book is your guide to maximizing impact and reinventing your approach to change. By the end of the week, you won’t just have a road map for solving your company’s toughest problems—you’ll already be well on your way, improving your company at exhilarating speed.This audiobook includes a supplemental PDF. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/696193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Move Fast & Fix Things: The Trusted Leader's Guide to Solving Hard Problems Author: Frances Frei, Anne Morriss Narrator: Anne Morriss, Frances Frei Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Bestselling authors and cohosts of the TED podcast Fixable, Frances Frei and Anne Morriss reinvent the playbook for how to lead change—with a radical approach that moves fast, builds trust, and accelerates excellence.Speed has gotten a bad name in business, much of it deserved. When Facebook made “Move fast and break things” an informal company motto, it fueled a widely held belief that we can either make progress or take care of people, one or the other. That a certain amount of wreckage is the price we have to pay for inventing the future.Leadership experts Frances Frei and Anne Morriss argue that this belief is deeply flawed—and that it keeps you from building a great company. Helping executives and entrepreneurs solve their toughest problems over the past decade, Frei and Morriss learned that the trade-off between speed and excellence is false. The best leaders solve hard problems with fierce urgency while making their organizations—employees, customers, and shareholders—even stronger. They move fast and fix things.Based on their work with fast-moving companies such as Uber, Riot Games, and WeWork, Frei and Morriss reveal the five essential steps to moving fast and fixing things. You’ll learn to:• Identify the real problem holding you back• Build and rebuild trust in your company• Create a culture where everyone can thrive• Communicate powerfully as a leader• Go fast by empowering your teamWith a one-week plan to fix your problems on a fast cycle time of one step per day, this book is your guide to maximizing impact and reinventing your approach to change. By the end of the week, you won’t just have a road map for solving your company’s toughest problems—you’ll already be well on your way, improving your company at exhilarating speed.This audiobook includes a supplemental PDF. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/695200 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/695200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Has Anyone Seen Charlotte Salter?: The unputdownable new thriller from the bestselling author and a Richard & Judy Book Club pick Author: Nicci French Narrator: Jane Collingwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 29, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: PRE-ORDER THE LAST DAYS OF KIRA MULLAN, COMING JANUARY 2025! A RICHARD & JUDY BOOK CLUB PICK 'One of their very best. Compelling, moving and beautifully written . . .  an absolute winner' Observer ‘Classic Nicci French: an unputdownable missing-persons thriller that’s also a searing examination of family, memory and grief. A big-skied, full-blooded, broken-hearted book' Erin Kelly She’s loved by all who meet her. But someone wants her gone . . . Then  When beautiful and vivacious Charlotte Salter fails to turn up to her husband Alec’s 50th birthday party, her kids are worried, but Alec is not. As the days pass and there’s still no word from Charlie, her daughter, Etty, and her sons, Niall, Paul and Ollie, all struggle to come to terms with her disappearance. How can anyone just vanish without a trace? Left with no answers and in limbo, the Salter children try and go on with their lives, all the while thinking that their mother’s killer is potentially very close to home. Now After years away, Etty returns home to the small East Anglian village where she grew up to help move her father into a care home. Now in his eighties, Alec has dementia and often mistakes his daughter for her mother.  Etty is a changed woman from the trouble-free girl she was when Charlie was still around - all the Salter children have spent decades running and hiding from their mother’s disappearance. But when their childhood friends, Greg and Morgen Ackerley, decide to do a podcast about Charlotte’s disappearance, it seems like the town’s buried secrets – and the Salters’ – might finally come to light. After all this time, will they finally find out what really happened to Charlotte Salter? PRAISE FOR NICCI FRENCH:  'Fantastic - a breathless drumbeat of dread and suspense . . . no one does it better than Nicci French' Lee Child 'Expertly paced, psychologically sharp, thoroughly enjoyable' Louise Candlish 'Heart-thumping, head-scratching, nail-biting stuff' Erin Kelly 'Perfection' Sophie Hannah 'No-one does the dark distortion of good intentions like Nicci French' Cara Hunter 'An absolute masterclass of crime writing' Kate Rhodes 'As well as a fantastic mystery, Nicci French has written  a powerful, moving and wise story about the damage that loss does to families, with characters you can’t forget. I loved it' Jo Callaghan Nicci French Thu, 29 Feb 2024 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/695200 thebookvoice.com 12:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/695200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Has Anyone Seen Charlotte Salter?: The unputdownable new thriller from the bestselling author and a Richard & Judy Book Club pick Author: Nicci French Narrator: Jane Collingwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 29, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: PRE-ORDER THE LAST DAYS OF KIRA MULLAN, COMING JANUARY 2025! A RICHARD & JUDY BOOK CLUB PICK 'One of their very best. Compelling, moving and beautifully written . . .  an absolute winner' Observer ‘Classic Nicci French: an unputdownable missing-persons thriller that’s also a searing examination of family, memory and grief. A big-skied, full-blooded, broken-hearted book' Erin Kelly She’s loved by all who meet her. But someone wants her gone . . . Then  When beautiful and vivacious Charlotte Salter fails to turn up to her husband Alec’s 50th birthday party, her kids are worried, but Alec is not. As the days pass and there’s still no word from Charlie, her daughter, Etty, and her sons, Niall, Paul and Ollie, all struggle to come to terms with her disappearance. How can anyone just vanish without a trace? Left with no answers and in limbo, the Salter children try and go on with their lives, all the while thinking that their mother’s killer is potentially very close to home. Now After years away, Etty returns home to the small East Anglian village where she grew up to help move her father into a care home. Now in his eighties, Alec has dementia and often mistakes his daughter for her mother.  Etty is a changed woman from the trouble-free girl she was when Charlie was still around - all the Salter children have spent decades running and hiding from their mother’s disappearance. But when their childhood friends, Greg and Morgen Ackerley, decide to do a podcast about Charlotte’s disappearance, it seems like the town’s buried secrets – and the Salters’ – might finally come to light. After all this time, will they finally find out what really happened to Charlotte Salter? PRAISE FOR NICCI FRENCH:  'Fantastic - a breathless drumbeat of dread and suspense . . . no one does it better than Nicci French' Lee Child 'Expertly paced, psychologically sharp, thoroughly enjoyable' Louise Candlish 'Heart-thumping, head-scratching, nail-biting stuff' Erin Kelly 'Perfection' Sophie Hannah 'No-one does the dark distortion of good intentions like Nicci French' Cara Hunter 'An absolute masterclass of crime writing' Kate Rhodes 'As well as a fantastic mystery, Nicci French has written  a powerful, moving and wise story about the damage that loss does to families, with characters you can’t forget. I loved it' Jo Callaghan Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/695200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Has Anyone Seen Charlotte Salter?: The unputdownable new thriller from the bestselling author and a Richard & Judy Book Club pick Author: Nicci French Narrator: Jane Collingwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 29, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: PRE-ORDER THE LAST DAYS OF KIRA MULLAN, COMING JANUARY 2025! A RICHARD & JUDY BOOK CLUB PICK 'One of their very best. Compelling, moving and beautifully written . . .  an absolute winner' Observer ‘Classic Nicci French: an unputdownable missing-persons thriller that’s also a searing examination of family, memory and grief. A big-skied, full-blooded, broken-hearted book' Erin Kelly She’s loved by all who meet her. But someone wants her gone . . . Then  When beautiful and vivacious Charlotte Salter fails to turn up to her husband Alec’s 50th birthday party, her kids are worried, but Alec is not. As the days pass and there’s still no word from Charlie, her daughter, Etty, and her sons, Niall, Paul and Ollie, all struggle to come to terms with her disappearance. How can anyone just vanish without a trace? Left with no answers and in limbo, the Salter children try and go on with their lives, all the while thinking that their mother’s killer is potentially very close to home. Now After years away, Etty returns home to the small East Anglian village where she grew up to help move her father into a care home. Now in his eighties, Alec has dementia and often mistakes his daughter for her mother.  Etty is a changed woman from the trouble-free girl she was when Charlie was still around - all the Salter children have spent decades running and hiding from their mother’s disappearance. But when their childhood friends, Greg and Morgen Ackerley, decide to do a podcast about Charlotte’s disappearance, it seems like the town’s buried secrets – and the Salters’ – might finally come to light. After all this time, will they finally find out what really happened to Charlotte Salter? PRAISE FOR NICCI FRENCH:  'Fantastic - a breathless drumbeat of dread and suspense . . . no one does it better than Nicci French' Lee Child 'Expertly paced, psychologically sharp, thoroughly enjoyable' Louise Candlish 'Heart-thumping, head-scratching, nail-biting stuff' Erin Kelly 'Perfection' Sophie Hannah 'No-one does the dark distortion of good intentions like Nicci French' Cara Hunter 'An absolute masterclass of crime writing' Kate Rhodes 'As well as a fantastic mystery, Nicci French has written  a powerful, moving and wise story about the damage that loss does to families, with characters you can’t forget. I loved it' Jo Callaghan https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/685499 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/685499]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rest Is History: From Ancient Rome to Ronald Reagan—History's Most Curious Questions, Answered Author: Goalhanger Podcasts Ltd Narrator: Dominic Sandbrook, Tom Holland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: This entertaining companion to the massively popular history podcast tackles everything from Alexander the Great to Agatha Christie, the Wars of the Roses to Watergate--with a unique blend of wit, wisdom, and good old-fashioned banter   The Rest Is History podcast brilliantly distills major moments in human history, covering everything from the Trojan War to a historical ranking of the greatest dogs. Now, this official tie-in book brings the chart-topping podcast’s charms to the page, offering readers a fresh, wide-ranging tour of humanity’s essential, and essentially weird, moments, including: - Did the Trojan War actually happen? - What was the most disastrous party in history? - Was Richard Nixon more like Caligula or Claudius? - How did a hair appointment almost blow Churchill’s cover? - Why did the Nazis believe they were descended from Atlantis? Featuring an introduction from podcast hosts Tom Holland and Dominic Sandbrook, this book cleverly demonstrates that the past—from modern to ancient and every time in between—is both closer to us than we might realize and bafflingly strange, all at once. So run your Egyptian milk bath, strap up your best Spartan sandals, and prepare for a journey down the highways and byways of the human past. Goalhanger Podcasts Ltd Tue, 05 Dec 2023 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/685499 thebookvoice.com 11:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/685499]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rest Is History: From Ancient Rome to Ronald Reagan—History's Most Curious Questions, Answered Author: Goalhanger Podcasts Ltd Narrator: Dominic Sandbrook, Tom Holland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: This entertaining companion to the massively popular history podcast tackles everything from Alexander the Great to Agatha Christie, the Wars of the Roses to Watergate--with a unique blend of wit, wisdom, and good old-fashioned banter   The Rest Is History podcast brilliantly distills major moments in human history, covering everything from the Trojan War to a historical ranking of the greatest dogs. Now, this official tie-in book brings the chart-topping podcast’s charms to the page, offering readers a fresh, wide-ranging tour of humanity’s essential, and essentially weird, moments, including: - Did the Trojan War actually happen? - What was the most disastrous party in history? - Was Richard Nixon more like Caligula or Claudius? - How did a hair appointment almost blow Churchill’s cover? - Why did the Nazis believe they were descended from Atlantis? Featuring an introduction from podcast hosts Tom Holland and Dominic Sandbrook, this book cleverly demonstrates that the past—from modern to ancient and every time in between—is both closer to us than we might realize and bafflingly strange, all at once. So run your Egyptian milk bath, strap up your best Spartan sandals, and prepare for a journey down the highways and byways of the human past. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/685499]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rest Is History: From Ancient Rome to Ronald Reagan—History's Most Curious Questions, Answered Author: Goalhanger Podcasts Ltd Narrator: Dominic Sandbrook, Tom Holland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: This entertaining companion to the massively popular history podcast tackles everything from Alexander the Great to Agatha Christie, the Wars of the Roses to Watergate--with a unique blend of wit, wisdom, and good old-fashioned banter   The Rest Is History podcast brilliantly distills major moments in human history, covering everything from the Trojan War to a historical ranking of the greatest dogs. Now, this official tie-in book brings the chart-topping podcast’s charms to the page, offering readers a fresh, wide-ranging tour of humanity’s essential, and essentially weird, moments, including: - Did the Trojan War actually happen? - What was the most disastrous party in history? - Was Richard Nixon more like Caligula or Claudius? - How did a hair appointment almost blow Churchill’s cover? - Why did the Nazis believe they were descended from Atlantis? Featuring an introduction from podcast hosts Tom Holland and Dominic Sandbrook, this book cleverly demonstrates that the past—from modern to ancient and every time in between—is both closer to us than we might realize and bafflingly strange, all at once. So run your Egyptian milk bath, strap up your best Spartan sandals, and prepare for a journey down the highways and byways of the human past. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684244 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Only Say Good Things: Surviving Playboy and Finding Myself Author: Crystal Hefner Narrator: Crystal Hefner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 32 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From a former Playboy Playmate, an unflinching look at the objectification and misogyny of the Playboy mansion, a woman’s stolen young adulthood, and her journey to self-acceptance–plus a rare look inside Hugh Hefner’s final days. Crystal Harris’ life changed forever when she was just twenty-one and attended a party at the notorious Playboy mansion. Picked out of the crowd by Hugh Hefner, Crystal Harris became one of his infamous “girlfriends,” attending glamorous Hollywood parties and traveling the world. But being Hef’s number one girlfriend came at the cost of Crystal’s identity outside her role in the Playboy universe, and she grew increasingly restless to understand who she truly was away from what she saw as Playboy’s toxic culture. Hef controlled his girlfriends with strict rules regarding everything from their hair and makeup to their curfews, forcing them to compete with one another as part of a highly hierarchal system.  Only Say Good Things provides a fascinating look behind the scenes at a powerful cultural icon and brand, and an empowering perspective on hard-won lessons about who we allow to determine our value. AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A JANUARY 2024 APPLE BOOKS STAFF PICK AND AUDIBLE EDITORS SELECT NAMED A BEST BOOK TO READ THIS JANUARY BY THE GLOSS Crystal Hefner Tue, 23 Jan 2024 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684244 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Only Say Good Things: Surviving Playboy and Finding Myself Author: Crystal Hefner Narrator: Crystal Hefner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 32 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From a former Playboy Playmate, an unflinching look at the objectification and misogyny of the Playboy mansion, a woman’s stolen young adulthood, and her journey to self-acceptance–plus a rare look inside Hugh Hefner’s final days. Crystal Harris’ life changed forever when she was just twenty-one and attended a party at the notorious Playboy mansion. Picked out of the crowd by Hugh Hefner, Crystal Harris became one of his infamous “girlfriends,” attending glamorous Hollywood parties and traveling the world. But being Hef’s number one girlfriend came at the cost of Crystal’s identity outside her role in the Playboy universe, and she grew increasingly restless to understand who she truly was away from what she saw as Playboy’s toxic culture. Hef controlled his girlfriends with strict rules regarding everything from their hair and makeup to their curfews, forcing them to compete with one another as part of a highly hierarchal system.  Only Say Good Things provides a fascinating look behind the scenes at a powerful cultural icon and brand, and an empowering perspective on hard-won lessons about who we allow to determine our value. AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A JANUARY 2024 APPLE BOOKS STAFF PICK AND AUDIBLE EDITORS SELECT NAMED A BEST BOOK TO READ THIS JANUARY BY THE GLOSS Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Only Say Good Things: Surviving Playboy and Finding Myself Author: Crystal Hefner Narrator: Crystal Hefner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 32 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From a former Playboy Playmate, an unflinching look at the objectification and misogyny of the Playboy mansion, a woman’s stolen young adulthood, and her journey to self-acceptance–plus a rare look inside Hugh Hefner’s final days. Crystal Harris’ life changed forever when she was just twenty-one and attended a party at the notorious Playboy mansion. Picked out of the crowd by Hugh Hefner, Crystal Harris became one of his infamous “girlfriends,” attending glamorous Hollywood parties and traveling the world. But being Hef’s number one girlfriend came at the cost of Crystal’s identity outside her role in the Playboy universe, and she grew increasingly restless to understand who she truly was away from what she saw as Playboy’s toxic culture. Hef controlled his girlfriends with strict rules regarding everything from their hair and makeup to their curfews, forcing them to compete with one another as part of a highly hierarchal system.  Only Say Good Things provides a fascinating look behind the scenes at a powerful cultural icon and brand, and an empowering perspective on hard-won lessons about who we allow to determine our value. AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A JANUARY 2024 APPLE BOOKS STAFF PICK AND AUDIBLE EDITORS SELECT NAMED A BEST BOOK TO READ THIS JANUARY BY THE GLOSS https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684245 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684245]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: F the Fairy Tale: Rewrite the Dating Myths and Live Your Own Love Story Author: Damona Hoffman Narrator: Damona Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 2, 2024 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From a popular dating coach and podcast host, a guide to dismantling the myths that get in the way of finding love  Does dating feel like you’re chasing a “happily ever after” that always seems out of reach? You’re not alone: many modern daters are stuck following old rules, hung up on ideas like instant chemistry and “the One.” In F the Fairy Tale, love expert Damona Hoffman helps readers break free of those dating myths—and write their own love stories. Drawing on nearly twenty years of experience as a dating coach, Hoffman reveals the four pillars of strong relationships: goals, values, communication, and trust. And she doesn’t just tell readers what to do or not to do—she explains why, exploring the psychological and societal factors behind our behavior to help us break free of old habits for good. F the Fairy Tale gives you the tools to create the happy ending to your love story that’s just right for you. Damona Hoffman Tue, 02 Jan 2024 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684245 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684245]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: F the Fairy Tale: Rewrite the Dating Myths and Live Your Own Love Story Author: Damona Hoffman Narrator: Damona Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 2, 2024 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From a popular dating coach and podcast host, a guide to dismantling the myths that get in the way of finding love  Does dating feel like you’re chasing a “happily ever after” that always seems out of reach? You’re not alone: many modern daters are stuck following old rules, hung up on ideas like instant chemistry and “the One.” In F the Fairy Tale, love expert Damona Hoffman helps readers break free of those dating myths—and write their own love stories. Drawing on nearly twenty years of experience as a dating coach, Hoffman reveals the four pillars of strong relationships: goals, values, communication, and trust. And she doesn’t just tell readers what to do or not to do—she explains why, exploring the psychological and societal factors behind our behavior to help us break free of old habits for good. F the Fairy Tale gives you the tools to create the happy ending to your love story that’s just right for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684245]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: F the Fairy Tale: Rewrite the Dating Myths and Live Your Own Love Story Author: Damona Hoffman Narrator: Damona Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 2, 2024 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From a popular dating coach and podcast host, a guide to dismantling the myths that get in the way of finding love  Does dating feel like you’re chasing a “happily ever after” that always seems out of reach? You’re not alone: many modern daters are stuck following old rules, hung up on ideas like instant chemistry and “the One.” In F the Fairy Tale, love expert Damona Hoffman helps readers break free of those dating myths—and write their own love stories. Drawing on nearly twenty years of experience as a dating coach, Hoffman reveals the four pillars of strong relationships: goals, values, communication, and trust. And she doesn’t just tell readers what to do or not to do—she explains why, exploring the psychological and societal factors behind our behavior to help us break free of old habits for good. F the Fairy Tale gives you the tools to create the happy ending to your love story that’s just right for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680833 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #CrimeTime: An Audio Original Author: Drew Pyne, Jeneva Rose Narrator: Jennifer Damiano, Abelardo Campuzano, Phil Thron, Gary Tiedemann, Samantha Desz, Piper Goodeve, Chris Andrew Ciulla, P.J. Ochlan, Nancy Linari, Peter Berkrot, Kevin R. Free Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: “This is a modern, madcap mystery and best-of-the-best addition to the emerging audio original genre.” —Booklist The first audio original from Jeneva Rose, the author of blockbuster bestseller The Perfect Marriage, #CrimeTime is a full-cast mystery written with her husband, Drew Pyne, perfect for fans of Only Murders in the Building and Finlay Donovan Is Killing It. Going viral has never been so dangerous. Nadiya loves her privacy: living alone and writing a popular series of crime novels under a pen name, she’s worked hard to build the quiet life she cherishes. But all that changes when her long-lost half-brother Chase comes to town, needing a place to stay until he can get back on his feet. Chase’s dream job is Nadiya’s worst nightmare: he’s an aspiring TikTok star, oversharing on the internet at every opportunity. When a burglary occurs in the apartment upstairs, Chase decides to film and post all the action. Unbeknownst to him, this was not a random break-in, but a targeted operation run by dangerous criminals. Overnight, Chase’s videos go viral, garnering millions of views and amassing a huge following of loyal #Chasers. It’s everything he’s ever dreamt of, expect the attention has brought the wrong kind of heat. Chase and Nadiya are plunged into a world of organized crime, and together, they must uncover the truth and clear their names before they become the next victims. Performed by a full cast and filled with both laugh-out-loud banter and shocking twists, #CrimeTime is a delightful romp through the murky, unpredictable realms of crime, family, and the TikTok algorithm. Drew Pyne, Jeneva Rose Tue, 12 Dec 2023 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680833 thebookvoice.com 3:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #CrimeTime: An Audio Original Author: Drew Pyne, Jeneva Rose Narrator: Jennifer Damiano, Abelardo Campuzano, Phil Thron, Gary Tiedemann, Samantha Desz, Piper Goodeve, Chris Andrew Ciulla, P.J. Ochlan, Nancy Linari, Peter Berkrot, Kevin R. Free Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: “This is a modern, madcap mystery and best-of-the-best addition to the emerging audio original genre.” —Booklist The first audio original from Jeneva Rose, the author of blockbuster bestseller The Perfect Marriage, #CrimeTime is a full-cast mystery written with her husband, Drew Pyne, perfect for fans of Only Murders in the Building and Finlay Donovan Is Killing It. Going viral has never been so dangerous. Nadiya loves her privacy: living alone and writing a popular series of crime novels under a pen name, she’s worked hard to build the quiet life she cherishes. But all that changes when her long-lost half-brother Chase comes to town, needing a place to stay until he can get back on his feet. Chase’s dream job is Nadiya’s worst nightmare: he’s an aspiring TikTok star, oversharing on the internet at every opportunity. When a burglary occurs in the apartment upstairs, Chase decides to film and post all the action. Unbeknownst to him, this was not a random break-in, but a targeted operation run by dangerous criminals. Overnight, Chase’s videos go viral, garnering millions of views and amassing a huge following of loyal #Chasers. It’s everything he’s ever dreamt of, expect the attention has brought the wrong kind of heat. Chase and Nadiya are plunged into a world of organized crime, and together, they must uncover the truth and clear their names before they become the next victims. Performed by a full cast and filled with both laugh-out-loud banter and shocking twists, #CrimeTime is a delightful romp through the murky, unpredictable realms of crime, family, and the TikTok algorithm. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #CrimeTime: An Audio Original Author: Drew Pyne, Jeneva Rose Narrator: Jennifer Damiano, Abelardo Campuzano, Phil Thron, Gary Tiedemann, Samantha Desz, Piper Goodeve, Chris Andrew Ciulla, P.J. Ochlan, Nancy Linari, Peter Berkrot, Kevin R. Free Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: “This is a modern, madcap mystery and best-of-the-best addition to the emerging audio original genre.” —Booklist The first audio original from Jeneva Rose, the author of blockbuster bestseller The Perfect Marriage, #CrimeTime is a full-cast mystery written with her husband, Drew Pyne, perfect for fans of Only Murders in the Building and Finlay Donovan Is Killing It. Going viral has never been so dangerous. Nadiya loves her privacy: living alone and writing a popular series of crime novels under a pen name, she’s worked hard to build the quiet life she cherishes. But all that changes when her long-lost half-brother Chase comes to town, needing a place to stay until he can get back on his feet. Chase’s dream job is Nadiya’s worst nightmare: he’s an aspiring TikTok star, oversharing on the internet at every opportunity. When a burglary occurs in the apartment upstairs, Chase decides to film and post all the action. Unbeknownst to him, this was not a random break-in, but a targeted operation run by dangerous criminals. Overnight, Chase’s videos go viral, garnering millions of views and amassing a huge following of loyal #Chasers. It’s everything he’s ever dreamt of, expect the attention has brought the wrong kind of heat. Chase and Nadiya are plunged into a world of organized crime, and together, they must uncover the truth and clear their names before they become the next victims. Performed by a full cast and filled with both laugh-out-loud banter and shocking twists, #CrimeTime is a delightful romp through the murky, unpredictable realms of crime, family, and the TikTok algorithm. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676808 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are a Badass® (Ultimate Collector's Edition): How to Stop Doubting Your Greatness and Start Living an Awesome Life Author: Jen Sincero Narrator: Jen Sincero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • MORE THAN 5 MILLION COPIES SOLD The first ever self-development book to help millions of people around the globe transform their lives using humor, irreverence, and the occasional curse word—now with an exclusive new chapter on the power of intuition and inspiring reader testimonials, as well as an updated foreword and reader's guide In this refreshingly entertaining guide to reshaping your mindset and your life, mega-bestselling author and world-traveling success coach Jen Sincero serves up 28 bite-sized chapters full of hilarious and inspiring stories, sage advice, loving yet firm kicks in the rear, and easy-to-implement exercises to help you:   - Identify and change the self-sabotaging beliefs and behaviors that stop you from getting what you want. - Shift your energy and attract what you desire.  - Create a life you totally love. And start creating it NOW. - Make some damn money already. The kind you've never made before.   By the end of You Are a Badass, you’ll understand how to blast past what’s holding you back, make some serious changes, and start living the kind of life that once seemed impossible. Jen Sincero Tue, 26 Sep 2023 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676808 thebookvoice.com 7:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are a Badass® (Ultimate Collector's Edition): How to Stop Doubting Your Greatness and Start Living an Awesome Life Author: Jen Sincero Narrator: Jen Sincero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • MORE THAN 5 MILLION COPIES SOLD The first ever self-development book to help millions of people around the globe transform their lives using humor, irreverence, and the occasional curse word—now with an exclusive new chapter on the power of intuition and inspiring reader testimonials, as well as an updated foreword and reader's guide In this refreshingly entertaining guide to reshaping your mindset and your life, mega-bestselling author and world-traveling success coach Jen Sincero serves up 28 bite-sized chapters full of hilarious and inspiring stories, sage advice, loving yet firm kicks in the rear, and easy-to-implement exercises to help you:   - Identify and change the self-sabotaging beliefs and behaviors that stop you from getting what you want. - Shift your energy and attract what you desire.  - Create a life you totally love. And start creating it NOW. - Make some damn money already. The kind you've never made before.   By the end of You Are a Badass, you’ll understand how to blast past what’s holding you back, make some serious changes, and start living the kind of life that once seemed impossible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are a Badass® (Ultimate Collector's Edition): How to Stop Doubting Your Greatness and Start Living an Awesome Life Author: Jen Sincero Narrator: Jen Sincero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • MORE THAN 5 MILLION COPIES SOLD The first ever self-development book to help millions of people around the globe transform their lives using humor, irreverence, and the occasional curse word—now with an exclusive new chapter on the power of intuition and inspiring reader testimonials, as well as an updated foreword and reader's guide In this refreshingly entertaining guide to reshaping your mindset and your life, mega-bestselling author and world-traveling success coach Jen Sincero serves up 28 bite-sized chapters full of hilarious and inspiring stories, sage advice, loving yet firm kicks in the rear, and easy-to-implement exercises to help you:   - Identify and change the self-sabotaging beliefs and behaviors that stop you from getting what you want. - Shift your energy and attract what you desire.  - Create a life you totally love. And start creating it NOW. - Make some damn money already. The kind you've never made before.   By the end of You Are a Badass, you’ll understand how to blast past what’s holding you back, make some serious changes, and start living the kind of life that once seemed impossible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672844 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If Jewels Could Talk Author: Carol Woolton Narrator: Carol Woolton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 26, 2024 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A treasure trove of forgotten stories about jewels throughout history by internationally renowned jewellery expert, Carol Woolton.  If Jewels Could Talk: Links Through Time delves into the history, cultural significance and eclectic trivia of jewellery. As a jewellery historian, jewellery editor at British Vogue and now podcast host, Carol Woolton is uniquely qualified to take us on a whistlestop tour through history via seven items of jewellery: hoops, rings, beads, charms, brooches, cuffs and head ornaments.  Weaving in examples from cultures around the world, Carol will uncover fascinating stories about Viking silver torques, Imperial jade in China, sixteenth-century Posy rings, organic gems, snake motifs, Roman cameo carving, Hindu wedding jewellery, Etruscan gold, Ancient Greek coins, piercings, Wedding pigs in China, tiaras and anklets - to name but a few.  A beautiful and illuminating gift for any jewellery lover, If Jewels Could Talk shines a light on all that glitters and more. Carol Woolton Thu, 26 Sep 2024 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672844 thebookvoice.com 7:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If Jewels Could Talk Author: Carol Woolton Narrator: Carol Woolton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 26, 2024 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A treasure trove of forgotten stories about jewels throughout history by internationally renowned jewellery expert, Carol Woolton.  If Jewels Could Talk: Links Through Time delves into the history, cultural significance and eclectic trivia of jewellery. As a jewellery historian, jewellery editor at British Vogue and now podcast host, Carol Woolton is uniquely qualified to take us on a whistlestop tour through history via seven items of jewellery: hoops, rings, beads, charms, brooches, cuffs and head ornaments.  Weaving in examples from cultures around the world, Carol will uncover fascinating stories about Viking silver torques, Imperial jade in China, sixteenth-century Posy rings, organic gems, snake motifs, Roman cameo carving, Hindu wedding jewellery, Etruscan gold, Ancient Greek coins, piercings, Wedding pigs in China, tiaras and anklets - to name but a few.  A beautiful and illuminating gift for any jewellery lover, If Jewels Could Talk shines a light on all that glitters and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If Jewels Could Talk Author: Carol Woolton Narrator: Carol Woolton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 26, 2024 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A treasure trove of forgotten stories about jewels throughout history by internationally renowned jewellery expert, Carol Woolton.  If Jewels Could Talk: Links Through Time delves into the history, cultural significance and eclectic trivia of jewellery. As a jewellery historian, jewellery editor at British Vogue and now podcast host, Carol Woolton is uniquely qualified to take us on a whistlestop tour through history via seven items of jewellery: hoops, rings, beads, charms, brooches, cuffs and head ornaments.  Weaving in examples from cultures around the world, Carol will uncover fascinating stories about Viking silver torques, Imperial jade in China, sixteenth-century Posy rings, organic gems, snake motifs, Roman cameo carving, Hindu wedding jewellery, Etruscan gold, Ancient Greek coins, piercings, Wedding pigs in China, tiaras and anklets - to name but a few.  A beautiful and illuminating gift for any jewellery lover, If Jewels Could Talk shines a light on all that glitters and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625927 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625927]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permission to Speak: How to Change What Power Sounds Like, Starting With You Author: Samara Bay Narrator: Samara Bay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What does power sound like? Loud? Brash? Masculine? Well, it's time to change that. In this warm and witty manual, foremost Hollywood voice coach Samara Bay offers a compelling approach to asserting your power in all arenas of life. And it's not what you think. Packed with expert tips, easy-to-follow exercises, eye-opening research and anecdotes, Permission to Speak is designed to liberate and inspire even the most tentative of public speakers. Here's the truth: if you're a woman, a person of colour, an immigrant or queer, there's often dissonance between how you speak and how we collectively think powerful people should speak. We're encouraged to chase the standard set by the wealthy white men who've historically been in charge - while trying to 'be authentic' at the same time! It doesn't make sense. PERMISSION TO SPEAK is the solution. Moving deftly from the fundamentals of breath, pitch and tone to the musicality of storytelling, the art of emotion and why exactly you've picked up the habits you have, Samara Bay explodes what we think we know about our voices and how they should sound, and gets to the very heart of what they can be. ©2023 Samara Bay (P)2023 Penguin Audio Samara Bay Tue, 07 Feb 2023 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625927 thebookvoice.com 8:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625927]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permission to Speak: How to Change What Power Sounds Like, Starting With You Author: Samara Bay Narrator: Samara Bay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What does power sound like? Loud? Brash? Masculine? Well, it's time to change that. In this warm and witty manual, foremost Hollywood voice coach Samara Bay offers a compelling approach to asserting your power in all arenas of life. And it's not what you think. Packed with expert tips, easy-to-follow exercises, eye-opening research and anecdotes, Permission to Speak is designed to liberate and inspire even the most tentative of public speakers. Here's the truth: if you're a woman, a person of colour, an immigrant or queer, there's often dissonance between how you speak and how we collectively think powerful people should speak. We're encouraged to chase the standard set by the wealthy white men who've historically been in charge - while trying to 'be authentic' at the same time! It doesn't make sense. PERMISSION TO SPEAK is the solution. Moving deftly from the fundamentals of breath, pitch and tone to the musicality of storytelling, the art of emotion and why exactly you've picked up the habits you have, Samara Bay explodes what we think we know about our voices and how they should sound, and gets to the very heart of what they can be. ©2023 Samara Bay (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625927]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permission to Speak: How to Change What Power Sounds Like, Starting With You Author: Samara Bay Narrator: Samara Bay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What does power sound like? Loud? Brash? Masculine? Well, it's time to change that. In this warm and witty manual, foremost Hollywood voice coach Samara Bay offers a compelling approach to asserting your power in all arenas of life. And it's not what you think. Packed with expert tips, easy-to-follow exercises, eye-opening research and anecdotes, Permission to Speak is designed to liberate and inspire even the most tentative of public speakers. Here's the truth: if you're a woman, a person of colour, an immigrant or queer, there's often dissonance between how you speak and how we collectively think powerful people should speak. We're encouraged to chase the standard set by the wealthy white men who've historically been in charge - while trying to 'be authentic' at the same time! It doesn't make sense. PERMISSION TO SPEAK is the solution. Moving deftly from the fundamentals of breath, pitch and tone to the musicality of storytelling, the art of emotion and why exactly you've picked up the habits you have, Samara Bay explodes what we think we know about our voices and how they should sound, and gets to the very heart of what they can be. ©2023 Samara Bay (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/617419 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/617419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul Boom: Why We Need a Spiritual Revolution Author: Rainn Wilson Narrator: Rainn Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times bestseller, comedic actor, producer, and writer Rainn Wilson explores the problem-solving benefits that spirituality gives us to create solutions for an increasingly challenging world. The trauma that our world experienced in recent years—as result of both the pandemic and societal tensions that threaten to overwhelm us—has been unprecedented and is not going away anytime soon. It is clear that existing political and economic systems are not enough to bring the change that the world needs. In this book, Rainn Wilson explores the possibility and hope for a spiritual revolution, a “Soul Boom” in order to address today’s greatest issues—mental health, racism and sexism, climate change, and economic injustice. ​ For Wilson, this is very serious and essential pursuit, but he brings great humor and his own unique perspective to the conversation. He feels that, culturally, we’ve thrown the baby out with the bathwater—and that bathwater is spirituality, Faith and the Sacred. The baby is us, and we are in need of profound healing and a unifying understanding of the world that religion provides. Sharing his experience of losing his father during the summer of 2020 as well as his personal struggles with addiction and mental health, Wilson is an empathetic narrator and thinker who readers will appreciate and trust. Wilson’s approach to spirituality—the non-physical, eternal aspects of ourselves—is relatable and will apply to people of all beliefs, even the skeptics. Filled with genuine insight—not to mention enlightening Kung Fu and Star Trek references—the book offers the keys to delving into ancient wisdom and seeking out practical, transformative answers to life’s biggest questions. Rainn Wilson Tue, 25 Apr 2023 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/617419 thebookvoice.com 9:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/617419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul Boom: Why We Need a Spiritual Revolution Author: Rainn Wilson Narrator: Rainn Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times bestseller, comedic actor, producer, and writer Rainn Wilson explores the problem-solving benefits that spirituality gives us to create solutions for an increasingly challenging world. The trauma that our world experienced in recent years—as result of both the pandemic and societal tensions that threaten to overwhelm us—has been unprecedented and is not going away anytime soon. It is clear that existing political and economic systems are not enough to bring the change that the world needs. In this book, Rainn Wilson explores the possibility and hope for a spiritual revolution, a “Soul Boom” in order to address today’s greatest issues—mental health, racism and sexism, climate change, and economic injustice. ​ For Wilson, this is very serious and essential pursuit, but he brings great humor and his own unique perspective to the conversation. He feels that, culturally, we’ve thrown the baby out with the bathwater—and that bathwater is spirituality, Faith and the Sacred. The baby is us, and we are in need of profound healing and a unifying understanding of the world that religion provides. Sharing his experience of losing his father during the summer of 2020 as well as his personal struggles with addiction and mental health, Wilson is an empathetic narrator and thinker who readers will appreciate and trust. Wilson’s approach to spirituality—the non-physical, eternal aspects of ourselves—is relatable and will apply to people of all beliefs, even the skeptics. Filled with genuine insight—not to mention enlightening Kung Fu and Star Trek references—the book offers the keys to delving into ancient wisdom and seeking out practical, transformative answers to life’s biggest questions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/617419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul Boom: Why We Need a Spiritual Revolution Author: Rainn Wilson Narrator: Rainn Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times bestseller, comedic actor, producer, and writer Rainn Wilson explores the problem-solving benefits that spirituality gives us to create solutions for an increasingly challenging world. The trauma that our world experienced in recent years—as result of both the pandemic and societal tensions that threaten to overwhelm us—has been unprecedented and is not going away anytime soon. It is clear that existing political and economic systems are not enough to bring the change that the world needs. In this book, Rainn Wilson explores the possibility and hope for a spiritual revolution, a “Soul Boom” in order to address today’s greatest issues—mental health, racism and sexism, climate change, and economic injustice. ​ For Wilson, this is very serious and essential pursuit, but he brings great humor and his own unique perspective to the conversation. He feels that, culturally, we’ve thrown the baby out with the bathwater—and that bathwater is spirituality, Faith and the Sacred. The baby is us, and we are in need of profound healing and a unifying understanding of the world that religion provides. Sharing his experience of losing his father during the summer of 2020 as well as his personal struggles with addiction and mental health, Wilson is an empathetic narrator and thinker who readers will appreciate and trust. Wilson’s approach to spirituality—the non-physical, eternal aspects of ourselves—is relatable and will apply to people of all beliefs, even the skeptics. Filled with genuine insight—not to mention enlightening Kung Fu and Star Trek references—the book offers the keys to delving into ancient wisdom and seeking out practical, transformative answers to life’s biggest questions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604285 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permission to Speak: How to Change What Power Sounds Like, Starting with You Author: Samara Bay Narrator: Samara Bay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Use your voice to lead us to a better future with this game-changing guide to redefining what power and authority sound like—from a speech expert who’s worked with Hollywood’s biggest stars, political powerhouses, and businesspeople shaking up the status quo. “I love this book—funny, surprising, stirring, and so important! What a beautiful accomplishment and gift to put into the world.”—Rachel McAdams Getting heard is a tricky business: It’s what you say and how you show up, filtered through your audience’s assumptions and biases—and maybe even your own. For women, people of color, immigrants, and queer folks, there’s often a dissonance between how you speak and how we collectively think powerful people should speak: like the wealthy white men who’ve historically been in charge. But, fortunately, the sound of power is changing. Permission to Speak is your tool kit for making that change. In this revolutionary take on how to use your voice to get what you want, sought-after speech coach Samara Bay offers a fresh perspective on public speaking and a new definition of what power sounds like: namely, you. Blending anecdotes with eye-opening research in leadership, linguistics, and social science, Permission to Speak shows you how to strike the right balance of strength and warmth to land your message; exactly what to do before a high-stakes scenario so that your voice, your mind, and your spirit are ready; and how to turn habits like vocal fry and upspeak into tools. Most important, you’ll discover your voice story: why you talk the way you do, what’s wonderful about it, and what you’ve outgrown. Fiery, fun, and truly profound, Permission to Speak is a personal and cultural reckoning with what speaking in public is and what it can be. This book meets the moment and offers this provocation: When we change what power sounds like, we change who has it. *Includes a downloadable PDF that offers exercises from the book for you to reference later Samara Bay Tue, 07 Feb 2023 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604285 thebookvoice.com 8:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permission to Speak: How to Change What Power Sounds Like, Starting with You Author: Samara Bay Narrator: Samara Bay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Use your voice to lead us to a better future with this game-changing guide to redefining what power and authority sound like—from a speech expert who’s worked with Hollywood’s biggest stars, political powerhouses, and businesspeople shaking up the status quo. “I love this book—funny, surprising, stirring, and so important! What a beautiful accomplishment and gift to put into the world.”—Rachel McAdams Getting heard is a tricky business: It’s what you say and how you show up, filtered through your audience’s assumptions and biases—and maybe even your own. For women, people of color, immigrants, and queer folks, there’s often a dissonance between how you speak and how we collectively think powerful people should speak: like the wealthy white men who’ve historically been in charge. But, fortunately, the sound of power is changing. Permission to Speak is your tool kit for making that change. In this revolutionary take on how to use your voice to get what you want, sought-after speech coach Samara Bay offers a fresh perspective on public speaking and a new definition of what power sounds like: namely, you. Blending anecdotes with eye-opening research in leadership, linguistics, and social science, Permission to Speak shows you how to strike the right balance of strength and warmth to land your message; exactly what to do before a high-stakes scenario so that your voice, your mind, and your spirit are ready; and how to turn habits like vocal fry and upspeak into tools. Most important, you’ll discover your voice story: why you talk the way you do, what’s wonderful about it, and what you’ve outgrown. Fiery, fun, and truly profound, Permission to Speak is a personal and cultural reckoning with what speaking in public is and what it can be. This book meets the moment and offers this provocation: When we change what power sounds like, we change who has it. *Includes a downloadable PDF that offers exercises from the book for you to reference later Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permission to Speak: How to Change What Power Sounds Like, Starting with You Author: Samara Bay Narrator: Samara Bay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Use your voice to lead us to a better future with this game-changing guide to redefining what power and authority sound like—from a speech expert who’s worked with Hollywood’s biggest stars, political powerhouses, and businesspeople shaking up the status quo. “I love this book—funny, surprising, stirring, and so important! What a beautiful accomplishment and gift to put into the world.”—Rachel McAdams Getting heard is a tricky business: It’s what you say and how you show up, filtered through your audience’s assumptions and biases—and maybe even your own. For women, people of color, immigrants, and queer folks, there’s often a dissonance between how you speak and how we collectively think powerful people should speak: like the wealthy white men who’ve historically been in charge. But, fortunately, the sound of power is changing. Permission to Speak is your tool kit for making that change. In this revolutionary take on how to use your voice to get what you want, sought-after speech coach Samara Bay offers a fresh perspective on public speaking and a new definition of what power sounds like: namely, you. Blending anecdotes with eye-opening research in leadership, linguistics, and social science, Permission to Speak shows you how to strike the right balance of strength and warmth to land your message; exactly what to do before a high-stakes scenario so that your voice, your mind, and your spirit are ready; and how to turn habits like vocal fry and upspeak into tools. Most important, you’ll discover your voice story: why you talk the way you do, what’s wonderful about it, and what you’ve outgrown. Fiery, fun, and truly profound, Permission to Speak is a personal and cultural reckoning with what speaking in public is and what it can be. This book meets the moment and offers this provocation: When we change what power sounds like, we change who has it. *Includes a downloadable PDF that offers exercises from the book for you to reference later https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601029 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Life: Lessons from the World's Longest Scientific Study of Happiness Author: Robert Waldinger, Marc Schulz Narrator: Marc Schulz, Robert Waldinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 10, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller What makes for a happy life, a fulfilling life? A good life? In their “captivating” (The Wall Street Journal) book, the directors of the Harvard Study of Adult Development, the longest scientific study of happiness ever conducted, show that the answer to these questions may be closer than you realize. What makes a life fulfilling and meaningful? The simple but surprising answer is: relationships. The stronger our relationships, the more likely we are to live happy, satisfying, and healthier lives. In fact, the Harvard Study of Adult Development reveals that the strength of our connections with others can predict the health of both our bodies and our brains as we go through life. The invaluable insights in this book emerge from the revealing personal stories of hundreds of participants in the Harvard Study as they were followed year after year for their entire adult lives, and this wisdom was bolstered by research findings from many other studies. Relationships in all their forms—friendships, romantic partnerships, families, coworkers, tennis partners, book club members, Bible study groups—all contribute to a happier, healthier life. And as The Good Life shows us, it’s never too late to strengthen the relationships you already have, and never too late to build new ones. The Good Life provides examples of how to do this. Dr. Waldinger’s TED Talk about the Harvard Study, “What Makes a Good Life,” has been viewed more than 42 million times and is one of the ten most-watched TED talks ever. The Good Life has been praised by bestselling authors Jay Shetty “an empowering quest towards our greatest need: meaningful human connection”), Angela Duckworth (“In a crowded field of life advice...Schulz and Waldinger stand apart”), and happiness expert Laurie Santos (“Waldinger and Schulz are world experts on the counterintuitive things that make life meaningful”). With “insightful [and] interesting” (Daniel Gilbert, New York Times bestselling author of Stumbling on Happiness) life stories, The Good Life shows us how we can make our lives happier and more meaningful through our connections to others. Robert Waldinger, Marc Schulz Tue, 10 Jan 2023 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601029 thebookvoice.com 11:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Life: Lessons from the World's Longest Scientific Study of Happiness Author: Robert Waldinger, Marc Schulz Narrator: Marc Schulz, Robert Waldinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 10, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller What makes for a happy life, a fulfilling life? A good life? In their “captivating” (The Wall Street Journal) book, the directors of the Harvard Study of Adult Development, the longest scientific study of happiness ever conducted, show that the answer to these questions may be closer than you realize. What makes a life fulfilling and meaningful? The simple but surprising answer is: relationships. The stronger our relationships, the more likely we are to live happy, satisfying, and healthier lives. In fact, the Harvard Study of Adult Development reveals that the strength of our connections with others can predict the health of both our bodies and our brains as we go through life. The invaluable insights in this book emerge from the revealing personal stories of hundreds of participants in the Harvard Study as they were followed year after year for their entire adult lives, and this wisdom was bolstered by research findings from many other studies. Relationships in all their forms—friendships, romantic partnerships, families, coworkers, tennis partners, book club members, Bible study groups—all contribute to a happier, healthier life. And as The Good Life shows us, it’s never too late to strengthen the relationships you already have, and never too late to build new ones. The Good Life provides examples of how to do this. Dr. Waldinger’s TED Talk about the Harvard Study, “What Makes a Good Life,” has been viewed more than 42 million times and is one of the ten most-watched TED talks ever. The Good Life has been praised by bestselling authors Jay Shetty “an empowering quest towards our greatest need: meaningful human connection”), Angela Duckworth (“In a crowded field of life advice...Schulz and Waldinger stand apart”), and happiness expert Laurie Santos (“Waldinger and Schulz are world experts on the counterintuitive things that make life meaningful”). With “insightful [and] interesting” (Daniel Gilbert, New York Times bestselling author of Stumbling on Happiness) life stories, The Good Life shows us how we can make our lives happier and more meaningful through our connections to others. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Life: Lessons from the World's Longest Scientific Study of Happiness Author: Robert Waldinger, Marc Schulz Narrator: Marc Schulz, Robert Waldinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 10, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller What makes for a happy life, a fulfilling life? A good life? In their “captivating” (The Wall Street Journal) book, the directors of the Harvard Study of Adult Development, the longest scientific study of happiness ever conducted, show that the answer to these questions may be closer than you realize. What makes a life fulfilling and meaningful? The simple but surprising answer is: relationships. The stronger our relationships, the more likely we are to live happy, satisfying, and healthier lives. In fact, the Harvard Study of Adult Development reveals that the strength of our connections with others can predict the health of both our bodies and our brains as we go through life. The invaluable insights in this book emerge from the revealing personal stories of hundreds of participants in the Harvard Study as they were followed year after year for their entire adult lives, and this wisdom was bolstered by research findings from many other studies. Relationships in all their forms—friendships, romantic partnerships, families, coworkers, tennis partners, book club members, Bible study groups—all contribute to a happier, healthier life. And as The Good Life shows us, it’s never too late to strengthen the relationships you already have, and never too late to build new ones. The Good Life provides examples of how to do this. Dr. Waldinger’s TED Talk about the Harvard Study, “What Makes a Good Life,” has been viewed more than 42 million times and is one of the ten most-watched TED talks ever. The Good Life has been praised by bestselling authors Jay Shetty “an empowering quest towards our greatest need: meaningful human connection”), Angela Duckworth (“In a crowded field of life advice...Schulz and Waldinger stand apart”), and happiness expert Laurie Santos (“Waldinger and Schulz are world experts on the counterintuitive things that make life meaningful”). With “insightful [and] interesting” (Daniel Gilbert, New York Times bestselling author of Stumbling on Happiness) life stories, The Good Life shows us how we can make our lives happier and more meaningful through our connections to others. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599684 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don’t Text Your Ex Happy Birthday: And Other Advice on Love, Sex, and Dating Author: Nick Viall Narrator: Nick Viall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From celebrity heartthrob, esteemed host of The Viall Files podcast, and adored member of Bachelor Nation Nick Viall comes Don’t Text Your Ex Happy Birthday—a no-holds-barred dating advice audiobook. With his trademark charm, relationship expertise, and exclusive sex and love Q&A series, Nick guides listeners through topics of love, lust, dating, and heartbreak. Nothing is off limits as he delves into situationships, how to identify a player, and defining healthy love vs. toxic love. Trying to figure out if friends with benefits is worth it? Unsure if they’re really into you? Is the person you’re seeing a walking red flag? Can you come back from being cheated on? Viall is here with all the answers and more. Filled with stories and one-liners you’ll be texting your friends, Don’t Text Your Ex Happy Birthday is an honest, entertaining, and heartfelt relationship handbook that actually answers the question, “What does it mean when they say … ?” Nick Viall Tue, 04 Oct 2022 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599684 thebookvoice.com 6:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don’t Text Your Ex Happy Birthday: And Other Advice on Love, Sex, and Dating Author: Nick Viall Narrator: Nick Viall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From celebrity heartthrob, esteemed host of The Viall Files podcast, and adored member of Bachelor Nation Nick Viall comes Don’t Text Your Ex Happy Birthday—a no-holds-barred dating advice audiobook. With his trademark charm, relationship expertise, and exclusive sex and love Q&A series, Nick guides listeners through topics of love, lust, dating, and heartbreak. Nothing is off limits as he delves into situationships, how to identify a player, and defining healthy love vs. toxic love. Trying to figure out if friends with benefits is worth it? Unsure if they’re really into you? Is the person you’re seeing a walking red flag? Can you come back from being cheated on? Viall is here with all the answers and more. Filled with stories and one-liners you’ll be texting your friends, Don’t Text Your Ex Happy Birthday is an honest, entertaining, and heartfelt relationship handbook that actually answers the question, “What does it mean when they say … ?” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don’t Text Your Ex Happy Birthday: And Other Advice on Love, Sex, and Dating Author: Nick Viall Narrator: Nick Viall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From celebrity heartthrob, esteemed host of The Viall Files podcast, and adored member of Bachelor Nation Nick Viall comes Don’t Text Your Ex Happy Birthday—a no-holds-barred dating advice audiobook. With his trademark charm, relationship expertise, and exclusive sex and love Q&A series, Nick guides listeners through topics of love, lust, dating, and heartbreak. Nothing is off limits as he delves into situationships, how to identify a player, and defining healthy love vs. toxic love. Trying to figure out if friends with benefits is worth it? Unsure if they’re really into you? Is the person you’re seeing a walking red flag? Can you come back from being cheated on? Viall is here with all the answers and more. Filled with stories and one-liners you’ll be texting your friends, Don’t Text Your Ex Happy Birthday is an honest, entertaining, and heartfelt relationship handbook that actually answers the question, “What does it mean when they say … ?” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/589929 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/589929]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: MeatEater's Campfire Stories: Narrow Escapes & More Close Calls Author: Steven Rinella Narrator: Steven Rinella, The Contributors Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.78 of Total 140 Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 27 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Ten harrowing firsthand tales of survival from the creators of the New York Times bestselling audio collection MeatEater's Campfire Stories: Close Calls. In Campfire Stories: Narrow Escapes & More Close Calls, storytellers take us from Florida to the Northern Rockies to the Arctic Ocean with wild and true stories, a reminder that the natural world is rugged and unpredictable. Including stories from MeatEater's Steven Rinella and Clay Newcomb, and spearfishing champion Kimi Werner, this immersive audio collection also features tales from listeners who survived falling through the ice, gunshot and arrowhead wounds, hand-to-hoof combat with a deer, and a spearfisherman who made the best shot of his life to save a friend from certain death.    Campfire Stories: Narrow Escapes & More Close Calls features tales from MeatEater crew members Steven Rinella and Clay Newcomb • with additional stories by Vince Merritt • Allen Jones • Kimi Werner • Roy Getson • Casey Frank • Cory Holloway • Cameron Kirkconnell • Bruce Batten • and Vic Barnes. Steven Rinella Tue, 02 Aug 2022 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/589929 thebookvoice.com 5:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/589929]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: MeatEater's Campfire Stories: Narrow Escapes & More Close Calls Author: Steven Rinella Narrator: Steven Rinella, The Contributors Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.78 of Total 140 Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 27 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Ten harrowing firsthand tales of survival from the creators of the New York Times bestselling audio collection MeatEater's Campfire Stories: Close Calls. In Campfire Stories: Narrow Escapes & More Close Calls, storytellers take us from Florida to the Northern Rockies to the Arctic Ocean with wild and true stories, a reminder that the natural world is rugged and unpredictable. Including stories from MeatEater's Steven Rinella and Clay Newcomb, and spearfishing champion Kimi Werner, this immersive audio collection also features tales from listeners who survived falling through the ice, gunshot and arrowhead wounds, hand-to-hoof combat with a deer, and a spearfisherman who made the best shot of his life to save a friend from certain death.    Campfire Stories: Narrow Escapes & More Close Calls features tales from MeatEater crew members Steven Rinella and Clay Newcomb • with additional stories by Vince Merritt • Allen Jones • Kimi Werner • Roy Getson • Casey Frank • Cory Holloway • Cameron Kirkconnell • Bruce Batten • and Vic Barnes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/589929]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: MeatEater's Campfire Stories: Narrow Escapes & More Close Calls Author: Steven Rinella Narrator: Steven Rinella, The Contributors Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.78 of Total 140 Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 27 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Ten harrowing firsthand tales of survival from the creators of the New York Times bestselling audio collection MeatEater's Campfire Stories: Close Calls. In Campfire Stories: Narrow Escapes & More Close Calls, storytellers take us from Florida to the Northern Rockies to the Arctic Ocean with wild and true stories, a reminder that the natural world is rugged and unpredictable. Including stories from MeatEater's Steven Rinella and Clay Newcomb, and spearfishing champion Kimi Werner, this immersive audio collection also features tales from listeners who survived falling through the ice, gunshot and arrowhead wounds, hand-to-hoof combat with a deer, and a spearfisherman who made the best shot of his life to save a friend from certain death.    Campfire Stories: Narrow Escapes & More Close Calls features tales from MeatEater crew members Steven Rinella and Clay Newcomb • with additional stories by Vince Merritt • Allen Jones • Kimi Werner • Roy Getson • Casey Frank • Cory Holloway • Cameron Kirkconnell • Bruce Batten • and Vic Barnes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/585316 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/585316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Housewife: A Novel Author: Ashley Winstead Narrator: Alexis Van Aiken Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 95 Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 24 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the author of the acclaimed In My Dreams I Hold a Knife comes a pitch-black thriller about a woman determined to destroy a powerful cult and avenge the deaths of the women taken in by it, no matter the cost. While in college in upstate New York, Shay Evans and her best friends met a captivating man who seduced them with a web of lies about the way the world works, bringing them under his thrall. By senior year, Shay and her friend Laurel were the only ones who managed to escape. Now, eight years later, Shay’s built a new life in a tony Texas suburb. But when she hears the horrifying news of Laurel’s death―delivered, of all ways, by her favorite true-crime podcast crusader―she begins to suspect that the past she thought she buried is still very much alive, and the predators more dangerous than ever. Recruiting the help of the podcast host, Shay goes back to the place she vowed never to return to in search of answers. As she follows the threads of her friend’s life, she’s pulled into a dark, seductive world, where wealth and privilege shield brutal philosophies that feel all too familiar. When Shay’s obsession with uncovering the truth becomes so consuming she can no longer separate her desire for justice from darker desires newly reawakened, she must confront the depths of her own complicity and conditioning. But in a world built for men to rule it—both inside the cult and outside of it—is justice even possible, and if so, how far will Shay go to get it? Ashley Winstead Tue, 16 Aug 2022 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/585316 thebookvoice.com 12:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/585316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Housewife: A Novel Author: Ashley Winstead Narrator: Alexis Van Aiken Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 95 Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 24 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the author of the acclaimed In My Dreams I Hold a Knife comes a pitch-black thriller about a woman determined to destroy a powerful cult and avenge the deaths of the women taken in by it, no matter the cost. While in college in upstate New York, Shay Evans and her best friends met a captivating man who seduced them with a web of lies about the way the world works, bringing them under his thrall. By senior year, Shay and her friend Laurel were the only ones who managed to escape. Now, eight years later, Shay’s built a new life in a tony Texas suburb. But when she hears the horrifying news of Laurel’s death―delivered, of all ways, by her favorite true-crime podcast crusader―she begins to suspect that the past she thought she buried is still very much alive, and the predators more dangerous than ever. Recruiting the help of the podcast host, Shay goes back to the place she vowed never to return to in search of answers. As she follows the threads of her friend’s life, she’s pulled into a dark, seductive world, where wealth and privilege shield brutal philosophies that feel all too familiar. When Shay’s obsession with uncovering the truth becomes so consuming she can no longer separate her desire for justice from darker desires newly reawakened, she must confront the depths of her own complicity and conditioning. But in a world built for men to rule it—both inside the cult and outside of it—is justice even possible, and if so, how far will Shay go to get it? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/585316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Housewife: A Novel Author: Ashley Winstead Narrator: Alexis Van Aiken Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 95 Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 24 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the author of the acclaimed In My Dreams I Hold a Knife comes a pitch-black thriller about a woman determined to destroy a powerful cult and avenge the deaths of the women taken in by it, no matter the cost. While in college in upstate New York, Shay Evans and her best friends met a captivating man who seduced them with a web of lies about the way the world works, bringing them under his thrall. By senior year, Shay and her friend Laurel were the only ones who managed to escape. Now, eight years later, Shay’s built a new life in a tony Texas suburb. But when she hears the horrifying news of Laurel’s death―delivered, of all ways, by her favorite true-crime podcast crusader―she begins to suspect that the past she thought she buried is still very much alive, and the predators more dangerous than ever. Recruiting the help of the podcast host, Shay goes back to the place she vowed never to return to in search of answers. As she follows the threads of her friend’s life, she’s pulled into a dark, seductive world, where wealth and privilege shield brutal philosophies that feel all too familiar. When Shay’s obsession with uncovering the truth becomes so consuming she can no longer separate her desire for justice from darker desires newly reawakened, she must confront the depths of her own complicity and conditioning. But in a world built for men to rule it—both inside the cult and outside of it—is justice even possible, and if so, how far will Shay go to get it? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583602 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Girls: Trixie and Katya's Guide to Professional Womanhood Author: Katya Zamolodchikova, Trixie Mattel Narrator: Katya Zamolodchikova, Trixie Mattel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 27, 2022 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the legendary drag performers, musical artists, comedians and Sunday Times bestselling authors of Trixie and Katya's Guide to Modern Womanhood, Working Girls will be a satirical how-to on everything you need to know to get the job of your dreams and keep it. © Trixie Mattel & Katya Zamolodchikova 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Katya Zamolodchikova, Trixie Mattel Thu, 27 Oct 2022 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583602 thebookvoice.com 4:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Girls: Trixie and Katya's Guide to Professional Womanhood Author: Katya Zamolodchikova, Trixie Mattel Narrator: Katya Zamolodchikova, Trixie Mattel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 27, 2022 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the legendary drag performers, musical artists, comedians and Sunday Times bestselling authors of Trixie and Katya's Guide to Modern Womanhood, Working Girls will be a satirical how-to on everything you need to know to get the job of your dreams and keep it. © Trixie Mattel & Katya Zamolodchikova 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Girls: Trixie and Katya's Guide to Professional Womanhood Author: Katya Zamolodchikova, Trixie Mattel Narrator: Katya Zamolodchikova, Trixie Mattel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 27, 2022 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the legendary drag performers, musical artists, comedians and Sunday Times bestselling authors of Trixie and Katya's Guide to Modern Womanhood, Working Girls will be a satirical how-to on everything you need to know to get the job of your dreams and keep it. © Trixie Mattel & Katya Zamolodchikova 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575260 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Vibes Only: (and Other Things I Bring to the Table) Author: Nora Mcinerny Narrator: Nora Mcinerny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER From the host of the podcast Terrible, Thanks for Asking—called “a gift” by The New York Times—a raw and humorous essay collection in the spirit of Jenny Lawson and Samantha Irby. Nora McInerny does not dance like no one is watching. In fact, she dances like everyone is watching, which is to say, she does not dance at all. A bestselling author and host of the beloved podcast Terrible, Thanks for Asking, she has captured the hearts of millions with her disarming and earnest approach to discussing grief and loss. Now, with Bad Vibes Only, she turns her eye on our aggressively, oppressively optimistic culture, our obsession with self-improvement, and what it really means to live authentically in the online age. In essays that revisit her cringey past and anticipate her rapidly approaching, early middle-aged future, McInerny lays bare her own chaos, inviting us to drop the façade of perfection and embrace the truth: that we are all—at best—slightly unhinged. Socrates claimed that the unexamined life is not worth living. Bad Vibes Only is for people who have taken that dictum a bit too far—the overthinkers, the analyzers, the recovering Girl Bosses, and the burned-out personal brand—reminding us that a life worth living is about more than just “good vibes.” Nora Mcinerny Tue, 11 Oct 2022 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575260 thebookvoice.com 5:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Vibes Only: (and Other Things I Bring to the Table) Author: Nora Mcinerny Narrator: Nora Mcinerny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER From the host of the podcast Terrible, Thanks for Asking—called “a gift” by The New York Times—a raw and humorous essay collection in the spirit of Jenny Lawson and Samantha Irby. Nora McInerny does not dance like no one is watching. In fact, she dances like everyone is watching, which is to say, she does not dance at all. A bestselling author and host of the beloved podcast Terrible, Thanks for Asking, she has captured the hearts of millions with her disarming and earnest approach to discussing grief and loss. Now, with Bad Vibes Only, she turns her eye on our aggressively, oppressively optimistic culture, our obsession with self-improvement, and what it really means to live authentically in the online age. In essays that revisit her cringey past and anticipate her rapidly approaching, early middle-aged future, McInerny lays bare her own chaos, inviting us to drop the façade of perfection and embrace the truth: that we are all—at best—slightly unhinged. Socrates claimed that the unexamined life is not worth living. Bad Vibes Only is for people who have taken that dictum a bit too far—the overthinkers, the analyzers, the recovering Girl Bosses, and the burned-out personal brand—reminding us that a life worth living is about more than just “good vibes.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Vibes Only: (and Other Things I Bring to the Table) Author: Nora Mcinerny Narrator: Nora Mcinerny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER From the host of the podcast Terrible, Thanks for Asking—called “a gift” by The New York Times—a raw and humorous essay collection in the spirit of Jenny Lawson and Samantha Irby. Nora McInerny does not dance like no one is watching. In fact, she dances like everyone is watching, which is to say, she does not dance at all. A bestselling author and host of the beloved podcast Terrible, Thanks for Asking, she has captured the hearts of millions with her disarming and earnest approach to discussing grief and loss. Now, with Bad Vibes Only, she turns her eye on our aggressively, oppressively optimistic culture, our obsession with self-improvement, and what it really means to live authentically in the online age. In essays that revisit her cringey past and anticipate her rapidly approaching, early middle-aged future, McInerny lays bare her own chaos, inviting us to drop the façade of perfection and embrace the truth: that we are all—at best—slightly unhinged. Socrates claimed that the unexamined life is not worth living. Bad Vibes Only is for people who have taken that dictum a bit too far—the overthinkers, the analyzers, the recovering Girl Bosses, and the burned-out personal brand—reminding us that a life worth living is about more than just “good vibes.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570274 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Girls: Trixie and Katya's Guide to Professional Womanhood Author: Katya, Trixie Mattel Narrator: Katya, Trixie Mattel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Trixie Mattel and Katya Zamolodchikova took the world by storm with their Guide to Modern Womanhood, a book of expert advice on beauty, homemaking, and relationships. Now they’re tackling an even bigger challenge: finding success in the modern workplace. In Working Girls, Trixie and Katya dole out both savvy and satirical advice for every stage of working life, from choosing a career path to sailing into a blissful retirement, in step-by-step guides, quizzes, the world’s most bizarre aptitude test, and more. Searching for the perfect interview outfit? Agonizing over how to get that raise? Suspicious that your colleague doesn’t really hope their email “finds you well”? Trixie and Katya have got you covered. They also share personal stories from their own remarkable careers and their philosophies on everything from mastering office lingo to getting fired with dignity, all alongside hilarious, gorgeous photos. Witty, beautiful, and packed with wisdom, Working Girls is the ultimate guide for the working woman. Katya, Trixie Mattel Tue, 25 Oct 2022 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570274 thebookvoice.com 4:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Girls: Trixie and Katya's Guide to Professional Womanhood Author: Katya, Trixie Mattel Narrator: Katya, Trixie Mattel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Trixie Mattel and Katya Zamolodchikova took the world by storm with their Guide to Modern Womanhood, a book of expert advice on beauty, homemaking, and relationships. Now they’re tackling an even bigger challenge: finding success in the modern workplace. In Working Girls, Trixie and Katya dole out both savvy and satirical advice for every stage of working life, from choosing a career path to sailing into a blissful retirement, in step-by-step guides, quizzes, the world’s most bizarre aptitude test, and more. Searching for the perfect interview outfit? Agonizing over how to get that raise? Suspicious that your colleague doesn’t really hope their email “finds you well”? Trixie and Katya have got you covered. They also share personal stories from their own remarkable careers and their philosophies on everything from mastering office lingo to getting fired with dignity, all alongside hilarious, gorgeous photos. Witty, beautiful, and packed with wisdom, Working Girls is the ultimate guide for the working woman. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Girls: Trixie and Katya's Guide to Professional Womanhood Author: Katya, Trixie Mattel Narrator: Katya, Trixie Mattel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Trixie Mattel and Katya Zamolodchikova took the world by storm with their Guide to Modern Womanhood, a book of expert advice on beauty, homemaking, and relationships. Now they’re tackling an even bigger challenge: finding success in the modern workplace. In Working Girls, Trixie and Katya dole out both savvy and satirical advice for every stage of working life, from choosing a career path to sailing into a blissful retirement, in step-by-step guides, quizzes, the world’s most bizarre aptitude test, and more. Searching for the perfect interview outfit? Agonizing over how to get that raise? Suspicious that your colleague doesn’t really hope their email “finds you well”? Trixie and Katya have got you covered. They also share personal stories from their own remarkable careers and their philosophies on everything from mastering office lingo to getting fired with dignity, all alongside hilarious, gorgeous photos. Witty, beautiful, and packed with wisdom, Working Girls is the ultimate guide for the working woman. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569271 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 99% Invisible City: A Field Guide to the Hidden World of Everyday Design Author: Kurt Kohlstedt, Roman Mars Narrator: Roman Mars Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the creators of the wildly popular 99% Invisible podcast, comes a guidebook to the unnoticed yet essential elements of our cities. Narrated by Roman Mars, with a bonus Q&A and a Full Episode of 99% Invisible.  Have you ever wondered what those bright, squiggly graffiti marks on the sidewalk mean? Or stopped to consider why you don't see metal fire escapes on new buildings? Or pondered the story behind those dancing inflatable figures in car dealerships? 99% Invisible is a big-ideas podcast about small-seeming things, revealing stories baked into the buildings we inhabit, the streets we drive, and the sidewalks we traverse. The show celebrates design and architecture in all of its functional glory and accidental absurdity, with intriguing tales of both designers and the people impacted by their designs. Now, in The 99% Invisible City: A Field Guide to Hidden World of Everyday Design, host Roman Mars and coauthor Kurt Kohlstedt zoom in on the various elements that make our cities work, exploring the origins and other fascinating stories behind everything from power grids and fire escapes to drinking fountains and street signs. With deeply researched entries, The 99% Invisible City will captivate devoted fans of the show and anyone curious about design, urban environments, and the unsung marvels of the world around them. Kurt Kohlstedt, Roman Mars Tue, 06 Oct 2020 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569271 thebookvoice.com 10:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 99% Invisible City: A Field Guide to the Hidden World of Everyday Design Author: Kurt Kohlstedt, Roman Mars Narrator: Roman Mars Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the creators of the wildly popular 99% Invisible podcast, comes a guidebook to the unnoticed yet essential elements of our cities. Narrated by Roman Mars, with a bonus Q&A and a Full Episode of 99% Invisible.  Have you ever wondered what those bright, squiggly graffiti marks on the sidewalk mean? Or stopped to consider why you don't see metal fire escapes on new buildings? Or pondered the story behind those dancing inflatable figures in car dealerships? 99% Invisible is a big-ideas podcast about small-seeming things, revealing stories baked into the buildings we inhabit, the streets we drive, and the sidewalks we traverse. The show celebrates design and architecture in all of its functional glory and accidental absurdity, with intriguing tales of both designers and the people impacted by their designs. Now, in The 99% Invisible City: A Field Guide to Hidden World of Everyday Design, host Roman Mars and coauthor Kurt Kohlstedt zoom in on the various elements that make our cities work, exploring the origins and other fascinating stories behind everything from power grids and fire escapes to drinking fountains and street signs. With deeply researched entries, The 99% Invisible City will captivate devoted fans of the show and anyone curious about design, urban environments, and the unsung marvels of the world around them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 99% Invisible City: A Field Guide to the Hidden World of Everyday Design Author: Kurt Kohlstedt, Roman Mars Narrator: Roman Mars Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the creators of the wildly popular 99% Invisible podcast, comes a guidebook to the unnoticed yet essential elements of our cities. Narrated by Roman Mars, with a bonus Q&A and a Full Episode of 99% Invisible.  Have you ever wondered what those bright, squiggly graffiti marks on the sidewalk mean? Or stopped to consider why you don't see metal fire escapes on new buildings? Or pondered the story behind those dancing inflatable figures in car dealerships? 99% Invisible is a big-ideas podcast about small-seeming things, revealing stories baked into the buildings we inhabit, the streets we drive, and the sidewalks we traverse. The show celebrates design and architecture in all of its functional glory and accidental absurdity, with intriguing tales of both designers and the people impacted by their designs. Now, in The 99% Invisible City: A Field Guide to Hidden World of Everyday Design, host Roman Mars and coauthor Kurt Kohlstedt zoom in on the various elements that make our cities work, exploring the origins and other fascinating stories behind everything from power grids and fire escapes to drinking fountains and street signs. With deeply researched entries, The 99% Invisible City will captivate devoted fans of the show and anyone curious about design, urban environments, and the unsung marvels of the world around them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568894 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Good People Here: A Novel Author: Ashley Flowers Narrator: Ashley Flowers, Karissa Vacker, Brittany Pressley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 603 Ratings of Narrator: 4.68 of Total 177 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In the propulsive debut novel from the host of the #1 true crime podcast Crime Junkie, a journalist uncovers her hometown’s dark secrets when she becomes obsessed with the unsolved murder of her childhood neighbor—and the disappearance of another girl twenty years later. ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: PopSugar   You can’t ever know for sure what happens behind closed doors. Everyone from Wakarusa, Indiana, remembers the infamous case of January Jacobs, who was discovered in a ditch hours after her family awoke to find her gone. Margot Davies was six at the time, the same age as January—and they were next-door neighbors. In the twenty years since, Margot has grown up, moved away, and become a big-city journalist. But she’s always been haunted by the feeling that it could’ve been her. And the worst part is, January’s killer has never been brought to justice. When Margot returns home to help care for her uncle after he is diagnosed with early-onset dementia, she feels like she’s walked into a time capsule. Wakarusa is exactly how she remembers—genial, stifled, secretive. Then news breaks about five-year-old Natalie Clark from the next town over, who’s gone missing under circumstances eerily similar to January’s. With all the old feelings rushing back, Margot vows to find Natalie and to solve January’s murder once and for all. But the police, Natalie’s family, the townspeople—they all seem to be hiding something. And the deeper Margot digs into Natalie’s disappearance, the more resistance she encounters, and the colder January’s case feels. Could January’s killer still be out there? Is it the same person who took Natalie? And what will it cost to finally discover what truly happened that night twenty years ago? Twisty, chilling, and intense, All Good People Here is a searing tale that asks: What are your neighbors capable of when they think no one is watching? Ashley Flowers Tue, 16 Aug 2022 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568894 thebookvoice.com 10:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Good People Here: A Novel Author: Ashley Flowers Narrator: Ashley Flowers, Karissa Vacker, Brittany Pressley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 603 Ratings of Narrator: 4.68 of Total 177 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In the propulsive debut novel from the host of the #1 true crime podcast Crime Junkie, a journalist uncovers her hometown’s dark secrets when she becomes obsessed with the unsolved murder of her childhood neighbor—and the disappearance of another girl twenty years later. ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: PopSugar   You can’t ever know for sure what happens behind closed doors. Everyone from Wakarusa, Indiana, remembers the infamous case of January Jacobs, who was discovered in a ditch hours after her family awoke to find her gone. Margot Davies was six at the time, the same age as January—and they were next-door neighbors. In the twenty years since, Margot has grown up, moved away, and become a big-city journalist. But she’s always been haunted by the feeling that it could’ve been her. And the worst part is, January’s killer has never been brought to justice. When Margot returns home to help care for her uncle after he is diagnosed with early-onset dementia, she feels like she’s walked into a time capsule. Wakarusa is exactly how she remembers—genial, stifled, secretive. Then news breaks about five-year-old Natalie Clark from the next town over, who’s gone missing under circumstances eerily similar to January’s. With all the old feelings rushing back, Margot vows to find Natalie and to solve January’s murder once and for all. But the police, Natalie’s family, the townspeople—they all seem to be hiding something. And the deeper Margot digs into Natalie’s disappearance, the more resistance she encounters, and the colder January’s case feels. Could January’s killer still be out there? Is it the same person who took Natalie? And what will it cost to finally discover what truly happened that night twenty years ago? Twisty, chilling, and intense, All Good People Here is a searing tale that asks: What are your neighbors capable of when they think no one is watching? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Good People Here: A Novel Author: Ashley Flowers Narrator: Ashley Flowers, Karissa Vacker, Brittany Pressley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 603 Ratings of Narrator: 4.68 of Total 177 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In the propulsive debut novel from the host of the #1 true crime podcast Crime Junkie, a journalist uncovers her hometown’s dark secrets when she becomes obsessed with the unsolved murder of her childhood neighbor—and the disappearance of another girl twenty years later. ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: PopSugar   You can’t ever know for sure what happens behind closed doors. Everyone from Wakarusa, Indiana, remembers the infamous case of January Jacobs, who was discovered in a ditch hours after her family awoke to find her gone. Margot Davies was six at the time, the same age as January—and they were next-door neighbors. In the twenty years since, Margot has grown up, moved away, and become a big-city journalist. But she’s always been haunted by the feeling that it could’ve been her. And the worst part is, January’s killer has never been brought to justice. When Margot returns home to help care for her uncle after he is diagnosed with early-onset dementia, she feels like she’s walked into a time capsule. Wakarusa is exactly how she remembers—genial, stifled, secretive. Then news breaks about five-year-old Natalie Clark from the next town over, who’s gone missing under circumstances eerily similar to January’s. With all the old feelings rushing back, Margot vows to find Natalie and to solve January’s murder once and for all. But the police, Natalie’s family, the townspeople—they all seem to be hiding something. And the deeper Margot digs into Natalie’s disappearance, the more resistance she encounters, and the colder January’s case feels. Could January’s killer still be out there? Is it the same person who took Natalie? And what will it cost to finally discover what truly happened that night twenty years ago? Twisty, chilling, and intense, All Good People Here is a searing tale that asks: What are your neighbors capable of when they think no one is watching? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568889 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lady Secrets: Real, Raw, and Ridiculous Confessions of Womanhood Author: Becca Tobin, Jac Vanek, Keltie Knight Narrator: Becca Tobin, Jac Vanek, Keltie Knight, Fiona Hardingham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.72 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling authors of Act Like a Lady and hosts of the LadyGang podcast share their deepest, darkest, most hilarious secrets—along with confessions submitted by real LadyGang fans—in this laugh-out-loud, cringe-worthy, weirdly inspiring celebration of un-ladylike behavior. “So many of us have this hidden shame floating around our brains with no way to let it out without being judged, and that shit weighs us down.”   Every lady has a secret. A secret so humiliating, embarrassing, scandalous, or disgraceful that you haven’t told a soul—not your closest friends, family, lovers, or doctors. There is so much shame surrounding hiding secrets, and, frankly, enough is enough.   The truth is, there is power and freedom in releasing those dirty little secrets out into the big, bad universe. It gives you that same sweet relief as taking off an underwire bra at the end of a long, crappy day. That’s why Keltie Knight, Becca Tobin, and Jac Vanek—hosts of the LadyGang podcast—set their secrets free: the good, the bad, and the diarrhea. The LadyGang wanted to offer their large and loyal community a chance to join them in exposing the messy truths of their lives, and so, Lady Secrets was born: confessional essays from the trio themselves and an incredible crowdsourced collection of secrets from other ladies around the world. Secrets ranging from silly little white lies to cringey misadventures to soul-baring truths. And as it turns out, exposing your deepest and darkest helps you realize that we are all way more alike than we could have ever imagined.   Everyone seems to have a bizarre body malfunction, a hookup gone terribly wrong, and a soul-crushing experience that haunts them forever. And maybe that elaborate revenge plot you carried out against your cheating ex was actually kind of badass (in spite of being slightly illegal). It’s time we stop feeling ashamed of our (un)ladylike habits and own the real, raw, and ridiculous things that make you authentically you. Becca Tobin, Jac Vanek, Keltie Knight Tue, 20 Sep 2022 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568889 thebookvoice.com 7:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lady Secrets: Real, Raw, and Ridiculous Confessions of Womanhood Author: Becca Tobin, Jac Vanek, Keltie Knight Narrator: Becca Tobin, Jac Vanek, Keltie Knight, Fiona Hardingham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.72 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling authors of Act Like a Lady and hosts of the LadyGang podcast share their deepest, darkest, most hilarious secrets—along with confessions submitted by real LadyGang fans—in this laugh-out-loud, cringe-worthy, weirdly inspiring celebration of un-ladylike behavior. “So many of us have this hidden shame floating around our brains with no way to let it out without being judged, and that shit weighs us down.”   Every lady has a secret. A secret so humiliating, embarrassing, scandalous, or disgraceful that you haven’t told a soul—not your closest friends, family, lovers, or doctors. There is so much shame surrounding hiding secrets, and, frankly, enough is enough.   The truth is, there is power and freedom in releasing those dirty little secrets out into the big, bad universe. It gives you that same sweet relief as taking off an underwire bra at the end of a long, crappy day. That’s why Keltie Knight, Becca Tobin, and Jac Vanek—hosts of the LadyGang podcast—set their secrets free: the good, the bad, and the diarrhea. The LadyGang wanted to offer their large and loyal community a chance to join them in exposing the messy truths of their lives, and so, Lady Secrets was born: confessional essays from the trio themselves and an incredible crowdsourced collection of secrets from other ladies around the world. Secrets ranging from silly little white lies to cringey misadventures to soul-baring truths. And as it turns out, exposing your deepest and darkest helps you realize that we are all way more alike than we could have ever imagined.   Everyone seems to have a bizarre body malfunction, a hookup gone terribly wrong, and a soul-crushing experience that haunts them forever. And maybe that elaborate revenge plot you carried out against your cheating ex was actually kind of badass (in spite of being slightly illegal). It’s time we stop feeling ashamed of our (un)ladylike habits and own the real, raw, and ridiculous things that make you authentically you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lady Secrets: Real, Raw, and Ridiculous Confessions of Womanhood Author: Becca Tobin, Jac Vanek, Keltie Knight Narrator: Becca Tobin, Jac Vanek, Keltie Knight, Fiona Hardingham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.72 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling authors of Act Like a Lady and hosts of the LadyGang podcast share their deepest, darkest, most hilarious secrets—along with confessions submitted by real LadyGang fans—in this laugh-out-loud, cringe-worthy, weirdly inspiring celebration of un-ladylike behavior. “So many of us have this hidden shame floating around our brains with no way to let it out without being judged, and that shit weighs us down.”   Every lady has a secret. A secret so humiliating, embarrassing, scandalous, or disgraceful that you haven’t told a soul—not your closest friends, family, lovers, or doctors. There is so much shame surrounding hiding secrets, and, frankly, enough is enough.   The truth is, there is power and freedom in releasing those dirty little secrets out into the big, bad universe. It gives you that same sweet relief as taking off an underwire bra at the end of a long, crappy day. That’s why Keltie Knight, Becca Tobin, and Jac Vanek—hosts of the LadyGang podcast—set their secrets free: the good, the bad, and the diarrhea. The LadyGang wanted to offer their large and loyal community a chance to join them in exposing the messy truths of their lives, and so, Lady Secrets was born: confessional essays from the trio themselves and an incredible crowdsourced collection of secrets from other ladies around the world. Secrets ranging from silly little white lies to cringey misadventures to soul-baring truths. And as it turns out, exposing your deepest and darkest helps you realize that we are all way more alike than we could have ever imagined.   Everyone seems to have a bizarre body malfunction, a hookup gone terribly wrong, and a soul-crushing experience that haunts them forever. And maybe that elaborate revenge plot you carried out against your cheating ex was actually kind of badass (in spite of being slightly illegal). It’s time we stop feeling ashamed of our (un)ladylike habits and own the real, raw, and ridiculous things that make you authentically you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562563 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Life: Lessons from the World's Longest Study on Happiness Author: Marc Schulz, Robert Waldinger Narrator: Marc Schulz, Robert Waldinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'In a crowded field of life advice and even life advice based on scientific research, Schulz and Waldinger stand apart' Angela Duckworth, author of Grit What is the key to a good life? It is a question that preoccupies us all and one that the longest and most successful study of happiness ever conducted strives to answer. In this groundbreaking book, directors of the Harvard Study of Adult Development, Robert Waldinger and Marc Schulz, bring together over 80 years of research to reveal the true components of a happy, fulfilled life. The Good Life makes clear that what truly makes a rich and happy life is not synonymous with financial success and achievement, but is rather the result of our relationships. This remarkable work brings together scientific precision, traditional wisdom, incredible real-life stories and actionable insights to prove once and for all that our own wellbeing and ability to flourish is absolutely within our control. 'An outstanding book. It combines the longest and richest study of human lives anywhere with two remarkable authors of extraordinary breadth' Richard Layard, author of Can We Be Happier? 'This captivating, powerful book shows us scientifically and practically how to define, create and most importantly live the good life' Jay Shetty ©2023 Robert Waldinger & Marc Schulz (P)2023 Penguin Audio Marc Schulz, Robert Waldinger Thu, 12 Jan 2023 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562563 thebookvoice.com 11:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Life: Lessons from the World's Longest Study on Happiness Author: Marc Schulz, Robert Waldinger Narrator: Marc Schulz, Robert Waldinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'In a crowded field of life advice and even life advice based on scientific research, Schulz and Waldinger stand apart' Angela Duckworth, author of Grit What is the key to a good life? It is a question that preoccupies us all and one that the longest and most successful study of happiness ever conducted strives to answer. In this groundbreaking book, directors of the Harvard Study of Adult Development, Robert Waldinger and Marc Schulz, bring together over 80 years of research to reveal the true components of a happy, fulfilled life. The Good Life makes clear that what truly makes a rich and happy life is not synonymous with financial success and achievement, but is rather the result of our relationships. This remarkable work brings together scientific precision, traditional wisdom, incredible real-life stories and actionable insights to prove once and for all that our own wellbeing and ability to flourish is absolutely within our control. 'An outstanding book. It combines the longest and richest study of human lives anywhere with two remarkable authors of extraordinary breadth' Richard Layard, author of Can We Be Happier? 'This captivating, powerful book shows us scientifically and practically how to define, create and most importantly live the good life' Jay Shetty ©2023 Robert Waldinger & Marc Schulz (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Life: Lessons from the World's Longest Study on Happiness Author: Marc Schulz, Robert Waldinger Narrator: Marc Schulz, Robert Waldinger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 12, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'In a crowded field of life advice and even life advice based on scientific research, Schulz and Waldinger stand apart' Angela Duckworth, author of Grit What is the key to a good life? It is a question that preoccupies us all and one that the longest and most successful study of happiness ever conducted strives to answer. In this groundbreaking book, directors of the Harvard Study of Adult Development, Robert Waldinger and Marc Schulz, bring together over 80 years of research to reveal the true components of a happy, fulfilled life. The Good Life makes clear that what truly makes a rich and happy life is not synonymous with financial success and achievement, but is rather the result of our relationships. This remarkable work brings together scientific precision, traditional wisdom, incredible real-life stories and actionable insights to prove once and for all that our own wellbeing and ability to flourish is absolutely within our control. 'An outstanding book. It combines the longest and richest study of human lives anywhere with two remarkable authors of extraordinary breadth' Richard Layard, author of Can We Be Happier? 'This captivating, powerful book shows us scientifically and practically how to define, create and most importantly live the good life' Jay Shetty ©2023 Robert Waldinger & Marc Schulz (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548501 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Good People Here Author: Ashley Flowers Narrator: Karissa Vacker, Brittany Pressley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 14 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: *A gripping debut thriller from the host of the #1 podcast CRIME JUNKIE* THE NO.1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you liked I’LL BE GONE IN THE DARK and SHARP OBJECTS, you will love this! 'A stunning debut from a fresh new voice in the thriller space' —Karin Slaughter ‘This is the perfect gripping, twisty thriller for fans of cold crime cases’ —Cosmopolitan What really happened to January Jacobs? A MYSTERIOUS COLD CASE… Twenty-five years ago, January Jacob’s parents awoke to find their daughter’s bed empty, a horrifying message spray-painted onto their wall. Hours later, January’s body was found discarded in a ditch. Her murder was never solved. But the town remembers. A DANGEROUS OBSESSION… Journalist Margot Davies is tired of reporting meaningless stories. One night, she stumbles upon a clue in the most infamous crime in her hometown’s history: the unsolved murder of six-year-old January. A TOWN FULL OF SECRETS… As Margot digs deeper, she begins to suspect that there is something truly sinister lurking in the small community: a secret that endangers the lives of everyone involved…including Margot. A gripping, twisty thriller for fans of cold crime cases – from the #1 CRIME JUNKIE podcast host Ashley Flowers. Ashley Flowers Thu, 18 Aug 2022 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548501 thebookvoice.com 10:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Good People Here Author: Ashley Flowers Narrator: Karissa Vacker, Brittany Pressley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 14 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: *A gripping debut thriller from the host of the #1 podcast CRIME JUNKIE* THE NO.1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you liked I’LL BE GONE IN THE DARK and SHARP OBJECTS, you will love this! 'A stunning debut from a fresh new voice in the thriller space' —Karin Slaughter ‘This is the perfect gripping, twisty thriller for fans of cold crime cases’ —Cosmopolitan What really happened to January Jacobs? A MYSTERIOUS COLD CASE… Twenty-five years ago, January Jacob’s parents awoke to find their daughter’s bed empty, a horrifying message spray-painted onto their wall. Hours later, January’s body was found discarded in a ditch. Her murder was never solved. But the town remembers. A DANGEROUS OBSESSION… Journalist Margot Davies is tired of reporting meaningless stories. One night, she stumbles upon a clue in the most infamous crime in her hometown’s history: the unsolved murder of six-year-old January. A TOWN FULL OF SECRETS… As Margot digs deeper, she begins to suspect that there is something truly sinister lurking in the small community: a secret that endangers the lives of everyone involved…including Margot. A gripping, twisty thriller for fans of cold crime cases – from the #1 CRIME JUNKIE podcast host Ashley Flowers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Good People Here Author: Ashley Flowers Narrator: Karissa Vacker, Brittany Pressley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 14 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: *A gripping debut thriller from the host of the #1 podcast CRIME JUNKIE* THE NO.1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you liked I’LL BE GONE IN THE DARK and SHARP OBJECTS, you will love this! 'A stunning debut from a fresh new voice in the thriller space' —Karin Slaughter ‘This is the perfect gripping, twisty thriller for fans of cold crime cases’ —Cosmopolitan What really happened to January Jacobs? A MYSTERIOUS COLD CASE… Twenty-five years ago, January Jacob’s parents awoke to find their daughter’s bed empty, a horrifying message spray-painted onto their wall. Hours later, January’s body was found discarded in a ditch. Her murder was never solved. But the town remembers. A DANGEROUS OBSESSION… Journalist Margot Davies is tired of reporting meaningless stories. One night, she stumbles upon a clue in the most infamous crime in her hometown’s history: the unsolved murder of six-year-old January. A TOWN FULL OF SECRETS… As Margot digs deeper, she begins to suspect that there is something truly sinister lurking in the small community: a secret that endangers the lives of everyone involved…including Margot. A gripping, twisty thriller for fans of cold crime cases – from the #1 CRIME JUNKIE podcast host Ashley Flowers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539876 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Things We Do in the Dark: A Novel Author: Jennifer Hillier Narrator: Carla Vega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 76 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: This audiobook includes a bonus conversation between the author and actor Brandi Cyrus. Winner of Best Audiobook at the 2023 ITW (International Thriller Writers) Thriller Awards. Things We Do in the Dark is a brilliant new thriller from Jennifer Hillier, the award-winning author of the breakout novels Little Secrets and Jar of Hearts. Paris Peralta is suspected of killing her celebrity husband, and her long-hidden past now threatens to destroy her future. When Paris Peralta is arrested in her own bathroom – covered in blood, holding a straight razor, her celebrity husband dead in the bathtub behind her – she knows she'll be charged with murder. But as bad as this looks, it's not what worries her the most. With the unwanted media attention now surrounding her, it's only a matter of time before someone from her long hidden past recognizes her and destroys the new life she's worked so hard to build, along with any chance of a future. Twenty-five years earlier, Ruby Reyes, known as the Ice Queen, was convicted of a similar murder in a trial that riveted Canada in the early nineties. Reyes knows who Paris really is, and when she's unexpectedly released from prison, she threatens to expose all of Paris's secrets. Left with no other choice, Paris must finally confront the dark past she escaped, once and for all. Because the only thing worse than a murder charge are two murder charges. A Macmillan Audio production from Minotaur Books. Jennifer Hillier Tue, 19 Jul 2022 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539876 thebookvoice.com 12:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Things We Do in the Dark: A Novel Author: Jennifer Hillier Narrator: Carla Vega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 76 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: This audiobook includes a bonus conversation between the author and actor Brandi Cyrus. Winner of Best Audiobook at the 2023 ITW (International Thriller Writers) Thriller Awards. Things We Do in the Dark is a brilliant new thriller from Jennifer Hillier, the award-winning author of the breakout novels Little Secrets and Jar of Hearts. Paris Peralta is suspected of killing her celebrity husband, and her long-hidden past now threatens to destroy her future. When Paris Peralta is arrested in her own bathroom – covered in blood, holding a straight razor, her celebrity husband dead in the bathtub behind her – she knows she'll be charged with murder. But as bad as this looks, it's not what worries her the most. With the unwanted media attention now surrounding her, it's only a matter of time before someone from her long hidden past recognizes her and destroys the new life she's worked so hard to build, along with any chance of a future. Twenty-five years earlier, Ruby Reyes, known as the Ice Queen, was convicted of a similar murder in a trial that riveted Canada in the early nineties. Reyes knows who Paris really is, and when she's unexpectedly released from prison, she threatens to expose all of Paris's secrets. Left with no other choice, Paris must finally confront the dark past she escaped, once and for all. Because the only thing worse than a murder charge are two murder charges. A Macmillan Audio production from Minotaur Books. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Things We Do in the Dark: A Novel Author: Jennifer Hillier Narrator: Carla Vega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 76 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: This audiobook includes a bonus conversation between the author and actor Brandi Cyrus. Winner of Best Audiobook at the 2023 ITW (International Thriller Writers) Thriller Awards. Things We Do in the Dark is a brilliant new thriller from Jennifer Hillier, the award-winning author of the breakout novels Little Secrets and Jar of Hearts. Paris Peralta is suspected of killing her celebrity husband, and her long-hidden past now threatens to destroy her future. When Paris Peralta is arrested in her own bathroom – covered in blood, holding a straight razor, her celebrity husband dead in the bathtub behind her – she knows she'll be charged with murder. But as bad as this looks, it's not what worries her the most. With the unwanted media attention now surrounding her, it's only a matter of time before someone from her long hidden past recognizes her and destroys the new life she's worked so hard to build, along with any chance of a future. Twenty-five years earlier, Ruby Reyes, known as the Ice Queen, was convicted of a similar murder in a trial that riveted Canada in the early nineties. Reyes knows who Paris really is, and when she's unexpectedly released from prison, she threatens to expose all of Paris's secrets. Left with no other choice, Paris must finally confront the dark past she escaped, once and for all. Because the only thing worse than a murder charge are two murder charges. A Macmillan Audio production from Minotaur Books. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539845 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Acts of Violet: A Novel Author: Margarita Montimore Narrator: Alejandro Antonio Ruiz, Katharine Chin, Amy Mcfadden, Ramon De Ocampo, Brittany Pressley, Dan Bittner, Fred Berman, Suzanne Toren, Hillary Huber, Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: 'A multicast presentation of a novel with this many disparate narrative elements could easily become chaotic, so it is testament to the narrators’ talents and Montimore’s brilliant plot structure, compelling characters, and sharp, often hilarious prose that listeners are instead treated to an absolutely delightful audiobook, essential for all contemporary fiction collections.'- Library Journal This program features unique sound design and is read by a multicast that brilliantly weaves together the narrative elements, the podcast episodes, and the documents within the story. From Margarita Montimore, the author of GMA Book Club pick and national bestseller Oona Out of Order, Acts of Violet is a dazzling and twisty new novel about a famous magician who disappears, leaving her sister to figure out what really happened. Nearly a decade ago, iconic magician Violet Volk performed her greatest trick yet: vanishing mid-act. Though she hasn’t been seen since, her hold on the public hasn’t wavered. While Violet sought out the spotlight, her sister Sasha, ever the responsible one, took over their mother’s salon and built a quiet life for her daughter, Quinn. But Sasha can never seem to escape her sister’s orbit or her memories of their unresolved, tumultuous relationship. Then there’s Cameron Frank, determined to finally get his big break hosting a podcast devoted to all things Violet—though keeping his job hinges on an exclusive interview with Sasha, the last person who wants to talk to him. As the ten-year anniversary approaches, the podcast picks up steam, and Cameron’s pursuit of Sasha becomes increasingly intrusive. He isn’t the only one wondering what secrets she might be keeping: Quinn, loyal to the aunt she always idolized, is doing her own investigating. Meanwhile, Sasha begins to experience an unsettling series of sleepwalking episodes and coincidences, which all lead back to Violet. Pushed to her emotional limits, Sasha must finally confront the most painful truths about her sister, and herself, even at the risk of losing everything. Alternating between Sasha’s narration and Cameron’s podcast transcripts, interspersed with documents that offer a tantalizing peek at Violet herself, Acts of Violet is an utterly original, propulsive story of fame, deception, and forgiveness that will make you believe in magic. A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books Margarita Montimore Tue, 05 Jul 2022 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539845 thebookvoice.com 11:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Acts of Violet: A Novel Author: Margarita Montimore Narrator: Alejandro Antonio Ruiz, Katharine Chin, Amy Mcfadden, Ramon De Ocampo, Brittany Pressley, Dan Bittner, Fred Berman, Suzanne Toren, Hillary Huber, Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: 'A multicast presentation of a novel with this many disparate narrative elements could easily become chaotic, so it is testament to the narrators’ talents and Montimore’s brilliant plot structure, compelling characters, and sharp, often hilarious prose that listeners are instead treated to an absolutely delightful audiobook, essential for all contemporary fiction collections.'- Library Journal This program features unique sound design and is read by a multicast that brilliantly weaves together the narrative elements, the podcast episodes, and the documents within the story. From Margarita Montimore, the author of GMA Book Club pick and national bestseller Oona Out of Order, Acts of Violet is a dazzling and twisty new novel about a famous magician who disappears, leaving her sister to figure out what really happened. Nearly a decade ago, iconic magician Violet Volk performed her greatest trick yet: vanishing mid-act. Though she hasn’t been seen since, her hold on the public hasn’t wavered. While Violet sought out the spotlight, her sister Sasha, ever the responsible one, took over their mother’s salon and built a quiet life for her daughter, Quinn. But Sasha can never seem to escape her sister’s orbit or her memories of their unresolved, tumultuous relationship. Then there’s Cameron Frank, determined to finally get his big break hosting a podcast devoted to all things Violet—though keeping his job hinges on an exclusive interview with Sasha, the last person who wants to talk to him. As the ten-year anniversary approaches, the podcast picks up steam, and Cameron’s pursuit of Sasha becomes increasingly intrusive. He isn’t the only one wondering what secrets she might be keeping: Quinn, loyal to the aunt she always idolized, is doing her own investigating. Meanwhile, Sasha begins to experience an unsettling series of sleepwalking episodes and coincidences, which all lead back to Violet. Pushed to her emotional limits, Sasha must finally confront the most painful truths about her sister, and herself, even at the risk of losing everything. Alternating between Sasha’s narration and Cameron’s podcast transcripts, interspersed with documents that offer a tantalizing peek at Violet herself, Acts of Violet is an utterly original, propulsive story of fame, deception, and forgiveness that will make you believe in magic. A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Acts of Violet: A Novel Author: Margarita Montimore Narrator: Alejandro Antonio Ruiz, Katharine Chin, Amy Mcfadden, Ramon De Ocampo, Brittany Pressley, Dan Bittner, Fred Berman, Suzanne Toren, Hillary Huber, Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: 'A multicast presentation of a novel with this many disparate narrative elements could easily become chaotic, so it is testament to the narrators’ talents and Montimore’s brilliant plot structure, compelling characters, and sharp, often hilarious prose that listeners are instead treated to an absolutely delightful audiobook, essential for all contemporary fiction collections.'- Library Journal This program features unique sound design and is read by a multicast that brilliantly weaves together the narrative elements, the podcast episodes, and the documents within the story. From Margarita Montimore, the author of GMA Book Club pick and national bestseller Oona Out of Order, Acts of Violet is a dazzling and twisty new novel about a famous magician who disappears, leaving her sister to figure out what really happened. Nearly a decade ago, iconic magician Violet Volk performed her greatest trick yet: vanishing mid-act. Though she hasn’t been seen since, her hold on the public hasn’t wavered. While Violet sought out the spotlight, her sister Sasha, ever the responsible one, took over their mother’s salon and built a quiet life for her daughter, Quinn. But Sasha can never seem to escape her sister’s orbit or her memories of their unresolved, tumultuous relationship. Then there’s Cameron Frank, determined to finally get his big break hosting a podcast devoted to all things Violet—though keeping his job hinges on an exclusive interview with Sasha, the last person who wants to talk to him. As the ten-year anniversary approaches, the podcast picks up steam, and Cameron’s pursuit of Sasha becomes increasingly intrusive. He isn’t the only one wondering what secrets she might be keeping: Quinn, loyal to the aunt she always idolized, is doing her own investigating. Meanwhile, Sasha begins to experience an unsettling series of sleepwalking episodes and coincidences, which all lead back to Violet. Pushed to her emotional limits, Sasha must finally confront the most painful truths about her sister, and herself, even at the risk of losing everything. Alternating between Sasha’s narration and Cameron’s podcast transcripts, interspersed with documents that offer a tantalizing peek at Violet herself, Acts of Violet is an utterly original, propulsive story of fame, deception, and forgiveness that will make you believe in magic. A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538239 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on an Execution: A Novel Author: Danya Kukafka Narrator: Mozhan Marno, Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • WINNER OF THE EDGAR AWARD FOR BEST NOVEL • NEW YORK TIMES BEST CRIME NOVEL OF THE YEAR “Defiantly populated with living women . . . beautifully drawn, dense with detail and specificity . . . Notes on an Execution is nuanced, ambitious and compelling.” —Katie Kitamura, NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW (Editors' Choice) ''A searing portrait of the complicated women caught in the orbit of a serial killer. . . . Compassionate and thought-provoking.'' –BRIT BENNETT, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Vanishing Half Recommended by New York Times Book Review • Los Angeles Times • Washington Post • Entertainment Weekly • Esquire • Good Housekeeping • USA Today • Buzzfeed • Goodreads • Real Simple • Marie Claire • Rolling Stone • Business Insider • Bustle • PopSugar • The Millions • The Guardian • and many more! In the tradition of Long Bright River and The Mars Room, a gripping and atmospheric work of literary suspense that deconstructs the story of a serial killer on death row, told primarily through the eyes of the women in his life—from the bestselling author of Girl in Snow. Ansel Packer is scheduled to die in twelve hours. He knows what he’s done, and now awaits execution, the same chilling fate he forced on those girls, years ago. But Ansel doesn’t want to die; he wants to be celebrated, understood.  Through a kaleidoscope of women—a mother, a sister, a homicide detective—we learn the story of Ansel’s life. We meet his mother, Lavender, a seventeen-year-old girl pushed to desperation; Hazel, twin sister to Ansel’s wife, inseparable since birth, forced to watch helplessly as her sister’s relationship threatens to devour them all; and finally, Saffy, the detective hot on his trail, who has devoted herself to bringing bad men to justice but struggles to see her own life clearly. As the clock ticks down, these three women sift through the choices that culminate in tragedy, exploring the rippling fissures that such destruction inevitably leaves in its wake.  Blending breathtaking suspense with astonishing empathy, Notes on an Execution presents a chilling portrait of womanhood as it simultaneously unravels the familiar narrative of the American serial killer, interrogating our system of justice and our cultural obsession with crime stories, asking readers to consider the false promise of looking for meaning in the psyches of violent men. ''Poetic and mesmerizing . . . Powerful, important, intensely human, and filled with a unique examination of tragedy, one where the reader is left with a curious emotion: hope.'' —USA TODAY “A profound and staggering experience of empathy that challenges us to confront what it means to be human in our darkest moments. . . . I relished every page of this brilliant and gripping masterpiece.''—ASHLEY AUDRAIN, New York Times bestselling author of The Push Danya Kukafka Tue, 25 Jan 2022 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538239 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on an Execution: A Novel Author: Danya Kukafka Narrator: Mozhan Marno, Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • WINNER OF THE EDGAR AWARD FOR BEST NOVEL • NEW YORK TIMES BEST CRIME NOVEL OF THE YEAR “Defiantly populated with living women . . . beautifully drawn, dense with detail and specificity . . . Notes on an Execution is nuanced, ambitious and compelling.” —Katie Kitamura, NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW (Editors' Choice) ''A searing portrait of the complicated women caught in the orbit of a serial killer. . . . Compassionate and thought-provoking.'' –BRIT BENNETT, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Vanishing Half Recommended by New York Times Book Review • Los Angeles Times • Washington Post • Entertainment Weekly • Esquire • Good Housekeeping • USA Today • Buzzfeed • Goodreads • Real Simple • Marie Claire • Rolling Stone • Business Insider • Bustle • PopSugar • The Millions • The Guardian • and many more! In the tradition of Long Bright River and The Mars Room, a gripping and atmospheric work of literary suspense that deconstructs the story of a serial killer on death row, told primarily through the eyes of the women in his life—from the bestselling author of Girl in Snow. Ansel Packer is scheduled to die in twelve hours. He knows what he’s done, and now awaits execution, the same chilling fate he forced on those girls, years ago. But Ansel doesn’t want to die; he wants to be celebrated, understood.  Through a kaleidoscope of women—a mother, a sister, a homicide detective—we learn the story of Ansel’s life. We meet his mother, Lavender, a seventeen-year-old girl pushed to desperation; Hazel, twin sister to Ansel’s wife, inseparable since birth, forced to watch helplessly as her sister’s relationship threatens to devour them all; and finally, Saffy, the detective hot on his trail, who has devoted herself to bringing bad men to justice but struggles to see her own life clearly. As the clock ticks down, these three women sift through the choices that culminate in tragedy, exploring the rippling fissures that such destruction inevitably leaves in its wake.  Blending breathtaking suspense with astonishing empathy, Notes on an Execution presents a chilling portrait of womanhood as it simultaneously unravels the familiar narrative of the American serial killer, interrogating our system of justice and our cultural obsession with crime stories, asking readers to consider the false promise of looking for meaning in the psyches of violent men. ''Poetic and mesmerizing . . . Powerful, important, intensely human, and filled with a unique examination of tragedy, one where the reader is left with a curious emotion: hope.'' —USA TODAY “A profound and staggering experience of empathy that challenges us to confront what it means to be human in our darkest moments. . . . I relished every page of this brilliant and gripping masterpiece.''—ASHLEY AUDRAIN, New York Times bestselling author of The Push Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on an Execution: A Novel Author: Danya Kukafka Narrator: Mozhan Marno, Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • WINNER OF THE EDGAR AWARD FOR BEST NOVEL • NEW YORK TIMES BEST CRIME NOVEL OF THE YEAR “Defiantly populated with living women . . . beautifully drawn, dense with detail and specificity . . . Notes on an Execution is nuanced, ambitious and compelling.” —Katie Kitamura, NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW (Editors' Choice) ''A searing portrait of the complicated women caught in the orbit of a serial killer. . . . Compassionate and thought-provoking.'' –BRIT BENNETT, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Vanishing Half Recommended by New York Times Book Review • Los Angeles Times • Washington Post • Entertainment Weekly • Esquire • Good Housekeeping • USA Today • Buzzfeed • Goodreads • Real Simple • Marie Claire • Rolling Stone • Business Insider • Bustle • PopSugar • The Millions • The Guardian • and many more! In the tradition of Long Bright River and The Mars Room, a gripping and atmospheric work of literary suspense that deconstructs the story of a serial killer on death row, told primarily through the eyes of the women in his life—from the bestselling author of Girl in Snow. Ansel Packer is scheduled to die in twelve hours. He knows what he’s done, and now awaits execution, the same chilling fate he forced on those girls, years ago. But Ansel doesn’t want to die; he wants to be celebrated, understood.  Through a kaleidoscope of women—a mother, a sister, a homicide detective—we learn the story of Ansel’s life. We meet his mother, Lavender, a seventeen-year-old girl pushed to desperation; Hazel, twin sister to Ansel’s wife, inseparable since birth, forced to watch helplessly as her sister’s relationship threatens to devour them all; and finally, Saffy, the detective hot on his trail, who has devoted herself to bringing bad men to justice but struggles to see her own life clearly. As the clock ticks down, these three women sift through the choices that culminate in tragedy, exploring the rippling fissures that such destruction inevitably leaves in its wake.  Blending breathtaking suspense with astonishing empathy, Notes on an Execution presents a chilling portrait of womanhood as it simultaneously unravels the familiar narrative of the American serial killer, interrogating our system of justice and our cultural obsession with crime stories, asking readers to consider the false promise of looking for meaning in the psyches of violent men. ''Poetic and mesmerizing . . . Powerful, important, intensely human, and filled with a unique examination of tragedy, one where the reader is left with a curious emotion: hope.'' —USA TODAY “A profound and staggering experience of empathy that challenges us to confront what it means to be human in our darkest moments. . . . I relished every page of this brilliant and gripping masterpiece.''—ASHLEY AUDRAIN, New York Times bestselling author of The Push https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536372 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536372]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Circles: A Novel Author: Caite Dolan-Leach Narrator: Alex Mckenna, Sophie Amoss, Brittany Pressley, Kirsten Potter, Maggie-Meg Reed, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: An embattled actress becomes entangled in a dark conspiracy at a spiritual retreat—and starts a true crime podcast to try to break the case—in this chilling novel about fame, violence, and our morbid fascination with murder, from the acclaimed author of Dead Letters. “Dolan-Leach writes like Paula Hawkins by way of Curtis Sittenfeld.”—Amy Gentry, author of Good as Gone Olivia Reed needs a break. She doesn’t want to think about her name plastered on tabloids or be reminded of her recent meltdown on a Manhattan street. Her micromanaging publicist has just the thing in mind: a remote retreat in upstate New York—the House of Light. It’s not rehab; it’s a Spiritual Center, a site for seeking realignment and personal growth. There will be yoga and morning meditation, soft bamboo-blend fabrics and no shortage of crystals to cleanse her energy.   But Liv will soon find that the House of Light is filled with darkness. A prickly local, Ava, informs her that something twisted is lurking behind the Light’s veneer. There have been a series of mysterious suicides committed by women caught in the Light’s web, and no matter who Ava talks to, no one believes the Center is involved. To find out what’s really happened and put her celebrity to good use, Liv starts a podcast, seeking to connect the dots and expose the Light’s true intentions. Because beneath the glowing skin of the Light’s inhabitants lie rotten souls, and Liv starts to wonder if anything—even her own life—is how it appears. Caite Dolan-Leach brings her tantalizing voice, her gift for atmosphere, and a cast of delightfully devious and absorbing characters to this riveting novel of suspense. Caite Dolan-Leach Tue, 10 May 2022 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536372 thebookvoice.com 15:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536372]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Circles: A Novel Author: Caite Dolan-Leach Narrator: Alex Mckenna, Sophie Amoss, Brittany Pressley, Kirsten Potter, Maggie-Meg Reed, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: An embattled actress becomes entangled in a dark conspiracy at a spiritual retreat—and starts a true crime podcast to try to break the case—in this chilling novel about fame, violence, and our morbid fascination with murder, from the acclaimed author of Dead Letters. “Dolan-Leach writes like Paula Hawkins by way of Curtis Sittenfeld.”—Amy Gentry, author of Good as Gone Olivia Reed needs a break. She doesn’t want to think about her name plastered on tabloids or be reminded of her recent meltdown on a Manhattan street. Her micromanaging publicist has just the thing in mind: a remote retreat in upstate New York—the House of Light. It’s not rehab; it’s a Spiritual Center, a site for seeking realignment and personal growth. There will be yoga and morning meditation, soft bamboo-blend fabrics and no shortage of crystals to cleanse her energy.   But Liv will soon find that the House of Light is filled with darkness. A prickly local, Ava, informs her that something twisted is lurking behind the Light’s veneer. There have been a series of mysterious suicides committed by women caught in the Light’s web, and no matter who Ava talks to, no one believes the Center is involved. To find out what’s really happened and put her celebrity to good use, Liv starts a podcast, seeking to connect the dots and expose the Light’s true intentions. Because beneath the glowing skin of the Light’s inhabitants lie rotten souls, and Liv starts to wonder if anything—even her own life—is how it appears. Caite Dolan-Leach brings her tantalizing voice, her gift for atmosphere, and a cast of delightfully devious and absorbing characters to this riveting novel of suspense. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536372]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Circles: A Novel Author: Caite Dolan-Leach Narrator: Alex Mckenna, Sophie Amoss, Brittany Pressley, Kirsten Potter, Maggie-Meg Reed, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: An embattled actress becomes entangled in a dark conspiracy at a spiritual retreat—and starts a true crime podcast to try to break the case—in this chilling novel about fame, violence, and our morbid fascination with murder, from the acclaimed author of Dead Letters. “Dolan-Leach writes like Paula Hawkins by way of Curtis Sittenfeld.”—Amy Gentry, author of Good as Gone Olivia Reed needs a break. She doesn’t want to think about her name plastered on tabloids or be reminded of her recent meltdown on a Manhattan street. Her micromanaging publicist has just the thing in mind: a remote retreat in upstate New York—the House of Light. It’s not rehab; it’s a Spiritual Center, a site for seeking realignment and personal growth. There will be yoga and morning meditation, soft bamboo-blend fabrics and no shortage of crystals to cleanse her energy.   But Liv will soon find that the House of Light is filled with darkness. A prickly local, Ava, informs her that something twisted is lurking behind the Light’s veneer. There have been a series of mysterious suicides committed by women caught in the Light’s web, and no matter who Ava talks to, no one believes the Center is involved. To find out what’s really happened and put her celebrity to good use, Liv starts a podcast, seeking to connect the dots and expose the Light’s true intentions. Because beneath the glowing skin of the Light’s inhabitants lie rotten souls, and Liv starts to wonder if anything—even her own life—is how it appears. Caite Dolan-Leach brings her tantalizing voice, her gift for atmosphere, and a cast of delightfully devious and absorbing characters to this riveting novel of suspense. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533271 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can Never Tell Author: Sarah Warburton Narrator: Jorjeana Marie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1.67 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Framed for embezzlement by her best friend Aimee, museum curator Kacy Tremain and her husband Michael move from New Jersey to a charming Texas suburb to escape their past. Kacy quickly makes new friends—preppy, inscrutable Elizabeth, chatty yet evasive Rahmia, and red-headed, unapologetic Lena. But good friends aren't always what they seem. As she navigates the unexpectedly cutthroat social scene of her new town, Kacy begins to receive taunting postcards—and, worse, discovers cameras hidden in the wall of her home. Lena and her husband, Brady, reassure her that the cameras are just relics of the paranoid previous homeowner. Once the cameras are removed and Kacy's fears are quelled, she and Michael make the happy discovery that they are going to be new parents. Months after the birth of their daughter, Michael accidentally makes a shocking discovery about Brady's past. And when Lena suddenly goes missing, Kacy and Michael begin to uncover the truth about their neighbors—and it's more terrible than anyone could have imagined. Interlaced with transcripts of a chilling true crime podcast that follow the tangled threads of the drama, You Can Never Tell is a taut and complex psychological thriller that never lets up until its breathless conclusion. Sarah Warburton Tue, 10 Aug 2021 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533271 thebookvoice.com 9:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can Never Tell Author: Sarah Warburton Narrator: Jorjeana Marie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1.67 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Framed for embezzlement by her best friend Aimee, museum curator Kacy Tremain and her husband Michael move from New Jersey to a charming Texas suburb to escape their past. Kacy quickly makes new friends—preppy, inscrutable Elizabeth, chatty yet evasive Rahmia, and red-headed, unapologetic Lena. But good friends aren't always what they seem. As she navigates the unexpectedly cutthroat social scene of her new town, Kacy begins to receive taunting postcards—and, worse, discovers cameras hidden in the wall of her home. Lena and her husband, Brady, reassure her that the cameras are just relics of the paranoid previous homeowner. Once the cameras are removed and Kacy's fears are quelled, she and Michael make the happy discovery that they are going to be new parents. Months after the birth of their daughter, Michael accidentally makes a shocking discovery about Brady's past. And when Lena suddenly goes missing, Kacy and Michael begin to uncover the truth about their neighbors—and it's more terrible than anyone could have imagined. Interlaced with transcripts of a chilling true crime podcast that follow the tangled threads of the drama, You Can Never Tell is a taut and complex psychological thriller that never lets up until its breathless conclusion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can Never Tell Author: Sarah Warburton Narrator: Jorjeana Marie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1.67 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Framed for embezzlement by her best friend Aimee, museum curator Kacy Tremain and her husband Michael move from New Jersey to a charming Texas suburb to escape their past. Kacy quickly makes new friends—preppy, inscrutable Elizabeth, chatty yet evasive Rahmia, and red-headed, unapologetic Lena. But good friends aren't always what they seem. As she navigates the unexpectedly cutthroat social scene of her new town, Kacy begins to receive taunting postcards—and, worse, discovers cameras hidden in the wall of her home. Lena and her husband, Brady, reassure her that the cameras are just relics of the paranoid previous homeowner. Once the cameras are removed and Kacy's fears are quelled, she and Michael make the happy discovery that they are going to be new parents. Months after the birth of their daughter, Michael accidentally makes a shocking discovery about Brady's past. And when Lena suddenly goes missing, Kacy and Michael begin to uncover the truth about their neighbors—and it's more terrible than anyone could have imagined. Interlaced with transcripts of a chilling true crime podcast that follow the tangled threads of the drama, You Can Never Tell is a taut and complex psychological thriller that never lets up until its breathless conclusion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527617 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paradise, WV Author: Rob Rufus Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In a poor West Virginia town decimated by the opioid epidemic, teenagers Jane and Henry have it even worse than most: their father is Hollis Lusher, a convicted serial killer known as “the Blind Spot Slasher.” However, despite being bullied at school, the siblings still believe in their father’s innocence. And now a popular true-crime podcast is coming to town and stirring things up. Meanwhile, an eager young officer, Lieutenant Elena Garcia, is put on the case of a missing girl. Digging deeper, Garcia realizes there may be other recent abductions of young women buried in the flood of opioid related-crimes, with many deaths quickly being labeled as overdoses. She fears the drug epidemic created the perfect storm for a copycat of the Blind Spot Slasher to thrive. A private investigator is also on the case, Henry’s new friend, Otis. A home-schooled genius with his own family problems, Otis has made it his mission to help Henry and Jane find the real killer. Otis discovers a possible connection between the killings and a doomsday, snake-handling cult?propelling them all down the dark backroads of Appalachia to find justice for Hollis, and themselves. Filled with strange and fascinating characters, Paradise, WV delivers a thrilling tale while creating compassion for those often overlooked in our true-crime obsessed culture?the ones often left to pick up the pieces when the system falls apart. Rob Rufus Tue, 20 Jul 2021 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527617 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paradise, WV Author: Rob Rufus Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In a poor West Virginia town decimated by the opioid epidemic, teenagers Jane and Henry have it even worse than most: their father is Hollis Lusher, a convicted serial killer known as “the Blind Spot Slasher.” However, despite being bullied at school, the siblings still believe in their father’s innocence. And now a popular true-crime podcast is coming to town and stirring things up. Meanwhile, an eager young officer, Lieutenant Elena Garcia, is put on the case of a missing girl. Digging deeper, Garcia realizes there may be other recent abductions of young women buried in the flood of opioid related-crimes, with many deaths quickly being labeled as overdoses. She fears the drug epidemic created the perfect storm for a copycat of the Blind Spot Slasher to thrive. A private investigator is also on the case, Henry’s new friend, Otis. A home-schooled genius with his own family problems, Otis has made it his mission to help Henry and Jane find the real killer. Otis discovers a possible connection between the killings and a doomsday, snake-handling cult?propelling them all down the dark backroads of Appalachia to find justice for Hollis, and themselves. Filled with strange and fascinating characters, Paradise, WV delivers a thrilling tale while creating compassion for those often overlooked in our true-crime obsessed culture?the ones often left to pick up the pieces when the system falls apart. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paradise, WV Author: Rob Rufus Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In a poor West Virginia town decimated by the opioid epidemic, teenagers Jane and Henry have it even worse than most: their father is Hollis Lusher, a convicted serial killer known as “the Blind Spot Slasher.” However, despite being bullied at school, the siblings still believe in their father’s innocence. And now a popular true-crime podcast is coming to town and stirring things up. Meanwhile, an eager young officer, Lieutenant Elena Garcia, is put on the case of a missing girl. Digging deeper, Garcia realizes there may be other recent abductions of young women buried in the flood of opioid related-crimes, with many deaths quickly being labeled as overdoses. She fears the drug epidemic created the perfect storm for a copycat of the Blind Spot Slasher to thrive. A private investigator is also on the case, Henry’s new friend, Otis. A home-schooled genius with his own family problems, Otis has made it his mission to help Henry and Jane find the real killer. Otis discovers a possible connection between the killings and a doomsday, snake-handling cult?propelling them all down the dark backroads of Appalachia to find justice for Hollis, and themselves. Filled with strange and fascinating characters, Paradise, WV delivers a thrilling tale while creating compassion for those often overlooked in our true-crime obsessed culture?the ones often left to pick up the pieces when the system falls apart. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521836 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Girl, Bad Blood Series: #2 of A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder Author: Holly Jackson Narrator: Maryam Grace, Luke Poli, Kristin Atherton, Jot Davies, Richard Hughes, Clare Corbett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 45 Ratings of Narrator: 4.45 of Total 11 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The New York Times best-selling, brilliantly crafted crime-thriller sequel to the no.1 debut of 2019, A GOOD GIRL'S GUIDE TO MURDER. A GOOD GIRL'S GUIDE TO MURDER IS THE WINNER OF THE BRITISH BOOK AWARDS' CHILDREN'S BOOK OF THE YEAR 2020 AND SHORTLISTED FOR THE WATERSTONES CHILDREN'S BOOK PRIZE 2020 “Nail-biting, taut and pacy. Jackson [is] a homegrown thriller writer to watch.… – Guardian Pip Fitz-Amobi is not a detective anymore. With the help of Ravi Singh, she released a true-crime podcast about the murder case they solved together last year. The podcast has gone viral, yet Pip insists her investigating days are behind her. But she will have to break that promise when someone she knows goes missing. Jamie Reynolds has disappeared but the police won’t do anything about it. And if they won’t look for Jamie then Pip will, uncovering more of her town’s dark secrets along the way& and this time EVERYONE is listening. But will she find him before it’s too late? Perfect for fans of One of Us Is Lying, Eva Dolan, C L Taylor, We Were Liars and Riverdale Praise for A Good Girl's Guide to Murder: 'A taut, compulsively readable, elegantly plotted thriller' – Guardian 'A fiendishly-plotted mystery that kept me guessing until the very end.' – Laura Purcell, bestselling author of The Silent Companions 'There is a lot to really enjoy in this story and there is great energy to the writing, as well as some fine characterization' – Peter James, award-winning and no.1 bestselling crime thriller author of Detective Superintendent Roy Grace series 'Twisty, compulsive and so, so clever' – Savannah Brown, author of The Truth About Keeping Secrets 'That ending! Pure genius' - Yasmin Rahman, author of All the Things We Never Said 'This book was a delight from start to finish. I laughed. I cried. And I very much enjoyed attempting to solve the case with Pip (who I now want to be my best friend). I didn't guess the twist, and I don't think many people will. Holly Jackson has absolutely killed it with her debut!' – Aisha Busby, author of A Pocketful of Stars and contributor to the award-winning A Change is Gonna Come 'Prepare to be murdered by this book. Dark, dangerous and intricately plotted – my heart literally pounded. I haven't been this addicted to anything since Serial. Holly Jackson is the next big thing, I promise' – Laura Stevens, author of The Exact Opposite of Okay 'Twisty and compelling' – Fiona Noble, Bookseller Holly Jackson Thu, 05 Aug 2021 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521836 thebookvoice.com 11:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Girl, Bad Blood Series: #2 of A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder Author: Holly Jackson Narrator: Maryam Grace, Luke Poli, Kristin Atherton, Jot Davies, Richard Hughes, Clare Corbett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 45 Ratings of Narrator: 4.45 of Total 11 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The New York Times best-selling, brilliantly crafted crime-thriller sequel to the no.1 debut of 2019, A GOOD GIRL'S GUIDE TO MURDER. A GOOD GIRL'S GUIDE TO MURDER IS THE WINNER OF THE BRITISH BOOK AWARDS' CHILDREN'S BOOK OF THE YEAR 2020 AND SHORTLISTED FOR THE WATERSTONES CHILDREN'S BOOK PRIZE 2020 “Nail-biting, taut and pacy. Jackson [is] a homegrown thriller writer to watch.… – Guardian Pip Fitz-Amobi is not a detective anymore. With the help of Ravi Singh, she released a true-crime podcast about the murder case they solved together last year. The podcast has gone viral, yet Pip insists her investigating days are behind her. But she will have to break that promise when someone she knows goes missing. Jamie Reynolds has disappeared but the police won’t do anything about it. And if they won’t look for Jamie then Pip will, uncovering more of her town’s dark secrets along the way& and this time EVERYONE is listening. But will she find him before it’s too late? Perfect for fans of One of Us Is Lying, Eva Dolan, C L Taylor, We Were Liars and Riverdale Praise for A Good Girl's Guide to Murder: 'A taut, compulsively readable, elegantly plotted thriller' – Guardian 'A fiendishly-plotted mystery that kept me guessing until the very end.' – Laura Purcell, bestselling author of The Silent Companions 'There is a lot to really enjoy in this story and there is great energy to the writing, as well as some fine characterization' – Peter James, award-winning and no.1 bestselling crime thriller author of Detective Superintendent Roy Grace series 'Twisty, compulsive and so, so clever' – Savannah Brown, author of The Truth About Keeping Secrets 'That ending! Pure genius' - Yasmin Rahman, author of All the Things We Never Said 'This book was a delight from start to finish. I laughed. I cried. And I very much enjoyed attempting to solve the case with Pip (who I now want to be my best friend). I didn't guess the twist, and I don't think many people will. Holly Jackson has absolutely killed it with her debut!' – Aisha Busby, author of A Pocketful of Stars and contributor to the award-winning A Change is Gonna Come 'Prepare to be murdered by this book. Dark, dangerous and intricately plotted – my heart literally pounded. I haven't been this addicted to anything since Serial. Holly Jackson is the next big thing, I promise' – Laura Stevens, author of The Exact Opposite of Okay 'Twisty and compelling' – Fiona Noble, Bookseller Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Girl, Bad Blood Series: #2 of A Good Girl’s Guide to Murder Author: Holly Jackson Narrator: Maryam Grace, Luke Poli, Kristin Atherton, Jot Davies, Richard Hughes, Clare Corbett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 45 Ratings of Narrator: 4.45 of Total 11 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The New York Times best-selling, brilliantly crafted crime-thriller sequel to the no.1 debut of 2019, A GOOD GIRL'S GUIDE TO MURDER. A GOOD GIRL'S GUIDE TO MURDER IS THE WINNER OF THE BRITISH BOOK AWARDS' CHILDREN'S BOOK OF THE YEAR 2020 AND SHORTLISTED FOR THE WATERSTONES CHILDREN'S BOOK PRIZE 2020 “Nail-biting, taut and pacy. Jackson [is] a homegrown thriller writer to watch.… – Guardian Pip Fitz-Amobi is not a detective anymore. With the help of Ravi Singh, she released a true-crime podcast about the murder case they solved together last year. The podcast has gone viral, yet Pip insists her investigating days are behind her. But she will have to break that promise when someone she knows goes missing. Jamie Reynolds has disappeared but the police won’t do anything about it. And if they won’t look for Jamie then Pip will, uncovering more of her town’s dark secrets along the way& and this time EVERYONE is listening. But will she find him before it’s too late? Perfect for fans of One of Us Is Lying, Eva Dolan, C L Taylor, We Were Liars and Riverdale Praise for A Good Girl's Guide to Murder: 'A taut, compulsively readable, elegantly plotted thriller' – Guardian 'A fiendishly-plotted mystery that kept me guessing until the very end.' – Laura Purcell, bestselling author of The Silent Companions 'There is a lot to really enjoy in this story and there is great energy to the writing, as well as some fine characterization' – Peter James, award-winning and no.1 bestselling crime thriller author of Detective Superintendent Roy Grace series 'Twisty, compulsive and so, so clever' – Savannah Brown, author of The Truth About Keeping Secrets 'That ending! Pure genius' - Yasmin Rahman, author of All the Things We Never Said 'This book was a delight from start to finish. I laughed. I cried. And I very much enjoyed attempting to solve the case with Pip (who I now want to be my best friend). I didn't guess the twist, and I don't think many people will. Holly Jackson has absolutely killed it with her debut!' – Aisha Busby, author of A Pocketful of Stars and contributor to the award-winning A Change is Gonna Come 'Prepare to be murdered by this book. Dark, dangerous and intricately plotted – my heart literally pounded. I haven't been this addicted to anything since Serial. Holly Jackson is the next big thing, I promise' – Laura Stevens, author of The Exact Opposite of Okay 'Twisty and compelling' – Fiona Noble, Bookseller https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521358 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Office BFFs: Tales of The Office from Two Best Friends Who Were There Author: Jenna Fischer, Angela Kinsey Narrator: Angela Kinsey, Jenna Fischer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 97 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 26 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Read by Jenna Fischer and Angela Kinsey with exclusive bonus material contributed by Rainn Wilson, Creed Bratton, Oscar Nunez, Brian Baumgartner, Steve Carell, Ed Helms, Ellie Kemper, Kate Flannery and Jennifer Garner. An intimate, behind-the-scenes celebration of beloved The Office co-stars Jenna Fischer and Angela Kinsey’s friendship, and an insiders' view of Pam Beesly, Angela Martin, and the iconic TV show. Receptionist Pam Beesly and accountant Angela Martin had very little in common when they toiled together at Scranton’s Dunder Mifflin Paper Company. But, in reality, the two bonded in their very first days on set and, over the nine seasons of the series’ run, built a friendship that transcended the show and continues to this day. Sharing everything from what it was like in the early days as the show struggled to gain traction, to walking their first red carpet—plus exclusive stories on the making of milestone episodes and how their lives changed when they became moms—The Office BFFs is full of the same warm and friendly tone Jenna and Angela have brought to their Office Ladies podcast. Jenna Fischer, Angela Kinsey Tue, 17 May 2022 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521358 thebookvoice.com 8:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Office BFFs: Tales of The Office from Two Best Friends Who Were There Author: Jenna Fischer, Angela Kinsey Narrator: Angela Kinsey, Jenna Fischer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 97 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 26 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Read by Jenna Fischer and Angela Kinsey with exclusive bonus material contributed by Rainn Wilson, Creed Bratton, Oscar Nunez, Brian Baumgartner, Steve Carell, Ed Helms, Ellie Kemper, Kate Flannery and Jennifer Garner. An intimate, behind-the-scenes celebration of beloved The Office co-stars Jenna Fischer and Angela Kinsey’s friendship, and an insiders' view of Pam Beesly, Angela Martin, and the iconic TV show. Receptionist Pam Beesly and accountant Angela Martin had very little in common when they toiled together at Scranton’s Dunder Mifflin Paper Company. But, in reality, the two bonded in their very first days on set and, over the nine seasons of the series’ run, built a friendship that transcended the show and continues to this day. Sharing everything from what it was like in the early days as the show struggled to gain traction, to walking their first red carpet—plus exclusive stories on the making of milestone episodes and how their lives changed when they became moms—The Office BFFs is full of the same warm and friendly tone Jenna and Angela have brought to their Office Ladies podcast. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Office BFFs: Tales of The Office from Two Best Friends Who Were There Author: Jenna Fischer, Angela Kinsey Narrator: Angela Kinsey, Jenna Fischer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 97 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 26 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Read by Jenna Fischer and Angela Kinsey with exclusive bonus material contributed by Rainn Wilson, Creed Bratton, Oscar Nunez, Brian Baumgartner, Steve Carell, Ed Helms, Ellie Kemper, Kate Flannery and Jennifer Garner. An intimate, behind-the-scenes celebration of beloved The Office co-stars Jenna Fischer and Angela Kinsey’s friendship, and an insiders' view of Pam Beesly, Angela Martin, and the iconic TV show. Receptionist Pam Beesly and accountant Angela Martin had very little in common when they toiled together at Scranton’s Dunder Mifflin Paper Company. But, in reality, the two bonded in their very first days on set and, over the nine seasons of the series’ run, built a friendship that transcended the show and continues to this day. Sharing everything from what it was like in the early days as the show struggled to gain traction, to walking their first red carpet—plus exclusive stories on the making of milestone episodes and how their lives changed when they became moms—The Office BFFs is full of the same warm and friendly tone Jenna and Angela have brought to their Office Ladies podcast. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505833 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Hope You're Listening Author: Tom Ryan Narrator: Caitlin Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In her small town, seventeen year-old Delia Dee Skinner is known as the girl who wasn't taken. Ten years ago, she witnessed the abduction of her best friend, Sibby. And even though she told the police everything she remembered, it wasn’t enough. Sibby was never seen again. At night, Dee deals with her guilt by becoming someone else: the Seeker, the voice behind the popular true-crime podcast Radio Silent, which features missing-persons cases and works with online sleuths to solve them. Nobody knows Dee’s the Seeker, and she plans to keep it that way. When another little girl goes missing and the case is linked to Sibby’s disappearance, Dee has a chance to get answers, with the help of her virtual detectives and an intriguing new girl at school. But how much is she willing to reveal about herself in order to uncover the truth? Dee’s about to find out what’s really at stake in unraveling the mystery of the little girls who vanished. Tom Ryan Thu, 25 Mar 2021 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505833 thebookvoice.com 8:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Hope You're Listening Author: Tom Ryan Narrator: Caitlin Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In her small town, seventeen year-old Delia Dee Skinner is known as the girl who wasn't taken. Ten years ago, she witnessed the abduction of her best friend, Sibby. And even though she told the police everything she remembered, it wasn’t enough. Sibby was never seen again. At night, Dee deals with her guilt by becoming someone else: the Seeker, the voice behind the popular true-crime podcast Radio Silent, which features missing-persons cases and works with online sleuths to solve them. Nobody knows Dee’s the Seeker, and she plans to keep it that way. When another little girl goes missing and the case is linked to Sibby’s disappearance, Dee has a chance to get answers, with the help of her virtual detectives and an intriguing new girl at school. But how much is she willing to reveal about herself in order to uncover the truth? Dee’s about to find out what’s really at stake in unraveling the mystery of the little girls who vanished. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Hope You're Listening Author: Tom Ryan Narrator: Caitlin Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In her small town, seventeen year-old Delia Dee Skinner is known as the girl who wasn't taken. Ten years ago, she witnessed the abduction of her best friend, Sibby. And even though she told the police everything she remembered, it wasn’t enough. Sibby was never seen again. At night, Dee deals with her guilt by becoming someone else: the Seeker, the voice behind the popular true-crime podcast Radio Silent, which features missing-persons cases and works with online sleuths to solve them. Nobody knows Dee’s the Seeker, and she plans to keep it that way. When another little girl goes missing and the case is linked to Sibby’s disappearance, Dee has a chance to get answers, with the help of her virtual detectives and an intriguing new girl at school. But how much is she willing to reveal about herself in order to uncover the truth? Dee’s about to find out what’s really at stake in unraveling the mystery of the little girls who vanished. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501035 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twenty Years Later Author: Charlie Donlea Narrator: Vivienne Leheny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.65 of Total 26 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Fans of Lisa Unger and Allen Eskens won’t want to miss this thrilling new suspense novel from the #1 internationally bestselling author of The Girl Who Was Taken! Hiding her own dark past in plain sight, a TV reporter is determined to uncover the truth behind a gruesome murder decades after the investigation was abandoned. But TWENTY YEARS LATER, to understand the present, you need to listen to the past… Avery Mason, host of American Events, knows the subjects that grab a TV audience’s attention. Her latest story—a murder mystery laced with kinky sex, tragedy, and betrayal—is guaranteed to be ratings gold. New DNA technology has allowed the New York medical examiner’s office to make its first successful identification of a 9/11 victim in years. The twist: the victim, Victoria Ford, had been accused of the gruesome murder of her married lover. In a chilling last phone call to her sister, Victoria begged her to prove her innocence. Emma Kind has waited twenty years to put her sister to rest, but closure won’t be complete until she can clear Victoria’s name. Alone she’s had no luck, but she’s convinced that Avery’s connections and fame will help. Avery, hoping to negotiate a more lucrative network contract, goes into investigative overdrive. Victoria had been having an affair with a successful novelist, found hanging from the balcony of his Catskills mansion. The rope, the bedroom, and the entire crime scene was covered in Victoria’s DNA. But the twisted puzzle of Victoria’s private life is just the beginning. And what Avery doesn't realize is that there are other players in the game who are interested in Avery’s own secret past—one she has kept hidden from both the network executives and her television audience. A secret she thought was dead and buried . . . Accused of a brutal murder, Victoria Ford made a final chilling call from the North Tower on the morning of 9/11.Twenty years ago, no one listened.Today, you will.TWENTY YEARS LATER, to understand the present, you need to listen to the past... Charlie Donlea Tue, 28 Dec 2021 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501035 thebookvoice.com 10:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twenty Years Later Author: Charlie Donlea Narrator: Vivienne Leheny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.65 of Total 26 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Fans of Lisa Unger and Allen Eskens won’t want to miss this thrilling new suspense novel from the #1 internationally bestselling author of The Girl Who Was Taken! Hiding her own dark past in plain sight, a TV reporter is determined to uncover the truth behind a gruesome murder decades after the investigation was abandoned. But TWENTY YEARS LATER, to understand the present, you need to listen to the past… Avery Mason, host of American Events, knows the subjects that grab a TV audience’s attention. Her latest story—a murder mystery laced with kinky sex, tragedy, and betrayal—is guaranteed to be ratings gold. New DNA technology has allowed the New York medical examiner’s office to make its first successful identification of a 9/11 victim in years. The twist: the victim, Victoria Ford, had been accused of the gruesome murder of her married lover. In a chilling last phone call to her sister, Victoria begged her to prove her innocence. Emma Kind has waited twenty years to put her sister to rest, but closure won’t be complete until she can clear Victoria’s name. Alone she’s had no luck, but she’s convinced that Avery’s connections and fame will help. Avery, hoping to negotiate a more lucrative network contract, goes into investigative overdrive. Victoria had been having an affair with a successful novelist, found hanging from the balcony of his Catskills mansion. The rope, the bedroom, and the entire crime scene was covered in Victoria’s DNA. But the twisted puzzle of Victoria’s private life is just the beginning. And what Avery doesn't realize is that there are other players in the game who are interested in Avery’s own secret past—one she has kept hidden from both the network executives and her television audience. A secret she thought was dead and buried . . . Accused of a brutal murder, Victoria Ford made a final chilling call from the North Tower on the morning of 9/11.Twenty years ago, no one listened.Today, you will.TWENTY YEARS LATER, to understand the present, you need to listen to the past... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twenty Years Later Author: Charlie Donlea Narrator: Vivienne Leheny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.65 of Total 26 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Fans of Lisa Unger and Allen Eskens won’t want to miss this thrilling new suspense novel from the #1 internationally bestselling author of The Girl Who Was Taken! Hiding her own dark past in plain sight, a TV reporter is determined to uncover the truth behind a gruesome murder decades after the investigation was abandoned. But TWENTY YEARS LATER, to understand the present, you need to listen to the past… Avery Mason, host of American Events, knows the subjects that grab a TV audience’s attention. Her latest story—a murder mystery laced with kinky sex, tragedy, and betrayal—is guaranteed to be ratings gold. New DNA technology has allowed the New York medical examiner’s office to make its first successful identification of a 9/11 victim in years. The twist: the victim, Victoria Ford, had been accused of the gruesome murder of her married lover. In a chilling last phone call to her sister, Victoria begged her to prove her innocence. Emma Kind has waited twenty years to put her sister to rest, but closure won’t be complete until she can clear Victoria’s name. Alone she’s had no luck, but she’s convinced that Avery’s connections and fame will help. Avery, hoping to negotiate a more lucrative network contract, goes into investigative overdrive. Victoria had been having an affair with a successful novelist, found hanging from the balcony of his Catskills mansion. The rope, the bedroom, and the entire crime scene was covered in Victoria’s DNA. But the twisted puzzle of Victoria’s private life is just the beginning. And what Avery doesn't realize is that there are other players in the game who are interested in Avery’s own secret past—one she has kept hidden from both the network executives and her television audience. A secret she thought was dead and buried . . . Accused of a brutal murder, Victoria Ford made a final chilling call from the North Tower on the morning of 9/11.Twenty years ago, no one listened.Today, you will.TWENTY YEARS LATER, to understand the present, you need to listen to the past... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499039 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Apples Never Fall Author: Liane Moriarty Narrator: Caroline Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 12 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The Sunday Times bestseller from the worldwide bestselling author of Amazon Prime's NINE PERFECT STRANGERS and the Emmy and Golden Globe-winning HBO series BIG LITTLE LIES. The Delaney family love one another dearly - it's just that sometimes they want to murder each other . . . Joy Delaney and husband Stan have done well. Four wonderful grown-up children. A family business to envy. The golden years of retirement ahead of them. So when Joy Delaney vanishes - no note, no calls, her bike missing - it's natural that tongues will wag. How did Stan scratch his face? And who was the stranger who entered and suddenly left their lives? What are they all hiding? But for the Delaney children there is a much more terrifying question: did they ever know their parents at all? **Apples Never Fall has been optioned for TV by Heyday Television** 'A tour-de-force of a novel; brilliantly plotted and superbly written . . . The tension builds to a conclusion alive with ingenious twists. Smart, sharp and utterly riveting' DAILY MAIL 'Utterly and completely wonderful. I've loved all of Liane's books but Apples Never Fall is next-level writing: an intelligent, forensic portrait of a family' MARIAN KEYES 'A fantastic storyteller. Apples Never Fall is gripping, getting to the dark underbelly of a seemingly perfect family. A cracking read' ITV's LORRAINE KELLY 'HER BEST YET' MAIL ON SUNDAY 'Magnificent, pyrotechnic, deliciously theatrical' GUARDIAN 'The perfect mix of edge-of-your-seat plotting, well-crafted characters and a satisfying ending' GOOD HOUSEKEEPING © Liane Moriarty 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Liane Moriarty Tue, 14 Sep 2021 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499039 thebookvoice.com 18:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Apples Never Fall Author: Liane Moriarty Narrator: Caroline Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 12 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The Sunday Times bestseller from the worldwide bestselling author of Amazon Prime's NINE PERFECT STRANGERS and the Emmy and Golden Globe-winning HBO series BIG LITTLE LIES. The Delaney family love one another dearly - it's just that sometimes they want to murder each other . . . Joy Delaney and husband Stan have done well. Four wonderful grown-up children. A family business to envy. The golden years of retirement ahead of them. So when Joy Delaney vanishes - no note, no calls, her bike missing - it's natural that tongues will wag. How did Stan scratch his face? And who was the stranger who entered and suddenly left their lives? What are they all hiding? But for the Delaney children there is a much more terrifying question: did they ever know their parents at all? **Apples Never Fall has been optioned for TV by Heyday Television** 'A tour-de-force of a novel; brilliantly plotted and superbly written . . . The tension builds to a conclusion alive with ingenious twists. Smart, sharp and utterly riveting' DAILY MAIL 'Utterly and completely wonderful. I've loved all of Liane's books but Apples Never Fall is next-level writing: an intelligent, forensic portrait of a family' MARIAN KEYES 'A fantastic storyteller. Apples Never Fall is gripping, getting to the dark underbelly of a seemingly perfect family. A cracking read' ITV's LORRAINE KELLY 'HER BEST YET' MAIL ON SUNDAY 'Magnificent, pyrotechnic, deliciously theatrical' GUARDIAN 'The perfect mix of edge-of-your-seat plotting, well-crafted characters and a satisfying ending' GOOD HOUSEKEEPING © Liane Moriarty 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Apples Never Fall Author: Liane Moriarty Narrator: Caroline Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 12 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The Sunday Times bestseller from the worldwide bestselling author of Amazon Prime's NINE PERFECT STRANGERS and the Emmy and Golden Globe-winning HBO series BIG LITTLE LIES. The Delaney family love one another dearly - it's just that sometimes they want to murder each other . . . Joy Delaney and husband Stan have done well. Four wonderful grown-up children. A family business to envy. The golden years of retirement ahead of them. So when Joy Delaney vanishes - no note, no calls, her bike missing - it's natural that tongues will wag. How did Stan scratch his face? And who was the stranger who entered and suddenly left their lives? What are they all hiding? But for the Delaney children there is a much more terrifying question: did they ever know their parents at all? **Apples Never Fall has been optioned for TV by Heyday Television** 'A tour-de-force of a novel; brilliantly plotted and superbly written . . . The tension builds to a conclusion alive with ingenious twists. Smart, sharp and utterly riveting' DAILY MAIL 'Utterly and completely wonderful. I've loved all of Liane's books but Apples Never Fall is next-level writing: an intelligent, forensic portrait of a family' MARIAN KEYES 'A fantastic storyteller. Apples Never Fall is gripping, getting to the dark underbelly of a seemingly perfect family. A cracking read' ITV's LORRAINE KELLY 'HER BEST YET' MAIL ON SUNDAY 'Magnificent, pyrotechnic, deliciously theatrical' GUARDIAN 'The perfect mix of edge-of-your-seat plotting, well-crafted characters and a satisfying ending' GOOD HOUSEKEEPING © Liane Moriarty 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497881 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Ear Hustle: Unflinching Stories of Everyday Prison Life Author: Earlonne Woods, Nigel Poor Narrator: Joniece Abbot Pratt, Chayne Hampton, Sam Robinson, Debi Tinsley, Earlonne Woods, Nigel Poor, Landon Woodson, Gary Tiedemann, Curt Bonnem, Andrew Eiden, Pierce Cravens, Cary Hite, Teri Clark Linden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A “profound, sometimes hilarious, often heartbreaking” (The New York Times) view of prison life, as told by currently and formerly incarcerated people, from the co-creators and co-hosts of the Peabody- and Pulitzer-nominated podcast Ear Hustle “A must-read for fans of the legendary podcast and all those who seek to understand crime, punishment, and mass incarceration in America.”—Piper Kerman, author of Orange Is the New Black When Nigel Poor and Earlonne Woods met, Nigel was a photography professor volunteering with the Prison University Project and Earlonne was serving thirty-one years to life at California’s San Quentin State Prison. Initially drawn to each other by their shared interest in storytelling, neither had podcast production experience when they decided to enter Radiotopia’s contest for new shows . . . and won. Using the prize for seed money, Nigel and Earlonne launched Ear Hustle, named after the prison term for “eavesdropping.” It was the first podcast created and produced entirely within prison and would go on to be heard millions of times worldwide, garner Peabody and Pulitzer award nominations, and help earn Earlonne his freedom when his sentence was commuted in 2018.  In This Is Ear Hustle, Nigel and Earlonne share their own stories of how they came to San Quentin, how they created their phenomenally popular podcast amid extreme limitations, and what has kept them collaborating season after season. They present new stories, all with the same insight, balance, and rapport that distinguish the podcast. In an era when more than two million people are incarcerated across the United States—a number that grows by 600,000 annually—Nigel and Earlonne explore the full and often surprising realities of prison life. With characteristic candor and humor, their moving portrayals include unexpected moments of self-discovery, unlikely alliances, inspirational resilience, and ingenious work-arounds. One personal narrative at a time, framed by Nigel’s and Earlonne’s distinct perspectives, This Is Ear Hustle reveals the complexity of life for incarcerated and formerly incarcerated people while illuminating the shared experiences of humanity that unite us all. Earlonne Woods, Nigel Poor Tue, 19 Oct 2021 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497881 thebookvoice.com 10:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Ear Hustle: Unflinching Stories of Everyday Prison Life Author: Earlonne Woods, Nigel Poor Narrator: Joniece Abbot Pratt, Chayne Hampton, Sam Robinson, Debi Tinsley, Earlonne Woods, Nigel Poor, Landon Woodson, Gary Tiedemann, Curt Bonnem, Andrew Eiden, Pierce Cravens, Cary Hite, Teri Clark Linden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A “profound, sometimes hilarious, often heartbreaking” (The New York Times) view of prison life, as told by currently and formerly incarcerated people, from the co-creators and co-hosts of the Peabody- and Pulitzer-nominated podcast Ear Hustle “A must-read for fans of the legendary podcast and all those who seek to understand crime, punishment, and mass incarceration in America.”—Piper Kerman, author of Orange Is the New Black When Nigel Poor and Earlonne Woods met, Nigel was a photography professor volunteering with the Prison University Project and Earlonne was serving thirty-one years to life at California’s San Quentin State Prison. Initially drawn to each other by their shared interest in storytelling, neither had podcast production experience when they decided to enter Radiotopia’s contest for new shows . . . and won. Using the prize for seed money, Nigel and Earlonne launched Ear Hustle, named after the prison term for “eavesdropping.” It was the first podcast created and produced entirely within prison and would go on to be heard millions of times worldwide, garner Peabody and Pulitzer award nominations, and help earn Earlonne his freedom when his sentence was commuted in 2018.  In This Is Ear Hustle, Nigel and Earlonne share their own stories of how they came to San Quentin, how they created their phenomenally popular podcast amid extreme limitations, and what has kept them collaborating season after season. They present new stories, all with the same insight, balance, and rapport that distinguish the podcast. In an era when more than two million people are incarcerated across the United States—a number that grows by 600,000 annually—Nigel and Earlonne explore the full and often surprising realities of prison life. With characteristic candor and humor, their moving portrayals include unexpected moments of self-discovery, unlikely alliances, inspirational resilience, and ingenious work-arounds. One personal narrative at a time, framed by Nigel’s and Earlonne’s distinct perspectives, This Is Ear Hustle reveals the complexity of life for incarcerated and formerly incarcerated people while illuminating the shared experiences of humanity that unite us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Ear Hustle: Unflinching Stories of Everyday Prison Life Author: Earlonne Woods, Nigel Poor Narrator: Joniece Abbot Pratt, Chayne Hampton, Sam Robinson, Debi Tinsley, Earlonne Woods, Nigel Poor, Landon Woodson, Gary Tiedemann, Curt Bonnem, Andrew Eiden, Pierce Cravens, Cary Hite, Teri Clark Linden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A “profound, sometimes hilarious, often heartbreaking” (The New York Times) view of prison life, as told by currently and formerly incarcerated people, from the co-creators and co-hosts of the Peabody- and Pulitzer-nominated podcast Ear Hustle “A must-read for fans of the legendary podcast and all those who seek to understand crime, punishment, and mass incarceration in America.”—Piper Kerman, author of Orange Is the New Black When Nigel Poor and Earlonne Woods met, Nigel was a photography professor volunteering with the Prison University Project and Earlonne was serving thirty-one years to life at California’s San Quentin State Prison. Initially drawn to each other by their shared interest in storytelling, neither had podcast production experience when they decided to enter Radiotopia’s contest for new shows . . . and won. Using the prize for seed money, Nigel and Earlonne launched Ear Hustle, named after the prison term for “eavesdropping.” It was the first podcast created and produced entirely within prison and would go on to be heard millions of times worldwide, garner Peabody and Pulitzer award nominations, and help earn Earlonne his freedom when his sentence was commuted in 2018.  In This Is Ear Hustle, Nigel and Earlonne share their own stories of how they came to San Quentin, how they created their phenomenally popular podcast amid extreme limitations, and what has kept them collaborating season after season. They present new stories, all with the same insight, balance, and rapport that distinguish the podcast. In an era when more than two million people are incarcerated across the United States—a number that grows by 600,000 annually—Nigel and Earlonne explore the full and often surprising realities of prison life. With characteristic candor and humor, their moving portrayals include unexpected moments of self-discovery, unlikely alliances, inspirational resilience, and ingenious work-arounds. One personal narrative at a time, framed by Nigel’s and Earlonne’s distinct perspectives, This Is Ear Hustle reveals the complexity of life for incarcerated and formerly incarcerated people while illuminating the shared experiences of humanity that unite us all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495612 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Crime Story: The Times Number One Bestseller Author: Joseph Knox Narrator: Tara Tijani, Noah Marullo, Isla Lee, Grace Cooper, Dolly Webb, Conor Mcleod, Caitlin Griffiths, Shane Zaza, Louis Bernard, Ciara Baxendale, Sarah Parks, Drew Dillon, Levi Brown, Joseph Knox, David John, Chris Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 17, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'What happens to those girls who go missing? What happens to the Zoe Nolans of the world?' In the early hours of Saturday, December 17th, 2011, Zoe Nolan, a 19-year-old Manchester University student, walked out of a party taking place in the shared accommodation where she had been living for three months. She was never seen again. Blending fact and fiction in his first stand-alone novel, Joseph Knox delivers a thrilling true crime story like no other. © Joseph Knox 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Joseph Knox Thu, 17 Jun 2021 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495612 thebookvoice.com 11:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Crime Story: The Times Number One Bestseller Author: Joseph Knox Narrator: Tara Tijani, Noah Marullo, Isla Lee, Grace Cooper, Dolly Webb, Conor Mcleod, Caitlin Griffiths, Shane Zaza, Louis Bernard, Ciara Baxendale, Sarah Parks, Drew Dillon, Levi Brown, Joseph Knox, David John, Chris Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 17, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'What happens to those girls who go missing? What happens to the Zoe Nolans of the world?' In the early hours of Saturday, December 17th, 2011, Zoe Nolan, a 19-year-old Manchester University student, walked out of a party taking place in the shared accommodation where she had been living for three months. She was never seen again. Blending fact and fiction in his first stand-alone novel, Joseph Knox delivers a thrilling true crime story like no other. © Joseph Knox 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Crime Story: The Times Number One Bestseller Author: Joseph Knox Narrator: Tara Tijani, Noah Marullo, Isla Lee, Grace Cooper, Dolly Webb, Conor Mcleod, Caitlin Griffiths, Shane Zaza, Louis Bernard, Ciara Baxendale, Sarah Parks, Drew Dillon, Levi Brown, Joseph Knox, David John, Chris Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 17, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'What happens to those girls who go missing? What happens to the Zoe Nolans of the world?' In the early hours of Saturday, December 17th, 2011, Zoe Nolan, a 19-year-old Manchester University student, walked out of a party taking place in the shared accommodation where she had been living for three months. She was never seen again. Blending fact and fiction in his first stand-alone novel, Joseph Knox delivers a thrilling true crime story like no other. © Joseph Knox 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489297 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cosmic Queries: StarTalk’s Guide to Who We Are, How We Got Here, and Where We’re Going Author: Neil Degrasse Tyson, James Trefil Narrator: Lauren Fortgang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 106 Ratings of Narrator: 4.82 of Total 11 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: For science geeks, space and physics nerds, and all who want to understand their place in the universe, this enlightening new book from Neil deGrasse Tyson offers a unique take on the mysteries and curiosities of the cosmos, building on rich material from his beloved StarTalk podcast. In this illuminating audiobook, Tyson and coauthor James Trefil, a renowned physicist and science popularizer, take on the big questions that humanity has been posing for millennia—How did life begin? What is our place in the universe? Are we alone?—and provide answers based on the most current data, observations, and theories. Populated with paradigm-shifting discoveries that help explain the building blocks of astrophysics, this relatable and entertaining book will engage and inspire listeners of all ages, bring sophisticated concepts within reach, and offer a window into the complexities of the cosmos. Neil Degrasse Tyson, James Trefil Tue, 02 Mar 2021 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489297 thebookvoice.com 6:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cosmic Queries: StarTalk’s Guide to Who We Are, How We Got Here, and Where We’re Going Author: Neil Degrasse Tyson, James Trefil Narrator: Lauren Fortgang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 106 Ratings of Narrator: 4.82 of Total 11 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: For science geeks, space and physics nerds, and all who want to understand their place in the universe, this enlightening new book from Neil deGrasse Tyson offers a unique take on the mysteries and curiosities of the cosmos, building on rich material from his beloved StarTalk podcast. In this illuminating audiobook, Tyson and coauthor James Trefil, a renowned physicist and science popularizer, take on the big questions that humanity has been posing for millennia—How did life begin? What is our place in the universe? Are we alone?—and provide answers based on the most current data, observations, and theories. Populated with paradigm-shifting discoveries that help explain the building blocks of astrophysics, this relatable and entertaining book will engage and inspire listeners of all ages, bring sophisticated concepts within reach, and offer a window into the complexities of the cosmos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cosmic Queries: StarTalk’s Guide to Who We Are, How We Got Here, and Where We’re Going Author: Neil Degrasse Tyson, James Trefil Narrator: Lauren Fortgang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 106 Ratings of Narrator: 4.82 of Total 11 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: For science geeks, space and physics nerds, and all who want to understand their place in the universe, this enlightening new book from Neil deGrasse Tyson offers a unique take on the mysteries and curiosities of the cosmos, building on rich material from his beloved StarTalk podcast. In this illuminating audiobook, Tyson and coauthor James Trefil, a renowned physicist and science popularizer, take on the big questions that humanity has been posing for millennia—How did life begin? What is our place in the universe? Are we alone?—and provide answers based on the most current data, observations, and theories. Populated with paradigm-shifting discoveries that help explain the building blocks of astrophysics, this relatable and entertaining book will engage and inspire listeners of all ages, bring sophisticated concepts within reach, and offer a window into the complexities of the cosmos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465588 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Talk About Hard Things Author: Anna Sale Narrator: Anna Sale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the host of the popular WNYC podcast Death, Sex, & Money, Let’s Talk About Hard Things is “like a good conversation with a friend” (The New Yorker) where “no topic is off-limits when it comes to creating meaningful connection” (Lori Gottlieb, author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone). Anna Sale wants you to have that conversation. You know the one. The one that you’ve been avoiding or putting off, maybe for years. The one that you’ve thought “they’ll never understand” or “do I really want to bring that up?” or “it’s not going to go well, so why even try?” Sale is the founder and host of WNYC’s popular, award-winning podcast Death, Sex, & Money or as the New York Times dubbed her “a therapist at happy hour.” She and her guests have direct and thought-provoking conversations, discussing topics that most of us are too squeamish, polite, or nervous to bring up. But Sale argues that we all experience these hard things, and by not talking to one another, we cut ourselves off, leading us to feel isolated and disconnected from people who can help us most. In Let’s Talk About Hard Things, Sale uses the best of what she’s learned from her podcast to reveal that when we dare to talk about hard things, we learn about ourselves, others, and the world that we make together. Diving into five of the most fraught conversation topics—death, sex, money, family, and identity—she moves between memoir, fascinating snapshots of a variety of Americans opening up about their lives, and expert opinions to show why having tough conversations is important and how to do them in a thoughtful and generous way. She uncovers that listening may be the most important part of a tough conversation, that the end goal should be understanding without the pressure of reconciliation, and that there are some things that words can’t fix (and why that’s actually okay). Anna Sale Tue, 04 May 2021 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465588 thebookvoice.com 8:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Talk About Hard Things Author: Anna Sale Narrator: Anna Sale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the host of the popular WNYC podcast Death, Sex, & Money, Let’s Talk About Hard Things is “like a good conversation with a friend” (The New Yorker) where “no topic is off-limits when it comes to creating meaningful connection” (Lori Gottlieb, author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone). Anna Sale wants you to have that conversation. You know the one. The one that you’ve been avoiding or putting off, maybe for years. The one that you’ve thought “they’ll never understand” or “do I really want to bring that up?” or “it’s not going to go well, so why even try?” Sale is the founder and host of WNYC’s popular, award-winning podcast Death, Sex, & Money or as the New York Times dubbed her “a therapist at happy hour.” She and her guests have direct and thought-provoking conversations, discussing topics that most of us are too squeamish, polite, or nervous to bring up. But Sale argues that we all experience these hard things, and by not talking to one another, we cut ourselves off, leading us to feel isolated and disconnected from people who can help us most. In Let’s Talk About Hard Things, Sale uses the best of what she’s learned from her podcast to reveal that when we dare to talk about hard things, we learn about ourselves, others, and the world that we make together. Diving into five of the most fraught conversation topics—death, sex, money, family, and identity—she moves between memoir, fascinating snapshots of a variety of Americans opening up about their lives, and expert opinions to show why having tough conversations is important and how to do them in a thoughtful and generous way. She uncovers that listening may be the most important part of a tough conversation, that the end goal should be understanding without the pressure of reconciliation, and that there are some things that words can’t fix (and why that’s actually okay). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Talk About Hard Things Author: Anna Sale Narrator: Anna Sale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the host of the popular WNYC podcast Death, Sex, & Money, Let’s Talk About Hard Things is “like a good conversation with a friend” (The New Yorker) where “no topic is off-limits when it comes to creating meaningful connection” (Lori Gottlieb, author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone). Anna Sale wants you to have that conversation. You know the one. The one that you’ve been avoiding or putting off, maybe for years. The one that you’ve thought “they’ll never understand” or “do I really want to bring that up?” or “it’s not going to go well, so why even try?” Sale is the founder and host of WNYC’s popular, award-winning podcast Death, Sex, & Money or as the New York Times dubbed her “a therapist at happy hour.” She and her guests have direct and thought-provoking conversations, discussing topics that most of us are too squeamish, polite, or nervous to bring up. But Sale argues that we all experience these hard things, and by not talking to one another, we cut ourselves off, leading us to feel isolated and disconnected from people who can help us most. In Let’s Talk About Hard Things, Sale uses the best of what she’s learned from her podcast to reveal that when we dare to talk about hard things, we learn about ourselves, others, and the world that we make together. Diving into five of the most fraught conversation topics—death, sex, money, family, and identity—she moves between memoir, fascinating snapshots of a variety of Americans opening up about their lives, and expert opinions to show why having tough conversations is important and how to do them in a thoughtful and generous way. She uncovers that listening may be the most important part of a tough conversation, that the end goal should be understanding without the pressure of reconciliation, and that there are some things that words can’t fix (and why that’s actually okay). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461652 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Money-Smart Solopreneur: A Personal Finance System for Freelancers, Entrepreneurs, and Side-Hustlers Author: Laura D. Adams Narrator: Laura D. Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Build Your Business and Your Financial Future As a solopreneur, you can take control of your life, use your unique talents, and choose the work you love. But avoiding the pitfalls of being your own boss can be a challenge. Money-Smart Solopreneur gives you the essential knowledge, tools, and inspiration you need to live a successful solopreneur life as a full- or part-time freelancer, independent contractor, or side-hustler in the on-demand economy. In plain English, personal finance expert and host of the Money Girl podcast Laura D. Adams covers legal, financial, and tax issues you need to know to stay out of trouble. You'll learn how to manage variable income, use an automatic money system, and create a self-employed benefits package that meets your needs. Laura's smart tips and chapter exercises show you how to earn more, manage the unexpected, and reach your financial goals. You'll come away empowered to build your solo business and create long-lasting financial security. Laura D. Adams Tue, 08 Dec 2020 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461652 thebookvoice.com 7:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Money-Smart Solopreneur: A Personal Finance System for Freelancers, Entrepreneurs, and Side-Hustlers Author: Laura D. Adams Narrator: Laura D. Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Build Your Business and Your Financial Future As a solopreneur, you can take control of your life, use your unique talents, and choose the work you love. But avoiding the pitfalls of being your own boss can be a challenge. Money-Smart Solopreneur gives you the essential knowledge, tools, and inspiration you need to live a successful solopreneur life as a full- or part-time freelancer, independent contractor, or side-hustler in the on-demand economy. In plain English, personal finance expert and host of the Money Girl podcast Laura D. Adams covers legal, financial, and tax issues you need to know to stay out of trouble. You'll learn how to manage variable income, use an automatic money system, and create a self-employed benefits package that meets your needs. Laura's smart tips and chapter exercises show you how to earn more, manage the unexpected, and reach your financial goals. You'll come away empowered to build your solo business and create long-lasting financial security. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Money-Smart Solopreneur: A Personal Finance System for Freelancers, Entrepreneurs, and Side-Hustlers Author: Laura D. Adams Narrator: Laura D. Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Build Your Business and Your Financial Future As a solopreneur, you can take control of your life, use your unique talents, and choose the work you love. But avoiding the pitfalls of being your own boss can be a challenge. Money-Smart Solopreneur gives you the essential knowledge, tools, and inspiration you need to live a successful solopreneur life as a full- or part-time freelancer, independent contractor, or side-hustler in the on-demand economy. In plain English, personal finance expert and host of the Money Girl podcast Laura D. Adams covers legal, financial, and tax issues you need to know to stay out of trouble. You'll learn how to manage variable income, use an automatic money system, and create a self-employed benefits package that meets your needs. Laura's smart tips and chapter exercises show you how to earn more, manage the unexpected, and reach your financial goals. You'll come away empowered to build your solo business and create long-lasting financial security. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451263 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ride the Lightning Series: #1 of Sinister in Savannah Author: Aimee Nicole Walker Narrator: Tristan James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: By day, Jonah St. John is a criminal analyst for the Georgia Bureau of Investigations. By night, he produces Sinister in Savannah, an investigative podcast, with his two best friends. Jonah's life revolves around three principles: a man's word is his oath, friendships are priceless gifts, and love is for other people. When the Sinister in Savannah team delves into the thirty-eight-year-old murder of a drag queen, they quickly discover that the story doesn't end with the alleged killer's confession in 1995. Continuing the investigation could have fatal consequences for Jonah and everyone he holds dear, including his irresistible intern. To love is to lose: a lesson Jonah has learned the hard way. For a decade, he has embraced solitude as his penance for a past mistake. Then came Avery Bradford, a man whose warmth and sunshine infuses Jonah's battered soul and challenges his resistance. Over the past eight months, Jonah has soared closer and closer to Avery's flame until the thing he's feared the most becomes the one he can't live without. The chill of danger merges with the heat of desire, forming a deadly superstorm. Will Jonah seek shelter or ride the lightning? Contains mature themes. Aimee Nicole Walker Tue, 10 Nov 2020 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451263 thebookvoice.com 9:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ride the Lightning Series: #1 of Sinister in Savannah Author: Aimee Nicole Walker Narrator: Tristan James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: By day, Jonah St. John is a criminal analyst for the Georgia Bureau of Investigations. By night, he produces Sinister in Savannah, an investigative podcast, with his two best friends. Jonah's life revolves around three principles: a man's word is his oath, friendships are priceless gifts, and love is for other people. When the Sinister in Savannah team delves into the thirty-eight-year-old murder of a drag queen, they quickly discover that the story doesn't end with the alleged killer's confession in 1995. Continuing the investigation could have fatal consequences for Jonah and everyone he holds dear, including his irresistible intern. To love is to lose: a lesson Jonah has learned the hard way. For a decade, he has embraced solitude as his penance for a past mistake. Then came Avery Bradford, a man whose warmth and sunshine infuses Jonah's battered soul and challenges his resistance. Over the past eight months, Jonah has soared closer and closer to Avery's flame until the thing he's feared the most becomes the one he can't live without. The chill of danger merges with the heat of desire, forming a deadly superstorm. Will Jonah seek shelter or ride the lightning? Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ride the Lightning Series: #1 of Sinister in Savannah Author: Aimee Nicole Walker Narrator: Tristan James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: By day, Jonah St. John is a criminal analyst for the Georgia Bureau of Investigations. By night, he produces Sinister in Savannah, an investigative podcast, with his two best friends. Jonah's life revolves around three principles: a man's word is his oath, friendships are priceless gifts, and love is for other people. When the Sinister in Savannah team delves into the thirty-eight-year-old murder of a drag queen, they quickly discover that the story doesn't end with the alleged killer's confession in 1995. Continuing the investigation could have fatal consequences for Jonah and everyone he holds dear, including his irresistible intern. To love is to lose: a lesson Jonah has learned the hard way. For a decade, he has embraced solitude as his penance for a past mistake. Then came Avery Bradford, a man whose warmth and sunshine infuses Jonah's battered soul and challenges his resistance. Over the past eight months, Jonah has soared closer and closer to Avery's flame until the thing he's feared the most becomes the one he can't live without. The chill of danger merges with the heat of desire, forming a deadly superstorm. Will Jonah seek shelter or ride the lightning? Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447622 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jigsaw Man Series: #1 of An Inspector Henley Thriller Author: Nadine Matheson Narrator: Diveen Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 18, 2021 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: ‘The Jigsaw Man ranks amongst the very best debut thrillers – we’re talking top-ten territory here – I’ve read this past decade… It evokes, vibrantly and indelibly, a world I’ve never even glimpsed, much less entered – neither in literature nor in life… Matheson’s voice is exciting, urgent… and, now more than ever, vital’ A.J. Finn ‘This modern and multi-layered take on the high-octane thriller keeps the pages turning’ Oprah Daily ‘This book is gruesomely good’ Lesley Kara, Sunday Times bestselling author of The Rumour ‘A spellbinding game of cat and mouse . . . with chilling echoes of Thomas Harris’s The Silence of the Lambs’ Daily Mail * * * There's a serial killer on the loose. When bodies start washing up along the banks of the River Thames, DI Henley fears it is the work of Peter Olivier, the notorious Jigsaw Killer. But it can’t be him; Olivier is already behind bars, and Henley was the one who put him there. The race is on before more bodies are found. She’d hoped she’d never have to see his face again, but Henley knows Olivier might be the best chance they have at stopping the copycat killer. But when Olivier learns of the new murders, helping Henley is the last thing on his mind . . . Will it take a killer to catch the killer? Now all bets are off, and the race is on to catch the killer before the body count rises. But who will get there first – Henley, or the Jigsaw Killer? * * * Authors and readers are GRIPPED by The Jigsaw Man: 'So tense and dark. It has a real Silence of the Lambs vibe, and Peter Olivier is my new Hannibal Lecter. Brilliant' Lisa Hall, author of Between You and Me ‘I would give this more stars if I could. For a debut novel, in this genre, this is simply brilliant, the twists & turns you go through keep you on the edge of your seat, I couldn't put this down!!’ Amazon reviewer, 5* ‘Buckle up, readers! From the first scene, Nadine Matheson takes us on a heart-pounding roller coaster ride’ Tami Hoag, Sunday Times bestselling author of The Boy ‘I'm absolutely a coverted Nadine Matheson fan! Cannot wait for for next book’ Amazon reviewer, 5* Nadine Matheson Thu, 18 Feb 2021 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447622 thebookvoice.com 14:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jigsaw Man Series: #1 of An Inspector Henley Thriller Author: Nadine Matheson Narrator: Diveen Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 18, 2021 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: ‘The Jigsaw Man ranks amongst the very best debut thrillers – we’re talking top-ten territory here – I’ve read this past decade… It evokes, vibrantly and indelibly, a world I’ve never even glimpsed, much less entered – neither in literature nor in life… Matheson’s voice is exciting, urgent… and, now more than ever, vital’ A.J. Finn ‘This modern and multi-layered take on the high-octane thriller keeps the pages turning’ Oprah Daily ‘This book is gruesomely good’ Lesley Kara, Sunday Times bestselling author of The Rumour ‘A spellbinding game of cat and mouse . . . with chilling echoes of Thomas Harris’s The Silence of the Lambs’ Daily Mail * * * There's a serial killer on the loose. When bodies start washing up along the banks of the River Thames, DI Henley fears it is the work of Peter Olivier, the notorious Jigsaw Killer. But it can’t be him; Olivier is already behind bars, and Henley was the one who put him there. The race is on before more bodies are found. She’d hoped she’d never have to see his face again, but Henley knows Olivier might be the best chance they have at stopping the copycat killer. But when Olivier learns of the new murders, helping Henley is the last thing on his mind . . . Will it take a killer to catch the killer? Now all bets are off, and the race is on to catch the killer before the body count rises. But who will get there first – Henley, or the Jigsaw Killer? * * * Authors and readers are GRIPPED by The Jigsaw Man: 'So tense and dark. It has a real Silence of the Lambs vibe, and Peter Olivier is my new Hannibal Lecter. Brilliant' Lisa Hall, author of Between You and Me ‘I would give this more stars if I could. For a debut novel, in this genre, this is simply brilliant, the twists & turns you go through keep you on the edge of your seat, I couldn't put this down!!’ Amazon reviewer, 5* ‘Buckle up, readers! From the first scene, Nadine Matheson takes us on a heart-pounding roller coaster ride’ Tami Hoag, Sunday Times bestselling author of The Boy ‘I'm absolutely a coverted Nadine Matheson fan! Cannot wait for for next book’ Amazon reviewer, 5* Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jigsaw Man Series: #1 of An Inspector Henley Thriller Author: Nadine Matheson Narrator: Diveen Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 18, 2021 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: ‘The Jigsaw Man ranks amongst the very best debut thrillers – we’re talking top-ten territory here – I’ve read this past decade… It evokes, vibrantly and indelibly, a world I’ve never even glimpsed, much less entered – neither in literature nor in life… Matheson’s voice is exciting, urgent… and, now more than ever, vital’ A.J. Finn ‘This modern and multi-layered take on the high-octane thriller keeps the pages turning’ Oprah Daily ‘This book is gruesomely good’ Lesley Kara, Sunday Times bestselling author of The Rumour ‘A spellbinding game of cat and mouse . . . with chilling echoes of Thomas Harris’s The Silence of the Lambs’ Daily Mail * * * There's a serial killer on the loose. When bodies start washing up along the banks of the River Thames, DI Henley fears it is the work of Peter Olivier, the notorious Jigsaw Killer. But it can’t be him; Olivier is already behind bars, and Henley was the one who put him there. The race is on before more bodies are found. She’d hoped she’d never have to see his face again, but Henley knows Olivier might be the best chance they have at stopping the copycat killer. But when Olivier learns of the new murders, helping Henley is the last thing on his mind . . . Will it take a killer to catch the killer? Now all bets are off, and the race is on to catch the killer before the body count rises. But who will get there first – Henley, or the Jigsaw Killer? * * * Authors and readers are GRIPPED by The Jigsaw Man: 'So tense and dark. It has a real Silence of the Lambs vibe, and Peter Olivier is my new Hannibal Lecter. Brilliant' Lisa Hall, author of Between You and Me ‘I would give this more stars if I could. For a debut novel, in this genre, this is simply brilliant, the twists & turns you go through keep you on the edge of your seat, I couldn't put this down!!’ Amazon reviewer, 5* ‘Buckle up, readers! From the first scene, Nadine Matheson takes us on a heart-pounding roller coaster ride’ Tami Hoag, Sunday Times bestselling author of The Boy ‘I'm absolutely a coverted Nadine Matheson fan! Cannot wait for for next book’ Amazon reviewer, 5* https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433451 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433451]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Call: A True Story of Love, Lust, and Murder in Queer New York Author: Elon Green Narrator: David Pittu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: 'This true-crime gem—Green's first full-length work, sensitively and incisively narrated by Pittu—is an illuminating and deeply humanizing testament to victims overlooked by the media and forgotten in cultural memory...An insightful and essential conversation among author, narrator, and producer concludes this highly recommended recording.' -- Booklist, starred review *This program includes a bonus conversation with the author* The gripping true story, told here for the first time, of the Last Call Killer and the gay community of New York City that he preyed upon. The Townhouse Bar, midtown, July 1992: The piano player seems to know every song ever written, the crowd belts out the lyrics to their favorites, and a man standing nearby is drinking a Scotch and water. The man strikes the piano player as forgettable. He looks bland and inconspicuous. Not at all what you think a serial killer looks like. But that’s what he is, and tonight, he has his sights set on a gray haired man. He will not be his first victim. Nor will he be his last. The Last Call Killer preyed upon gay men in New York in the ‘80s and ‘90s and had all the hallmarks of the most notorious serial killers. Yet because of the sexuality of his victims, the skyhigh murder rates, and the AIDS epidemic, his murders have been almost entirely forgotten. This gripping true-crime narrative tells the story of the Last Call Killer and the decades-long chase to find him. And at the same time, it paints a portrait of his victims and a vibrant community navigating threat and resilience. A Macmillan Audio production from Celadon Books 'Green’s sensitive portraits of the victims, and his deeply researched re-creation of an epoch of gay history, provide its soul. Inherently shocking material needs no dramatization, and David Pittu’s understated narration highlights the tragedy and horror of these crimes. “Last Call” is the kind of book that keeps you wide awake all night turning the pages. As an audiobook, it will keep you wide awake all day as you drive, hoping you don’t get wherever you’re going before it ends.' -- New York Times 'In this astonishing and powerful work of nonfiction, Green meticulously reports on a series of baffling and brutal crimes targeting gay men. It is an investigation filled with twists and turns, but this is much more than a compelling true crime story. Green has shed light on those whose lives for too long have been forgotten, and rescued an important part of American history.' -- David Grann, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Killers of the Flower Moon Elon Green Tue, 09 Mar 2021 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433451 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433451]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Call: A True Story of Love, Lust, and Murder in Queer New York Author: Elon Green Narrator: David Pittu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: 'This true-crime gem—Green's first full-length work, sensitively and incisively narrated by Pittu—is an illuminating and deeply humanizing testament to victims overlooked by the media and forgotten in cultural memory...An insightful and essential conversation among author, narrator, and producer concludes this highly recommended recording.' -- Booklist, starred review *This program includes a bonus conversation with the author* The gripping true story, told here for the first time, of the Last Call Killer and the gay community of New York City that he preyed upon. The Townhouse Bar, midtown, July 1992: The piano player seems to know every song ever written, the crowd belts out the lyrics to their favorites, and a man standing nearby is drinking a Scotch and water. The man strikes the piano player as forgettable. He looks bland and inconspicuous. Not at all what you think a serial killer looks like. But that’s what he is, and tonight, he has his sights set on a gray haired man. He will not be his first victim. Nor will he be his last. The Last Call Killer preyed upon gay men in New York in the ‘80s and ‘90s and had all the hallmarks of the most notorious serial killers. Yet because of the sexuality of his victims, the skyhigh murder rates, and the AIDS epidemic, his murders have been almost entirely forgotten. This gripping true-crime narrative tells the story of the Last Call Killer and the decades-long chase to find him. And at the same time, it paints a portrait of his victims and a vibrant community navigating threat and resilience. A Macmillan Audio production from Celadon Books 'Green’s sensitive portraits of the victims, and his deeply researched re-creation of an epoch of gay history, provide its soul. Inherently shocking material needs no dramatization, and David Pittu’s understated narration highlights the tragedy and horror of these crimes. “Last Call” is the kind of book that keeps you wide awake all night turning the pages. As an audiobook, it will keep you wide awake all day as you drive, hoping you don’t get wherever you’re going before it ends.' -- New York Times 'In this astonishing and powerful work of nonfiction, Green meticulously reports on a series of baffling and brutal crimes targeting gay men. It is an investigation filled with twists and turns, but this is much more than a compelling true crime story. Green has shed light on those whose lives for too long have been forgotten, and rescued an important part of American history.' -- David Grann, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Killers of the Flower Moon Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433451]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Call: A True Story of Love, Lust, and Murder in Queer New York Author: Elon Green Narrator: David Pittu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: 'This true-crime gem—Green's first full-length work, sensitively and incisively narrated by Pittu—is an illuminating and deeply humanizing testament to victims overlooked by the media and forgotten in cultural memory...An insightful and essential conversation among author, narrator, and producer concludes this highly recommended recording.' -- Booklist, starred review *This program includes a bonus conversation with the author* The gripping true story, told here for the first time, of the Last Call Killer and the gay community of New York City that he preyed upon. The Townhouse Bar, midtown, July 1992: The piano player seems to know every song ever written, the crowd belts out the lyrics to their favorites, and a man standing nearby is drinking a Scotch and water. The man strikes the piano player as forgettable. He looks bland and inconspicuous. Not at all what you think a serial killer looks like. But that’s what he is, and tonight, he has his sights set on a gray haired man. He will not be his first victim. Nor will he be his last. The Last Call Killer preyed upon gay men in New York in the ‘80s and ‘90s and had all the hallmarks of the most notorious serial killers. Yet because of the sexuality of his victims, the skyhigh murder rates, and the AIDS epidemic, his murders have been almost entirely forgotten. This gripping true-crime narrative tells the story of the Last Call Killer and the decades-long chase to find him. And at the same time, it paints a portrait of his victims and a vibrant community navigating threat and resilience. A Macmillan Audio production from Celadon Books 'Green’s sensitive portraits of the victims, and his deeply researched re-creation of an epoch of gay history, provide its soul. Inherently shocking material needs no dramatization, and David Pittu’s understated narration highlights the tragedy and horror of these crimes. “Last Call” is the kind of book that keeps you wide awake all night turning the pages. As an audiobook, it will keep you wide awake all day as you drive, hoping you don’t get wherever you’re going before it ends.' -- New York Times 'In this astonishing and powerful work of nonfiction, Green meticulously reports on a series of baffling and brutal crimes targeting gay men. It is an investigation filled with twists and turns, but this is much more than a compelling true crime story. Green has shed light on those whose lives for too long have been forgotten, and rescued an important part of American history.' -- David Grann, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Killers of the Flower Moon https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432766 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everybody Has a Podcast (Except You): A How-To Guide from the First Family of Podcasting Author: Griffin Mcelroy, Travis Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Narrator: Clint Mcelroy, Teresa Mcelroy, Rachel Mcelroy, Sydnee Mcelroy, Griffin Mcelroy, Travis Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling McElroy Brothers, creators of the hit podcasts My Brother, My Brother and Me and The Adventure Zone, comes a helpful and hilarious how-to podcast guide covering everything you need to know to make, produce, edit, and promote a podcast…and get rich* doing it! (*Results not guaranteed.) Justin, Travis, and Griffin McElroy made their names as “advice giving brothers who have no business giving advice” (New York Times) on the hit podcast My Brother, My Brother and Me. But while they may not have the best relationship or workplace advice, they certainly make you laugh, and they do know a thing or two about podcasting.   In fact, the McElroy Brothers have spent the last decade making podcasts, including My Brother, My Brother and Me; The Adventure Zone; Sawbones; and more. From their start, independently producing and releasing the early episodes of My Brother, My Brother and Me, to their eleven currently available podcasts, the McElroys have become experts in creating successful podcasts. And now, they want to share what they’ve learned with you. In Everybody Has a Podcast (Except You), the McElroy Brothers will walk you through the process of turning an idea into ear-candy for legions of fans, sharing their expertise on everything from deciding on an effective name (definitely not something like My Brother, My Brother and Me), what type of microphone to use (definitely not one from the video game Rock Band), to making lots and lots of money (spoiler: you probably won’t). A must-listen for anyone interested in podcasting, Everybody Has a Podcast (Except You) shares the keys to success as well as the mistakes to avoid and draws on the vast experiences of three of the funniest and most successful podcasters working today. Griffin Mcelroy, Travis Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Tue, 26 Jan 2021 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432766 thebookvoice.com 5:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everybody Has a Podcast (Except You): A How-To Guide from the First Family of Podcasting Author: Griffin Mcelroy, Travis Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Narrator: Clint Mcelroy, Teresa Mcelroy, Rachel Mcelroy, Sydnee Mcelroy, Griffin Mcelroy, Travis Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling McElroy Brothers, creators of the hit podcasts My Brother, My Brother and Me and The Adventure Zone, comes a helpful and hilarious how-to podcast guide covering everything you need to know to make, produce, edit, and promote a podcast…and get rich* doing it! (*Results not guaranteed.) Justin, Travis, and Griffin McElroy made their names as “advice giving brothers who have no business giving advice” (New York Times) on the hit podcast My Brother, My Brother and Me. But while they may not have the best relationship or workplace advice, they certainly make you laugh, and they do know a thing or two about podcasting.   In fact, the McElroy Brothers have spent the last decade making podcasts, including My Brother, My Brother and Me; The Adventure Zone; Sawbones; and more. From their start, independently producing and releasing the early episodes of My Brother, My Brother and Me, to their eleven currently available podcasts, the McElroys have become experts in creating successful podcasts. And now, they want to share what they’ve learned with you. In Everybody Has a Podcast (Except You), the McElroy Brothers will walk you through the process of turning an idea into ear-candy for legions of fans, sharing their expertise on everything from deciding on an effective name (definitely not something like My Brother, My Brother and Me), what type of microphone to use (definitely not one from the video game Rock Band), to making lots and lots of money (spoiler: you probably won’t). A must-listen for anyone interested in podcasting, Everybody Has a Podcast (Except You) shares the keys to success as well as the mistakes to avoid and draws on the vast experiences of three of the funniest and most successful podcasters working today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everybody Has a Podcast (Except You): A How-To Guide from the First Family of Podcasting Author: Griffin Mcelroy, Travis Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Narrator: Clint Mcelroy, Teresa Mcelroy, Rachel Mcelroy, Sydnee Mcelroy, Griffin Mcelroy, Travis Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling McElroy Brothers, creators of the hit podcasts My Brother, My Brother and Me and The Adventure Zone, comes a helpful and hilarious how-to podcast guide covering everything you need to know to make, produce, edit, and promote a podcast…and get rich* doing it! (*Results not guaranteed.) Justin, Travis, and Griffin McElroy made their names as “advice giving brothers who have no business giving advice” (New York Times) on the hit podcast My Brother, My Brother and Me. But while they may not have the best relationship or workplace advice, they certainly make you laugh, and they do know a thing or two about podcasting.   In fact, the McElroy Brothers have spent the last decade making podcasts, including My Brother, My Brother and Me; The Adventure Zone; Sawbones; and more. From their start, independently producing and releasing the early episodes of My Brother, My Brother and Me, to their eleven currently available podcasts, the McElroys have become experts in creating successful podcasts. And now, they want to share what they’ve learned with you. In Everybody Has a Podcast (Except You), the McElroy Brothers will walk you through the process of turning an idea into ear-candy for legions of fans, sharing their expertise on everything from deciding on an effective name (definitely not something like My Brother, My Brother and Me), what type of microphone to use (definitely not one from the video game Rock Band), to making lots and lots of money (spoiler: you probably won’t). A must-listen for anyone interested in podcasting, Everybody Has a Podcast (Except You) shares the keys to success as well as the mistakes to avoid and draws on the vast experiences of three of the funniest and most successful podcasters working today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432265 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If I Disappear Author: Eliza Jane Brazier Narrator: Kristen Sieh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: “This new novel has more twists and fakeouts than an episode of Serial.” —Rolling Stone “An eerie, twisted thriller sure to shake up the most seasoned true crime die-hard.' —Harper's Bazaar A Most Anticipated Book of 2021 by Rolling Stone • CNN • E! Online • Buzzfeed • New York Post • Popsugar • Woman's Day • Crime Reads • Hello Giggles  When her favorite true crime podcast host goes missing, an adrift young woman sets out to investigate and plunges headfirst into the wild backcountry of Northern California and her own dangerous obsession. Sera loves true crime podcasts. They give her a sense of control in a world where women just like her disappear daily. She's sure they are preparing her for something. So when Rachel, her favorite podcast host, goes missing, Sera knows it's time to act. Rachel has always taught her to trust her instincts. Sera follows the clues hidden in the episodes to an isolated ranch outside Rachel's small hometown to begin her search. She's convinced her investigation will make Rachel so proud. But the more Sera digs into this unfamiliar world, the more off things start to feel. Because Rachel is not the first woman to vanish from the ranch, and she won't be the last... Rachel did try to warn her. Eliza Jane Brazier Tue, 26 Jan 2021 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432265 thebookvoice.com 9:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If I Disappear Author: Eliza Jane Brazier Narrator: Kristen Sieh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: “This new novel has more twists and fakeouts than an episode of Serial.” —Rolling Stone “An eerie, twisted thriller sure to shake up the most seasoned true crime die-hard.' —Harper's Bazaar A Most Anticipated Book of 2021 by Rolling Stone • CNN • E! Online • Buzzfeed • New York Post • Popsugar • Woman's Day • Crime Reads • Hello Giggles  When her favorite true crime podcast host goes missing, an adrift young woman sets out to investigate and plunges headfirst into the wild backcountry of Northern California and her own dangerous obsession. Sera loves true crime podcasts. They give her a sense of control in a world where women just like her disappear daily. She's sure they are preparing her for something. So when Rachel, her favorite podcast host, goes missing, Sera knows it's time to act. Rachel has always taught her to trust her instincts. Sera follows the clues hidden in the episodes to an isolated ranch outside Rachel's small hometown to begin her search. She's convinced her investigation will make Rachel so proud. But the more Sera digs into this unfamiliar world, the more off things start to feel. Because Rachel is not the first woman to vanish from the ranch, and she won't be the last... Rachel did try to warn her. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/432265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If I Disappear Author: Eliza Jane Brazier Narrator: Kristen Sieh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: “This new novel has more twists and fakeouts than an episode of Serial.” —Rolling Stone “An eerie, twisted thriller sure to shake up the most seasoned true crime die-hard.' —Harper's Bazaar A Most Anticipated Book of 2021 by Rolling Stone • CNN • E! Online • Buzzfeed • New York Post • Popsugar • Woman's Day • Crime Reads • Hello Giggles  When her favorite true crime podcast host goes missing, an adrift young woman sets out to investigate and plunges headfirst into the wild backcountry of Northern California and her own dangerous obsession. Sera loves true crime podcasts. They give her a sense of control in a world where women just like her disappear daily. She's sure they are preparing her for something. So when Rachel, her favorite podcast host, goes missing, Sera knows it's time to act. Rachel has always taught her to trust her instincts. Sera follows the clues hidden in the episodes to an isolated ranch outside Rachel's small hometown to begin her search. She's convinced her investigation will make Rachel so proud. But the more Sera digs into this unfamiliar world, the more off things start to feel. Because Rachel is not the first woman to vanish from the ranch, and she won't be the last... Rachel did try to warn her. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418910 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sh**ged. Married. Annoyed.: The Sunday Times No. 1 Bestseller Author: Rosie Ramsey, Chris Ramsey Narrator: Rosie Ramsey, Chris Ramsey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The official book from Chris and Rosie Ramsey, stars of the phenomenally successful podcast. SH**GED Saturday nights out on the tiles, dating like it's a competitive sport, one-night stands, the walk of shame, ghosting and break-ups. MARRIED Finding 'the one', meeting their parents, first holidays, big moment proposals, wedding bells, the honeymoon of a lifetime. ANNOYED Who stacks a dishwasher like this? Empty milk cartons placed back in the fridge, pregnancy, toilet seats up, toothpaste everywhere. The Ramseys invite you to listen on as they write hilariously about the universal highs and lows of relationships, parenting and everything in between. This audiobook includes an exclusive bonus conversation between the authors, Chris and Rosie, where they discuss the process of writing the book together, plus outtakes from the recording. © Chris Ramsey, Rosie Ramsey 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Rosie Ramsey, Chris Ramsey Thu, 03 Sep 2020 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418910 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sh**ged. Married. Annoyed.: The Sunday Times No. 1 Bestseller Author: Rosie Ramsey, Chris Ramsey Narrator: Rosie Ramsey, Chris Ramsey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The official book from Chris and Rosie Ramsey, stars of the phenomenally successful podcast. SH**GED Saturday nights out on the tiles, dating like it's a competitive sport, one-night stands, the walk of shame, ghosting and break-ups. MARRIED Finding 'the one', meeting their parents, first holidays, big moment proposals, wedding bells, the honeymoon of a lifetime. ANNOYED Who stacks a dishwasher like this? Empty milk cartons placed back in the fridge, pregnancy, toilet seats up, toothpaste everywhere. The Ramseys invite you to listen on as they write hilariously about the universal highs and lows of relationships, parenting and everything in between. This audiobook includes an exclusive bonus conversation between the authors, Chris and Rosie, where they discuss the process of writing the book together, plus outtakes from the recording. © Chris Ramsey, Rosie Ramsey 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sh**ged. Married. Annoyed.: The Sunday Times No. 1 Bestseller Author: Rosie Ramsey, Chris Ramsey Narrator: Rosie Ramsey, Chris Ramsey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The official book from Chris and Rosie Ramsey, stars of the phenomenally successful podcast. SH**GED Saturday nights out on the tiles, dating like it's a competitive sport, one-night stands, the walk of shame, ghosting and break-ups. MARRIED Finding 'the one', meeting their parents, first holidays, big moment proposals, wedding bells, the honeymoon of a lifetime. ANNOYED Who stacks a dishwasher like this? Empty milk cartons placed back in the fridge, pregnancy, toilet seats up, toothpaste everywhere. The Ramseys invite you to listen on as they write hilariously about the universal highs and lows of relationships, parenting and everything in between. This audiobook includes an exclusive bonus conversation between the authors, Chris and Rosie, where they discuss the process of writing the book together, plus outtakes from the recording. © Chris Ramsey, Rosie Ramsey 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405397 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the Love of Europe: My Favorite Places, People, and Stories Author: Rick Steves Narrator: Rick Steves Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: After 40+ years of writing about Europe, Rick Steves has gathered 100 of his favorite memories together into one inspiring collection: For the Love of Europe: My Favorite Places, People, and Stories. Join Rick as he's swept away by a fado singer in Lisbon, learns the dangers of falling in love with a gondolier in Venice, and savors a cheese course in the Loire Valley. Contemplate the mysteries of centuries-old stone circles in England, dangle from a cliff in the Swiss Alps, and hear a French farmer's defense of foie gras. With a brand-new, original introduction from Rick reflecting on his decades of travel, For the Love of Europe features 100 of the best stories published throughout his career. Covering his adventures through England, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and more, these are stories only Rick Steves could tell. Wry, personal, and full of Rick's signature humor, For the Love of Europe is a fond and inspirational look at a lifetime of travel. Rick Steves Tue, 11 Aug 2020 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405397 thebookvoice.com 10:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the Love of Europe: My Favorite Places, People, and Stories Author: Rick Steves Narrator: Rick Steves Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: After 40+ years of writing about Europe, Rick Steves has gathered 100 of his favorite memories together into one inspiring collection: For the Love of Europe: My Favorite Places, People, and Stories. Join Rick as he's swept away by a fado singer in Lisbon, learns the dangers of falling in love with a gondolier in Venice, and savors a cheese course in the Loire Valley. Contemplate the mysteries of centuries-old stone circles in England, dangle from a cliff in the Swiss Alps, and hear a French farmer's defense of foie gras. With a brand-new, original introduction from Rick reflecting on his decades of travel, For the Love of Europe features 100 of the best stories published throughout his career. Covering his adventures through England, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and more, these are stories only Rick Steves could tell. Wry, personal, and full of Rick's signature humor, For the Love of Europe is a fond and inspirational look at a lifetime of travel. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the Love of Europe: My Favorite Places, People, and Stories Author: Rick Steves Narrator: Rick Steves Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: After 40+ years of writing about Europe, Rick Steves has gathered 100 of his favorite memories together into one inspiring collection: For the Love of Europe: My Favorite Places, People, and Stories. Join Rick as he's swept away by a fado singer in Lisbon, learns the dangers of falling in love with a gondolier in Venice, and savors a cheese course in the Loire Valley. Contemplate the mysteries of centuries-old stone circles in England, dangle from a cliff in the Swiss Alps, and hear a French farmer's defense of foie gras. With a brand-new, original introduction from Rick reflecting on his decades of travel, For the Love of Europe features 100 of the best stories published throughout his career. Covering his adventures through England, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and more, these are stories only Rick Steves could tell. Wry, personal, and full of Rick's signature humor, For the Love of Europe is a fond and inspirational look at a lifetime of travel. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403857 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Friendship: How We Keep Each Other Close Author: Ann Friedman, Aminatou Sow Narrator: Ann Friedman, Aminatou Sow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A close friendship is one of the most influential and important relationships a human life can contain. Anyone will tell you that! But for all the rosy sentiments surrounding friendship, most people don’t talk much about what it really takes to stay close for the long haul. Now two friends, Aminatou Sow and Ann Friedman, tell the story of their equally messy and life-affirming Big Friendship in this honest and hilarious book that chronicles their first decade in one another’s lives. As the hosts of the hit podcast Call Your Girlfriend, they’ve become known for frank and intimate conversations. In this book, they bring that energy to their own friendship—its joys and its pitfalls. Aminatou and Ann define Big Friendship as a strong, significant bond that transcends life phases, geographical locations, and emotional shifts. And they should know: the two have had moments of charmed bliss and deep frustration, of profound connection and gut-wrenching alienation. They have weathered life-threatening health scares, getting fired from their dream jobs, and one unfortunate Thanksgiving dinner eaten in a car in a parking lot in Rancho Cucamonga. Through interviews with friends and experts, they have come to understand that their struggles are not unique. And that the most important part of a Big Friendship is making the decision to invest in one another again and again. An inspiring and entertaining testament to the power of society’s most underappreciated relationship, Big Friendship will invite you to think about how your own bonds are formed, challenged, and preserved. It is a call to value your friendships in all of their complexity. Actively choose them. And, sometimes, fight for them. Ann Friedman, Aminatou Sow Tue, 14 Jul 2020 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403857 thebookvoice.com 5:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Friendship: How We Keep Each Other Close Author: Ann Friedman, Aminatou Sow Narrator: Ann Friedman, Aminatou Sow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A close friendship is one of the most influential and important relationships a human life can contain. Anyone will tell you that! But for all the rosy sentiments surrounding friendship, most people don’t talk much about what it really takes to stay close for the long haul. Now two friends, Aminatou Sow and Ann Friedman, tell the story of their equally messy and life-affirming Big Friendship in this honest and hilarious book that chronicles their first decade in one another’s lives. As the hosts of the hit podcast Call Your Girlfriend, they’ve become known for frank and intimate conversations. In this book, they bring that energy to their own friendship—its joys and its pitfalls. Aminatou and Ann define Big Friendship as a strong, significant bond that transcends life phases, geographical locations, and emotional shifts. And they should know: the two have had moments of charmed bliss and deep frustration, of profound connection and gut-wrenching alienation. They have weathered life-threatening health scares, getting fired from their dream jobs, and one unfortunate Thanksgiving dinner eaten in a car in a parking lot in Rancho Cucamonga. Through interviews with friends and experts, they have come to understand that their struggles are not unique. And that the most important part of a Big Friendship is making the decision to invest in one another again and again. An inspiring and entertaining testament to the power of society’s most underappreciated relationship, Big Friendship will invite you to think about how your own bonds are formed, challenged, and preserved. It is a call to value your friendships in all of their complexity. Actively choose them. And, sometimes, fight for them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Friendship: How We Keep Each Other Close Author: Ann Friedman, Aminatou Sow Narrator: Ann Friedman, Aminatou Sow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A close friendship is one of the most influential and important relationships a human life can contain. Anyone will tell you that! But for all the rosy sentiments surrounding friendship, most people don’t talk much about what it really takes to stay close for the long haul. Now two friends, Aminatou Sow and Ann Friedman, tell the story of their equally messy and life-affirming Big Friendship in this honest and hilarious book that chronicles their first decade in one another’s lives. As the hosts of the hit podcast Call Your Girlfriend, they’ve become known for frank and intimate conversations. In this book, they bring that energy to their own friendship—its joys and its pitfalls. Aminatou and Ann define Big Friendship as a strong, significant bond that transcends life phases, geographical locations, and emotional shifts. And they should know: the two have had moments of charmed bliss and deep frustration, of profound connection and gut-wrenching alienation. They have weathered life-threatening health scares, getting fired from their dream jobs, and one unfortunate Thanksgiving dinner eaten in a car in a parking lot in Rancho Cucamonga. Through interviews with friends and experts, they have come to understand that their struggles are not unique. And that the most important part of a Big Friendship is making the decision to invest in one another again and again. An inspiring and entertaining testament to the power of society’s most underappreciated relationship, Big Friendship will invite you to think about how your own bonds are formed, challenged, and preserved. It is a call to value your friendships in all of their complexity. Actively choose them. And, sometimes, fight for them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400706 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Like a Monk: The secret of how to harness the power of positivity and be happy now Author: Jay Shetty Narrator: Jay Shetty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 282 Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 54 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: 2021 Audiobook of the Year – The British Book Awards The Sunday Times Number One Bestseller Jay Shetty, social media superstar and host of the #1 podcast ‘On Purpose’, distils the timeless wisdom he learned as a practising monk into practical steps anyone can take every day to live a less anxious, more meaningful life. Over the past three years, Jay Shetty has become a favourite in the hearts and minds of millions of people worldwide. One of his clips was the most watched video on Facebook last year, with over 360 million views. His social media following totals over 32 million, he has produced over 400 viral videos, which have amassed more than 5 billion views, and his podcast, ‘On Purpose’, is consistently ranked the world’s #1 health-related podcast. In this inspiring, empowering book, Shetty draws on his time as a monk in the Vedic tradition to show us how we can clear the roadblocks to our potential and power. Drawing on ancient wisdom and his own rich experiences in the ashram, Think Like a Monk reveals how to overcome negative thoughts and habits, and access the calm and purpose that lie within all of us. The lessons monks learn are profound but often abstract. Shetty transforms them into advice and exercises we can all apply to reduce stress, improve focus, improve relationships, identify our hidden abilities, increase self-discipline and give the gifts we find in ourselves to the world. Shetty proves that everyone can – and should – think like a monk. Jay Shetty Tue, 08 Sep 2020 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400706 thebookvoice.com 10:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Like a Monk: The secret of how to harness the power of positivity and be happy now Author: Jay Shetty Narrator: Jay Shetty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 282 Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 54 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: 2021 Audiobook of the Year – The British Book Awards The Sunday Times Number One Bestseller Jay Shetty, social media superstar and host of the #1 podcast ‘On Purpose’, distils the timeless wisdom he learned as a practising monk into practical steps anyone can take every day to live a less anxious, more meaningful life. Over the past three years, Jay Shetty has become a favourite in the hearts and minds of millions of people worldwide. One of his clips was the most watched video on Facebook last year, with over 360 million views. His social media following totals over 32 million, he has produced over 400 viral videos, which have amassed more than 5 billion views, and his podcast, ‘On Purpose’, is consistently ranked the world’s #1 health-related podcast. In this inspiring, empowering book, Shetty draws on his time as a monk in the Vedic tradition to show us how we can clear the roadblocks to our potential and power. Drawing on ancient wisdom and his own rich experiences in the ashram, Think Like a Monk reveals how to overcome negative thoughts and habits, and access the calm and purpose that lie within all of us. The lessons monks learn are profound but often abstract. Shetty transforms them into advice and exercises we can all apply to reduce stress, improve focus, improve relationships, identify our hidden abilities, increase self-discipline and give the gifts we find in ourselves to the world. Shetty proves that everyone can – and should – think like a monk. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Like a Monk: The secret of how to harness the power of positivity and be happy now Author: Jay Shetty Narrator: Jay Shetty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 282 Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 54 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: 2021 Audiobook of the Year – The British Book Awards The Sunday Times Number One Bestseller Jay Shetty, social media superstar and host of the #1 podcast ‘On Purpose’, distils the timeless wisdom he learned as a practising monk into practical steps anyone can take every day to live a less anxious, more meaningful life. Over the past three years, Jay Shetty has become a favourite in the hearts and minds of millions of people worldwide. One of his clips was the most watched video on Facebook last year, with over 360 million views. His social media following totals over 32 million, he has produced over 400 viral videos, which have amassed more than 5 billion views, and his podcast, ‘On Purpose’, is consistently ranked the world’s #1 health-related podcast. In this inspiring, empowering book, Shetty draws on his time as a monk in the Vedic tradition to show us how we can clear the roadblocks to our potential and power. Drawing on ancient wisdom and his own rich experiences in the ashram, Think Like a Monk reveals how to overcome negative thoughts and habits, and access the calm and purpose that lie within all of us. The lessons monks learn are profound but often abstract. Shetty transforms them into advice and exercises we can all apply to reduce stress, improve focus, improve relationships, identify our hidden abilities, increase self-discipline and give the gifts we find in ourselves to the world. Shetty proves that everyone can – and should – think like a monk. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398290 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Like a Monk: Train Your Mind for Peace and Purpose Every Day Author: Jay Shetty Narrator: Jay Shetty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 741 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 99 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Jay Shetty, social media superstar and host of the #1 podcast On Purpose, distills the timeless wisdom he learned as a monk into practical steps anyone can take every day to live a less anxious, more meaningful life. When you think like a monk, you’ll understand: -How to overcome negativity -How to stop overthinking -Why comparison kills love -How to use your fear -Why you can’t find happiness by looking for it -How to learn from everyone you meet -Why you are not your thoughts -How to find your purpose -Why kindness is crucial to success -And much more... Shetty grew up in a family where you could become one of three things—a doctor, a lawyer, or a failure. His family was convinced he had chosen option three: instead of attending his college graduation ceremony, he headed to India to become a monk, to meditate every day for four to eight hours, and devote his life to helping others. After three years, one of his teachers told him that he would have more impact on the world if he left the monk’s path to share his experience and wisdom with others. Heavily in debt, and with no recognizable skills on his résumé, he moved back home in north London with his parents. Shetty reconnected with old school friends—many working for some of the world’s largest corporations—who were experiencing tremendous stress, pressure, and unhappiness, and they invited Shetty to coach them on well-being, purpose, and mindfulness. Since then, Shetty has become one of the world’s most popular influencers. In 2017, he was named in the Forbes magazine 30-under-30 for being a game-changer in the world of media. In 2018, he had the #1 video on Facebook with over 360 million views. His social media following totals over 38 million, he has produced over 400 viral videos which have amassed more than 8 billion views, and his podcast, On Purpose, is consistently ranked the world’s #1 Health and Wellness podcast. In this inspiring, empowering book, Shetty draws on his time as a monk to show us how we can clear the roadblocks to our potential and power. Combining ancient wisdom and his own rich experiences in the ashram, Think Like a Monk reveals how to overcome negative thoughts and habits, and access the calm and purpose that lie within all of us. He transforms abstract lessons into advice and exercises we can all apply to reduce stress, improve relationships, and give the gifts we find in ourselves to the world. Shetty proves that everyone can—and should—think like a monk. Jay Shetty Tue, 08 Sep 2020 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398290 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Like a Monk: Train Your Mind for Peace and Purpose Every Day Author: Jay Shetty Narrator: Jay Shetty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 741 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 99 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Jay Shetty, social media superstar and host of the #1 podcast On Purpose, distills the timeless wisdom he learned as a monk into practical steps anyone can take every day to live a less anxious, more meaningful life. When you think like a monk, you’ll understand: -How to overcome negativity -How to stop overthinking -Why comparison kills love -How to use your fear -Why you can’t find happiness by looking for it -How to learn from everyone you meet -Why you are not your thoughts -How to find your purpose -Why kindness is crucial to success -And much more... Shetty grew up in a family where you could become one of three things—a doctor, a lawyer, or a failure. His family was convinced he had chosen option three: instead of attending his college graduation ceremony, he headed to India to become a monk, to meditate every day for four to eight hours, and devote his life to helping others. After three years, one of his teachers told him that he would have more impact on the world if he left the monk’s path to share his experience and wisdom with others. Heavily in debt, and with no recognizable skills on his résumé, he moved back home in north London with his parents. Shetty reconnected with old school friends—many working for some of the world’s largest corporations—who were experiencing tremendous stress, pressure, and unhappiness, and they invited Shetty to coach them on well-being, purpose, and mindfulness. Since then, Shetty has become one of the world’s most popular influencers. In 2017, he was named in the Forbes magazine 30-under-30 for being a game-changer in the world of media. In 2018, he had the #1 video on Facebook with over 360 million views. His social media following totals over 38 million, he has produced over 400 viral videos which have amassed more than 8 billion views, and his podcast, On Purpose, is consistently ranked the world’s #1 Health and Wellness podcast. In this inspiring, empowering book, Shetty draws on his time as a monk to show us how we can clear the roadblocks to our potential and power. Combining ancient wisdom and his own rich experiences in the ashram, Think Like a Monk reveals how to overcome negative thoughts and habits, and access the calm and purpose that lie within all of us. He transforms abstract lessons into advice and exercises we can all apply to reduce stress, improve relationships, and give the gifts we find in ourselves to the world. Shetty proves that everyone can—and should—think like a monk. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Like a Monk: Train Your Mind for Peace and Purpose Every Day Author: Jay Shetty Narrator: Jay Shetty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 741 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 99 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Jay Shetty, social media superstar and host of the #1 podcast On Purpose, distills the timeless wisdom he learned as a monk into practical steps anyone can take every day to live a less anxious, more meaningful life. When you think like a monk, you’ll understand: -How to overcome negativity -How to stop overthinking -Why comparison kills love -How to use your fear -Why you can’t find happiness by looking for it -How to learn from everyone you meet -Why you are not your thoughts -How to find your purpose -Why kindness is crucial to success -And much more... Shetty grew up in a family where you could become one of three things—a doctor, a lawyer, or a failure. His family was convinced he had chosen option three: instead of attending his college graduation ceremony, he headed to India to become a monk, to meditate every day for four to eight hours, and devote his life to helping others. After three years, one of his teachers told him that he would have more impact on the world if he left the monk’s path to share his experience and wisdom with others. Heavily in debt, and with no recognizable skills on his résumé, he moved back home in north London with his parents. Shetty reconnected with old school friends—many working for some of the world’s largest corporations—who were experiencing tremendous stress, pressure, and unhappiness, and they invited Shetty to coach them on well-being, purpose, and mindfulness. Since then, Shetty has become one of the world’s most popular influencers. In 2017, he was named in the Forbes magazine 30-under-30 for being a game-changer in the world of media. In 2018, he had the #1 video on Facebook with over 360 million views. His social media following totals over 38 million, he has produced over 400 viral videos which have amassed more than 8 billion views, and his podcast, On Purpose, is consistently ranked the world’s #1 Health and Wellness podcast. In this inspiring, empowering book, Shetty draws on his time as a monk to show us how we can clear the roadblocks to our potential and power. Combining ancient wisdom and his own rich experiences in the ashram, Think Like a Monk reveals how to overcome negative thoughts and habits, and access the calm and purpose that lie within all of us. He transforms abstract lessons into advice and exercises we can all apply to reduce stress, improve relationships, and give the gifts we find in ourselves to the world. Shetty proves that everyone can—and should—think like a monk. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396679 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Fish Don't Exist: A Story of Loss, Love, and the Hidden Order of Life Author: Lulu Miller Narrator: Lulu Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 51 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A Best Book of 2020: The Washington Post * NPR * Chicago Tribune * Smithsonian A “remarkable” (Los Angeles Times), “seductive” (The Wall Street Journal) debut from the new cohost of Radiolab, Why Fish Don’t Exist is a dark and astonishing tale of love, chaos, scientific obsession, and—possibly—even murder.​ “At one point, Miller dives into the ocean into a school of fish…comes up for air, and realizes she’s in love. That’s how I felt: Her book took me to strange depths I never imagined, and I was smitten.” —The New York Times Book Review David Starr Jordan was a taxonomist, a man possessed with bringing order to the natural world. In time, he would be credited with discovering nearly a fifth of the fish known to humans in his day. But the more of the hidden blueprint of life he uncovered, the harder the universe seemed to try to thwart him. His specimen collections were demolished by lightning, by fire, and eventually by the 1906 San Francisco earthquake—which sent more than a thousand discoveries, housed in fragile glass jars, plummeting to the floor. In an instant, his life’s work was shattered. Many might have given up, given in to despair. But Jordan? He surveyed the wreckage at his feet, found the first fish that he recognized, and confidently began to rebuild his collection. And this time, he introduced one clever innovation that he believed would at last protect his work against the chaos of the world. When NPR reporter Lulu Miller first heard this anecdote in passing, she took Jordan for a fool—a cautionary tale in hubris, or denial. But as her own life slowly unraveled, she began to wonder about him. Perhaps instead he was a model for how to go on when all seemed lost. What she would unearth about his life would transform her understanding of history, morality, and the world beneath her feet. Part biography, part memoir, part scientific adventure, Why Fish Don’t Exist is a wondrous fable about how to persevere in a world where chaos will always prevail. Lulu Miller Tue, 14 Apr 2020 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396679 thebookvoice.com 4:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Fish Don't Exist: A Story of Loss, Love, and the Hidden Order of Life Author: Lulu Miller Narrator: Lulu Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 51 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A Best Book of 2020: The Washington Post * NPR * Chicago Tribune * Smithsonian A “remarkable” (Los Angeles Times), “seductive” (The Wall Street Journal) debut from the new cohost of Radiolab, Why Fish Don’t Exist is a dark and astonishing tale of love, chaos, scientific obsession, and—possibly—even murder.​ “At one point, Miller dives into the ocean into a school of fish…comes up for air, and realizes she’s in love. That’s how I felt: Her book took me to strange depths I never imagined, and I was smitten.” —The New York Times Book Review David Starr Jordan was a taxonomist, a man possessed with bringing order to the natural world. In time, he would be credited with discovering nearly a fifth of the fish known to humans in his day. But the more of the hidden blueprint of life he uncovered, the harder the universe seemed to try to thwart him. His specimen collections were demolished by lightning, by fire, and eventually by the 1906 San Francisco earthquake—which sent more than a thousand discoveries, housed in fragile glass jars, plummeting to the floor. In an instant, his life’s work was shattered. Many might have given up, given in to despair. But Jordan? He surveyed the wreckage at his feet, found the first fish that he recognized, and confidently began to rebuild his collection. And this time, he introduced one clever innovation that he believed would at last protect his work against the chaos of the world. When NPR reporter Lulu Miller first heard this anecdote in passing, she took Jordan for a fool—a cautionary tale in hubris, or denial. But as her own life slowly unraveled, she began to wonder about him. Perhaps instead he was a model for how to go on when all seemed lost. What she would unearth about his life would transform her understanding of history, morality, and the world beneath her feet. Part biography, part memoir, part scientific adventure, Why Fish Don’t Exist is a wondrous fable about how to persevere in a world where chaos will always prevail. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Fish Don't Exist: A Story of Loss, Love, and the Hidden Order of Life Author: Lulu Miller Narrator: Lulu Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 51 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A Best Book of 2020: The Washington Post * NPR * Chicago Tribune * Smithsonian A “remarkable” (Los Angeles Times), “seductive” (The Wall Street Journal) debut from the new cohost of Radiolab, Why Fish Don’t Exist is a dark and astonishing tale of love, chaos, scientific obsession, and—possibly—even murder.​ “At one point, Miller dives into the ocean into a school of fish…comes up for air, and realizes she’s in love. That’s how I felt: Her book took me to strange depths I never imagined, and I was smitten.” —The New York Times Book Review David Starr Jordan was a taxonomist, a man possessed with bringing order to the natural world. In time, he would be credited with discovering nearly a fifth of the fish known to humans in his day. But the more of the hidden blueprint of life he uncovered, the harder the universe seemed to try to thwart him. His specimen collections were demolished by lightning, by fire, and eventually by the 1906 San Francisco earthquake—which sent more than a thousand discoveries, housed in fragile glass jars, plummeting to the floor. In an instant, his life’s work was shattered. Many might have given up, given in to despair. But Jordan? He surveyed the wreckage at his feet, found the first fish that he recognized, and confidently began to rebuild his collection. And this time, he introduced one clever innovation that he believed would at last protect his work against the chaos of the world. When NPR reporter Lulu Miller first heard this anecdote in passing, she took Jordan for a fool—a cautionary tale in hubris, or denial. But as her own life slowly unraveled, she began to wonder about him. Perhaps instead he was a model for how to go on when all seemed lost. What she would unearth about his life would transform her understanding of history, morality, and the world beneath her feet. Part biography, part memoir, part scientific adventure, Why Fish Don’t Exist is a wondrous fable about how to persevere in a world where chaos will always prevail. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394182 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394182]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is Figureoutable: The #1 New York Times Bestseller Author: Marie Forleo Narrator: Marie Forleo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ***THE #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER*** 'Fast-paced, generous, wise, raw, funny, practical and helpful' Glennon Doyle, author of Untamed 'Millions of young women look to Marie Forleo as their inspiration for empowerment and achievement' Oprah Winfrey 'Reading these pages I experienced the sensation of limitless possibility. This book will change lives' Elizabeth Gilbert Do you ever have trouble finishing what you start? Do amazing ideas come to you all the time but after the initial excitement wanes you struggle to follow through? If you're creative and ambitious, the answer is likely yes. The problem isn't you. It's not that you're not hardworking, intelligent or deserving, but that you haven't yet installed the one key belief that will change everything: Everything is figureoutable. Whether you want to leave a dead-end job, heal a relationship, grow a business, master your money, or just find two free hours in your day, Everything is Figureoutable will train your brain to think more positively and help you break down any dream into manageable steps. Inside you'll learn: - How to deal with criticism and imposter syndrome - Why it's crucial that you strive for progress not perfection - How to bounce back from failure - How to overcome a lack of time and money You'll also hear triumphant stories of everyday people using the everything is figureoutable philosophy to transform their life. Everything is figureoutable is more than just a fun phrase to say. It's a practical, actionable discipline. And it's about to make you unstoppable! 'Smart, funny, and as brilliant as it is straightforward. LOVED it!' Brené Brown 'This book delivers a knockout punch to whatever is holding you back' Cheryl Strayed Marie Forleo Thu, 12 Sep 2019 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394182 thebookvoice.com 7:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394182]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is Figureoutable: The #1 New York Times Bestseller Author: Marie Forleo Narrator: Marie Forleo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ***THE #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER*** 'Fast-paced, generous, wise, raw, funny, practical and helpful' Glennon Doyle, author of Untamed 'Millions of young women look to Marie Forleo as their inspiration for empowerment and achievement' Oprah Winfrey 'Reading these pages I experienced the sensation of limitless possibility. This book will change lives' Elizabeth Gilbert Do you ever have trouble finishing what you start? Do amazing ideas come to you all the time but after the initial excitement wanes you struggle to follow through? If you're creative and ambitious, the answer is likely yes. The problem isn't you. It's not that you're not hardworking, intelligent or deserving, but that you haven't yet installed the one key belief that will change everything: Everything is figureoutable. Whether you want to leave a dead-end job, heal a relationship, grow a business, master your money, or just find two free hours in your day, Everything is Figureoutable will train your brain to think more positively and help you break down any dream into manageable steps. Inside you'll learn: - How to deal with criticism and imposter syndrome - Why it's crucial that you strive for progress not perfection - How to bounce back from failure - How to overcome a lack of time and money You'll also hear triumphant stories of everyday people using the everything is figureoutable philosophy to transform their life. Everything is figureoutable is more than just a fun phrase to say. It's a practical, actionable discipline. And it's about to make you unstoppable! 'Smart, funny, and as brilliant as it is straightforward. LOVED it!' Brené Brown 'This book delivers a knockout punch to whatever is holding you back' Cheryl Strayed Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394182]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is Figureoutable: The #1 New York Times Bestseller Author: Marie Forleo Narrator: Marie Forleo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ***THE #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER*** 'Fast-paced, generous, wise, raw, funny, practical and helpful' Glennon Doyle, author of Untamed 'Millions of young women look to Marie Forleo as their inspiration for empowerment and achievement' Oprah Winfrey 'Reading these pages I experienced the sensation of limitless possibility. This book will change lives' Elizabeth Gilbert Do you ever have trouble finishing what you start? Do amazing ideas come to you all the time but after the initial excitement wanes you struggle to follow through? If you're creative and ambitious, the answer is likely yes. The problem isn't you. It's not that you're not hardworking, intelligent or deserving, but that you haven't yet installed the one key belief that will change everything: Everything is figureoutable. Whether you want to leave a dead-end job, heal a relationship, grow a business, master your money, or just find two free hours in your day, Everything is Figureoutable will train your brain to think more positively and help you break down any dream into manageable steps. Inside you'll learn: - How to deal with criticism and imposter syndrome - Why it's crucial that you strive for progress not perfection - How to bounce back from failure - How to overcome a lack of time and money You'll also hear triumphant stories of everyday people using the everything is figureoutable philosophy to transform their life. Everything is figureoutable is more than just a fun phrase to say. It's a practical, actionable discipline. And it's about to make you unstoppable! 'Smart, funny, and as brilliant as it is straightforward. LOVED it!' Brené Brown 'This book delivers a knockout punch to whatever is holding you back' Cheryl Strayed https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374980 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End is Always Near: Apocalyptic Moments from the Bronze Age Collapse to Nuclear Near Misses Author: Dan Carlin Narrator: Dan Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Do tough times create tougher people? Can humanity handle the power of its weapons without destroying itself? Will human technology ever peak or regress? And why, since the dawn of time, has it always seemed as though death and destruction are waiting just around the corner? Combining his trademark thrilling, expansive storytelling with rigorous history and thought experiment, Dan Carlin connects past with future to explore the tipping points of collapsing civilisations – from the plague to nuclear war. Looking across every brush with apocalypse, crisis and collapse, this book also weighs, knowing all we do about human patterns, whether our world is likely to become a ruin for future archaeologists to dig up and explore. FROM THE CREATOR OF THE AWARD-WINNING, 100+ MILLION DOWNLOAD PODCAST HARDCORE HISTORY Dan Carlin Tue, 29 Oct 2019 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374980 thebookvoice.com 7:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End is Always Near: Apocalyptic Moments from the Bronze Age Collapse to Nuclear Near Misses Author: Dan Carlin Narrator: Dan Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Do tough times create tougher people? Can humanity handle the power of its weapons without destroying itself? Will human technology ever peak or regress? And why, since the dawn of time, has it always seemed as though death and destruction are waiting just around the corner? Combining his trademark thrilling, expansive storytelling with rigorous history and thought experiment, Dan Carlin connects past with future to explore the tipping points of collapsing civilisations – from the plague to nuclear war. Looking across every brush with apocalypse, crisis and collapse, this book also weighs, knowing all we do about human patterns, whether our world is likely to become a ruin for future archaeologists to dig up and explore. FROM THE CREATOR OF THE AWARD-WINNING, 100+ MILLION DOWNLOAD PODCAST HARDCORE HISTORY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End is Always Near: Apocalyptic Moments from the Bronze Age Collapse to Nuclear Near Misses Author: Dan Carlin Narrator: Dan Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Do tough times create tougher people? Can humanity handle the power of its weapons without destroying itself? Will human technology ever peak or regress? And why, since the dawn of time, has it always seemed as though death and destruction are waiting just around the corner? Combining his trademark thrilling, expansive storytelling with rigorous history and thought experiment, Dan Carlin connects past with future to explore the tipping points of collapsing civilisations – from the plague to nuclear war. Looking across every brush with apocalypse, crisis and collapse, this book also weighs, knowing all we do about human patterns, whether our world is likely to become a ruin for future archaeologists to dig up and explore. FROM THE CREATOR OF THE AWARD-WINNING, 100+ MILLION DOWNLOAD PODCAST HARDCORE HISTORY https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374154 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374154]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fail: Everything I’ve Ever Learned From Things Going Wrong Author: Elizabeth Day Narrator: Elizabeth Day Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Inspired by her hugely popular podcast, How To Fail is Elizabeth Day’s brilliantly funny, painfully honest and insightful celebration of things going wrong. This is a book for anyone who has ever failed. Which means it’s a book for everyone. If I have learned one thing from this shockingly beautiful venture called life, it is this: failure has taught me lessons I would never otherwise have understood. I have evolved more as a result of things going wrong than when everything seemed to be going right. Out of crisis has come clarity, and sometimes even catharsis. Part memoir, part manifesto, and including chapters on dating, work, sport, babies, families, anger and friendship, it is based on the simple premise that understanding why we fail ultimately makes us stronger. It's a book about learning from our mistakes and about not being afraid. Uplifting, inspiring and rich in stories from Elizabeth’s own life, How to Fail reveals that failure is not what defines us; rather it is how we respond to it that shapes us as individuals. Because learning how to fail is actually learning how to succeed better. And everyone needs a bit of that. This audiobook includes an extra chapter, exclusively available in the audiobook, called ‘Everything I’ve Learned About Failure’. Elizabeth Day Mon, 25 Mar 2019 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374154 thebookvoice.com 10:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374154]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fail: Everything I’ve Ever Learned From Things Going Wrong Author: Elizabeth Day Narrator: Elizabeth Day Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Inspired by her hugely popular podcast, How To Fail is Elizabeth Day’s brilliantly funny, painfully honest and insightful celebration of things going wrong. This is a book for anyone who has ever failed. Which means it’s a book for everyone. If I have learned one thing from this shockingly beautiful venture called life, it is this: failure has taught me lessons I would never otherwise have understood. I have evolved more as a result of things going wrong than when everything seemed to be going right. Out of crisis has come clarity, and sometimes even catharsis. Part memoir, part manifesto, and including chapters on dating, work, sport, babies, families, anger and friendship, it is based on the simple premise that understanding why we fail ultimately makes us stronger. It's a book about learning from our mistakes and about not being afraid. Uplifting, inspiring and rich in stories from Elizabeth’s own life, How to Fail reveals that failure is not what defines us; rather it is how we respond to it that shapes us as individuals. Because learning how to fail is actually learning how to succeed better. And everyone needs a bit of that. This audiobook includes an extra chapter, exclusively available in the audiobook, called ‘Everything I’ve Learned About Failure’. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374154]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fail: Everything I’ve Ever Learned From Things Going Wrong Author: Elizabeth Day Narrator: Elizabeth Day Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Inspired by her hugely popular podcast, How To Fail is Elizabeth Day’s brilliantly funny, painfully honest and insightful celebration of things going wrong. This is a book for anyone who has ever failed. Which means it’s a book for everyone. If I have learned one thing from this shockingly beautiful venture called life, it is this: failure has taught me lessons I would never otherwise have understood. I have evolved more as a result of things going wrong than when everything seemed to be going right. Out of crisis has come clarity, and sometimes even catharsis. Part memoir, part manifesto, and including chapters on dating, work, sport, babies, families, anger and friendship, it is based on the simple premise that understanding why we fail ultimately makes us stronger. It's a book about learning from our mistakes and about not being afraid. Uplifting, inspiring and rich in stories from Elizabeth’s own life, How to Fail reveals that failure is not what defines us; rather it is how we respond to it that shapes us as individuals. Because learning how to fail is actually learning how to succeed better. And everyone needs a bit of that. This audiobook includes an extra chapter, exclusively available in the audiobook, called ‘Everything I’ve Learned About Failure’. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369284 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is Figureoutable Author: Marie Forleo Narrator: Marie Forleo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 80 Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 13 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER 'This book will change lives.' --Elizabeth Gilbert, author of Eat, Pray, Love From the host of the award-winning MarieTV and The Marie Forleo Podcast, an indispensable handbook for becoming the creative force of your own life. While most self-help books offer quick fixes, Everything is Figureoutable will retrain your brain to think more creatively and positively in the face of setbacks. In the words of Cheryl Strayed, it's 'a must-read for anyone who wants to face their fears, fulfill their dreams, and find a better way forward.' If you're having trouble solving a problem or reaching a dream, the problem isn't you. It's that you haven't yet installed the one belief that changes everything. Marie's mom once told her, 'Nothing in life is that complicated. You can do whatever you set your mind to if you roll up your sleeves. Everything is figureoutable.' Whether you want to leave a dead end job, break an addiction, learn to dance, heal a relationship, or grow a business, Everything is Figureoutable will show you how. You'll learn: - The habit that makes it 42% more likely you'll achieve your goals. - How to overcome a lack of time and money. - How to deal with criticism and imposter syndrome. It's more than just a fun phrase to say. It's a philosophy of relentless optimism. A mindset. A mantra. A conviction. Most important, it's about to make you unstoppable. Marie Forleo Tue, 10 Sep 2019 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369284 thebookvoice.com 7:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is Figureoutable Author: Marie Forleo Narrator: Marie Forleo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 80 Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 13 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER 'This book will change lives.' --Elizabeth Gilbert, author of Eat, Pray, Love From the host of the award-winning MarieTV and The Marie Forleo Podcast, an indispensable handbook for becoming the creative force of your own life. While most self-help books offer quick fixes, Everything is Figureoutable will retrain your brain to think more creatively and positively in the face of setbacks. In the words of Cheryl Strayed, it's 'a must-read for anyone who wants to face their fears, fulfill their dreams, and find a better way forward.' If you're having trouble solving a problem or reaching a dream, the problem isn't you. It's that you haven't yet installed the one belief that changes everything. Marie's mom once told her, 'Nothing in life is that complicated. You can do whatever you set your mind to if you roll up your sleeves. Everything is figureoutable.' Whether you want to leave a dead end job, break an addiction, learn to dance, heal a relationship, or grow a business, Everything is Figureoutable will show you how. You'll learn: - The habit that makes it 42% more likely you'll achieve your goals. - How to overcome a lack of time and money. - How to deal with criticism and imposter syndrome. It's more than just a fun phrase to say. It's a philosophy of relentless optimism. A mindset. A mantra. A conviction. Most important, it's about to make you unstoppable. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is Figureoutable Author: Marie Forleo Narrator: Marie Forleo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 80 Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 13 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER 'This book will change lives.' --Elizabeth Gilbert, author of Eat, Pray, Love From the host of the award-winning MarieTV and The Marie Forleo Podcast, an indispensable handbook for becoming the creative force of your own life. While most self-help books offer quick fixes, Everything is Figureoutable will retrain your brain to think more creatively and positively in the face of setbacks. In the words of Cheryl Strayed, it's 'a must-read for anyone who wants to face their fears, fulfill their dreams, and find a better way forward.' If you're having trouble solving a problem or reaching a dream, the problem isn't you. It's that you haven't yet installed the one belief that changes everything. Marie's mom once told her, 'Nothing in life is that complicated. You can do whatever you set your mind to if you roll up your sleeves. Everything is figureoutable.' Whether you want to leave a dead end job, break an addiction, learn to dance, heal a relationship, or grow a business, Everything is Figureoutable will show you how. You'll learn: - The habit that makes it 42% more likely you'll achieve your goals. - How to overcome a lack of time and money. - How to deal with criticism and imposter syndrome. It's more than just a fun phrase to say. It's a philosophy of relentless optimism. A mindset. A mantra. A conviction. Most important, it's about to make you unstoppable. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368637 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End is Always Near: Apocalyptic Moments, from the Bronze Age Collapse to Nuclear Near Misses Author: Dan Carlin Narrator: Dan Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 70 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The creator of the wildly popular award-winning podcast Hardcore History looks at some of the apocalyptic moments from the past as a way to frame the challenges of the future. Do tough times create tougher people? Can humanity handle the power of its weapons without destroying itself? Will human technology or capabilities ever peak or regress? No one knows the answers to such questions, but no one asks them in a more interesting way than Dan Carlin. In The End is Always Near, Dan Carlin looks at questions and historical events that force us to consider what sounds like fantasy; that we might suffer the same fate that all previous eras did. Will our world ever become a ruin for future archaeologists to dig up and explore? The questions themselves are both philosophical and like something out of The Twilight Zone. Combining his trademark mix of storytelling, history and weirdness Dan Carlin connects the past and future in fascinating and colorful ways. At the same time the questions he asks us to consider involve the most important issue imaginable: human survival. From the collapse of the Bronze Age to the challenges of the nuclear era the issue has hung over humanity like a persistent Sword of Damocles. Inspired by his podcast, The End is Always Near challenges the way we look at the past and ourselves. In this absorbing compendium, Carlin embarks on a whole new set of stories and major cliffhangers that will keep readers enthralled. Idiosyncratic and erudite, offbeat yet profound, The End is Always Near examines issues that are rarely presented, and makes the past immediately relevant to our very turbulent present. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Dan Carlin Tue, 29 Oct 2019 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368637 thebookvoice.com 7:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End is Always Near: Apocalyptic Moments, from the Bronze Age Collapse to Nuclear Near Misses Author: Dan Carlin Narrator: Dan Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 70 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The creator of the wildly popular award-winning podcast Hardcore History looks at some of the apocalyptic moments from the past as a way to frame the challenges of the future. Do tough times create tougher people? Can humanity handle the power of its weapons without destroying itself? Will human technology or capabilities ever peak or regress? No one knows the answers to such questions, but no one asks them in a more interesting way than Dan Carlin. In The End is Always Near, Dan Carlin looks at questions and historical events that force us to consider what sounds like fantasy; that we might suffer the same fate that all previous eras did. Will our world ever become a ruin for future archaeologists to dig up and explore? The questions themselves are both philosophical and like something out of The Twilight Zone. Combining his trademark mix of storytelling, history and weirdness Dan Carlin connects the past and future in fascinating and colorful ways. At the same time the questions he asks us to consider involve the most important issue imaginable: human survival. From the collapse of the Bronze Age to the challenges of the nuclear era the issue has hung over humanity like a persistent Sword of Damocles. Inspired by his podcast, The End is Always Near challenges the way we look at the past and ourselves. In this absorbing compendium, Carlin embarks on a whole new set of stories and major cliffhangers that will keep readers enthralled. Idiosyncratic and erudite, offbeat yet profound, The End is Always Near examines issues that are rarely presented, and makes the past immediately relevant to our very turbulent present. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End is Always Near: Apocalyptic Moments, from the Bronze Age Collapse to Nuclear Near Misses Author: Dan Carlin Narrator: Dan Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 70 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The creator of the wildly popular award-winning podcast Hardcore History looks at some of the apocalyptic moments from the past as a way to frame the challenges of the future. Do tough times create tougher people? Can humanity handle the power of its weapons without destroying itself? Will human technology or capabilities ever peak or regress? No one knows the answers to such questions, but no one asks them in a more interesting way than Dan Carlin. In The End is Always Near, Dan Carlin looks at questions and historical events that force us to consider what sounds like fantasy; that we might suffer the same fate that all previous eras did. Will our world ever become a ruin for future archaeologists to dig up and explore? The questions themselves are both philosophical and like something out of The Twilight Zone. Combining his trademark mix of storytelling, history and weirdness Dan Carlin connects the past and future in fascinating and colorful ways. At the same time the questions he asks us to consider involve the most important issue imaginable: human survival. From the collapse of the Bronze Age to the challenges of the nuclear era the issue has hung over humanity like a persistent Sword of Damocles. Inspired by his podcast, The End is Always Near challenges the way we look at the past and ourselves. In this absorbing compendium, Carlin embarks on a whole new set of stories and major cliffhangers that will keep readers enthralled. Idiosyncratic and erudite, offbeat yet profound, The End is Always Near examines issues that are rarely presented, and makes the past immediately relevant to our very turbulent present. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358329 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sawbones Book: The Horrifying, Hilarious Road to Modern Medicine Author: Dr. Sydnee Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Narrator: Dr. Sydnee Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 7 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A compelling, often hilarious and occasionally horrifying exploration of how modern medicine came to be! Wondering whether eating powdered mummies might be just the thing to cure your ills? Tempted by those vintage ads suggesting you wear radioactive underpants for virility? Ever considered drilling a hole in your head to deal with those pesky headaches? Probably not. But for thousands of years, people have done things like this—and things that make radioactive underpants seem downright sensible! In their hit podcast, Sawbones, Sydnee and Justin McElroy breakdown the weird and wonderful way we got to modern healthcare. And some of the terrifying detours along the way. Every week, Dr. Sydnee McElroy and her husband Justin amaze, amuse, and gross out (depending on the week) hundreds of thousands of avid listeners to their podcast, Sawbones. Consistently rated a top podcast on iTunes, with over 15 million total downloads, this rollicking journey through thousands of years of medical mishaps and miracles is not only hilarious but downright educational. While you may never even consider applying boiled weasel to your forehead (once the height of sophistication when it came to headache cures), you will almost certainly face some questionable medical advice in your everyday life (we’re looking at you, raw water!) and be better able to figure out if this is a miracle cure (it’s not) or a scam. Dr. Sydnee Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Tue, 13 Nov 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358329 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sawbones Book: The Horrifying, Hilarious Road to Modern Medicine Author: Dr. Sydnee Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Narrator: Dr. Sydnee Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 7 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A compelling, often hilarious and occasionally horrifying exploration of how modern medicine came to be! Wondering whether eating powdered mummies might be just the thing to cure your ills? Tempted by those vintage ads suggesting you wear radioactive underpants for virility? Ever considered drilling a hole in your head to deal with those pesky headaches? Probably not. But for thousands of years, people have done things like this—and things that make radioactive underpants seem downright sensible! In their hit podcast, Sawbones, Sydnee and Justin McElroy breakdown the weird and wonderful way we got to modern healthcare. And some of the terrifying detours along the way. Every week, Dr. Sydnee McElroy and her husband Justin amaze, amuse, and gross out (depending on the week) hundreds of thousands of avid listeners to their podcast, Sawbones. Consistently rated a top podcast on iTunes, with over 15 million total downloads, this rollicking journey through thousands of years of medical mishaps and miracles is not only hilarious but downright educational. While you may never even consider applying boiled weasel to your forehead (once the height of sophistication when it came to headache cures), you will almost certainly face some questionable medical advice in your everyday life (we’re looking at you, raw water!) and be better able to figure out if this is a miracle cure (it’s not) or a scam. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sawbones Book: The Horrifying, Hilarious Road to Modern Medicine Author: Dr. Sydnee Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Narrator: Dr. Sydnee Mcelroy, Justin Mcelroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 7 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A compelling, often hilarious and occasionally horrifying exploration of how modern medicine came to be! Wondering whether eating powdered mummies might be just the thing to cure your ills? Tempted by those vintage ads suggesting you wear radioactive underpants for virility? Ever considered drilling a hole in your head to deal with those pesky headaches? Probably not. But for thousands of years, people have done things like this—and things that make radioactive underpants seem downright sensible! In their hit podcast, Sawbones, Sydnee and Justin McElroy breakdown the weird and wonderful way we got to modern healthcare. And some of the terrifying detours along the way. Every week, Dr. Sydnee McElroy and her husband Justin amaze, amuse, and gross out (depending on the week) hundreds of thousands of avid listeners to their podcast, Sawbones. Consistently rated a top podcast on iTunes, with over 15 million total downloads, this rollicking journey through thousands of years of medical mishaps and miracles is not only hilarious but downright educational. While you may never even consider applying boiled weasel to your forehead (once the height of sophistication when it came to headache cures), you will almost certainly face some questionable medical advice in your everyday life (we’re looking at you, raw water!) and be better able to figure out if this is a miracle cure (it’s not) or a scam. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354921 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conviction: THE THRILLING NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Series: #1 of Anna and Fin Author: Denise Mina Narrator: Cathleen Mccarron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Conviction by Denise Mina, read by Cathleen McCarron. 'A twisting, darkly comic, thrill-a-minute ride across Europe. If you loved Killing Eve, you'll devour Conviction' Erin Kelly 'Denise Mina brilliantly manages to be funny, heart-wrenching, gut-punching and addictive all at once: a fabulous, captivating novel' Nicci French From 'the woman who may be Britain’s finest living crime novelist' (Daily Telegraph), Conviction stars a strong female protagonist who is obsessed by true crime podcasts and decides, one day, to investigate one of the unsolved crimes herself. It’s just a normal morning for Anna McDonald. Gym kits, packed lunches, getting everyone up and ready. Until she opens the front door to her best friend, Estelle. Anna turns to see her own husband at the top of the stairs, suitcase in hand. They’re leaving together and they’re taking Anna’s two daughters with them. Left alone in the big, dark house, Anna can’t think, she can’t take it in. With her safe, predictable world shattered, she distracts herself with a story: a true-crime podcast. There’s a sunken yacht in the Mediterranean, multiple murders and a hint of power and corruption. Then Anna realises she knew one of the victims in another life. She is convinced she knows what happened. Her past, so carefully hidden until now, will no longer stay silent. This is a murder she can’t ignore, and she throws herself into investigating the case. But little does she know, her past and present lives are about to collide, sending everything she has worked so hard to achieve into freefall. Conviction is the compelling and unique new thriller from multiple award-winner and author of THE LONG DROP, Denise Mina. Denise Mina Thu, 16 May 2019 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354921 thebookvoice.com 9:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conviction: THE THRILLING NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Series: #1 of Anna and Fin Author: Denise Mina Narrator: Cathleen Mccarron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Conviction by Denise Mina, read by Cathleen McCarron. 'A twisting, darkly comic, thrill-a-minute ride across Europe. If you loved Killing Eve, you'll devour Conviction' Erin Kelly 'Denise Mina brilliantly manages to be funny, heart-wrenching, gut-punching and addictive all at once: a fabulous, captivating novel' Nicci French From 'the woman who may be Britain’s finest living crime novelist' (Daily Telegraph), Conviction stars a strong female protagonist who is obsessed by true crime podcasts and decides, one day, to investigate one of the unsolved crimes herself. It’s just a normal morning for Anna McDonald. Gym kits, packed lunches, getting everyone up and ready. Until she opens the front door to her best friend, Estelle. Anna turns to see her own husband at the top of the stairs, suitcase in hand. They’re leaving together and they’re taking Anna’s two daughters with them. Left alone in the big, dark house, Anna can’t think, she can’t take it in. With her safe, predictable world shattered, she distracts herself with a story: a true-crime podcast. There’s a sunken yacht in the Mediterranean, multiple murders and a hint of power and corruption. Then Anna realises she knew one of the victims in another life. She is convinced she knows what happened. Her past, so carefully hidden until now, will no longer stay silent. This is a murder she can’t ignore, and she throws herself into investigating the case. But little does she know, her past and present lives are about to collide, sending everything she has worked so hard to achieve into freefall. Conviction is the compelling and unique new thriller from multiple award-winner and author of THE LONG DROP, Denise Mina. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conviction: THE THRILLING NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Series: #1 of Anna and Fin Author: Denise Mina Narrator: Cathleen Mccarron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Conviction by Denise Mina, read by Cathleen McCarron. 'A twisting, darkly comic, thrill-a-minute ride across Europe. If you loved Killing Eve, you'll devour Conviction' Erin Kelly 'Denise Mina brilliantly manages to be funny, heart-wrenching, gut-punching and addictive all at once: a fabulous, captivating novel' Nicci French From 'the woman who may be Britain’s finest living crime novelist' (Daily Telegraph), Conviction stars a strong female protagonist who is obsessed by true crime podcasts and decides, one day, to investigate one of the unsolved crimes herself. It’s just a normal morning for Anna McDonald. Gym kits, packed lunches, getting everyone up and ready. Until she opens the front door to her best friend, Estelle. Anna turns to see her own husband at the top of the stairs, suitcase in hand. They’re leaving together and they’re taking Anna’s two daughters with them. Left alone in the big, dark house, Anna can’t think, she can’t take it in. With her safe, predictable world shattered, she distracts herself with a story: a true-crime podcast. There’s a sunken yacht in the Mediterranean, multiple murders and a hint of power and corruption. Then Anna realises she knew one of the victims in another life. She is convinced she knows what happened. Her past, so carefully hidden until now, will no longer stay silent. This is a murder she can’t ignore, and she throws herself into investigating the case. But little does she know, her past and present lives are about to collide, sending everything she has worked so hard to achieve into freefall. Conviction is the compelling and unique new thriller from multiple award-winner and author of THE LONG DROP, Denise Mina. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350775 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is Marketing: You Can’t Be Seen Until You Learn To See Author: Seth Godin Narrator: Seth Godin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *Narrated by Seth Godin* #1 Wall Street Journal Bestseller & Instant New York Times Bestseller A game-changing approach to marketing, sales, and advertising. For the first time Seth Godin offers the core of his marketing wisdom in one compact, accessible, timeless package. This is Marketing shows you how to do work you're proud of, whether you're a tech startup founder, a small business owner, or part of a large corporation. No matter what your product or service, this audiobook will help you reframe how it's presented to the world, in order to meaningfully connect with people who want it. Seth employs his signature blend of insight, observation, and memorable examples to teach you: * How to build trust and permission with your target market. * The art of positioning--deciding not only who it's for, but who it's not for. * Why the best way to achieve your goals is to help others become who they want to be. * Why the old approaches to advertising and branding no longer work. * The surprising role of tension in any decision to buy (or not). * How marketing is at its core about the stories we tell ourselves about our social status. You can do work that matters for people who care. This audiobook shows you the way. 'This Is Marketing is a very accessible way into Godin's thinking.... Godin writes in pacy, jargon-free prose and this book is interesting and useful for anyone who wants an insight into how, and why, we buy things or change our habits in any way.' - The Financial Times If you enjoyed listening to this, check out Seth Godin's Purple Cow, a true business classic. © Seth Godin 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 Seth Godin Tue, 13 Nov 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350775 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is Marketing: You Can’t Be Seen Until You Learn To See Author: Seth Godin Narrator: Seth Godin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *Narrated by Seth Godin* #1 Wall Street Journal Bestseller & Instant New York Times Bestseller A game-changing approach to marketing, sales, and advertising. For the first time Seth Godin offers the core of his marketing wisdom in one compact, accessible, timeless package. This is Marketing shows you how to do work you're proud of, whether you're a tech startup founder, a small business owner, or part of a large corporation. No matter what your product or service, this audiobook will help you reframe how it's presented to the world, in order to meaningfully connect with people who want it. Seth employs his signature blend of insight, observation, and memorable examples to teach you: * How to build trust and permission with your target market. * The art of positioning--deciding not only who it's for, but who it's not for. * Why the best way to achieve your goals is to help others become who they want to be. * Why the old approaches to advertising and branding no longer work. * The surprising role of tension in any decision to buy (or not). * How marketing is at its core about the stories we tell ourselves about our social status. You can do work that matters for people who care. This audiobook shows you the way. 'This Is Marketing is a very accessible way into Godin's thinking.... Godin writes in pacy, jargon-free prose and this book is interesting and useful for anyone who wants an insight into how, and why, we buy things or change our habits in any way.' - The Financial Times If you enjoyed listening to this, check out Seth Godin's Purple Cow, a true business classic. © Seth Godin 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is Marketing: You Can’t Be Seen Until You Learn To See Author: Seth Godin Narrator: Seth Godin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *Narrated by Seth Godin* #1 Wall Street Journal Bestseller & Instant New York Times Bestseller A game-changing approach to marketing, sales, and advertising. For the first time Seth Godin offers the core of his marketing wisdom in one compact, accessible, timeless package. This is Marketing shows you how to do work you're proud of, whether you're a tech startup founder, a small business owner, or part of a large corporation. No matter what your product or service, this audiobook will help you reframe how it's presented to the world, in order to meaningfully connect with people who want it. Seth employs his signature blend of insight, observation, and memorable examples to teach you: * How to build trust and permission with your target market. * The art of positioning--deciding not only who it's for, but who it's not for. * Why the best way to achieve your goals is to help others become who they want to be. * Why the old approaches to advertising and branding no longer work. * The surprising role of tension in any decision to buy (or not). * How marketing is at its core about the stories we tell ourselves about our social status. You can do work that matters for people who care. This audiobook shows you the way. 'This Is Marketing is a very accessible way into Godin's thinking.... Godin writes in pacy, jargon-free prose and this book is interesting and useful for anyone who wants an insight into how, and why, we buy things or change our habits in any way.' - The Financial Times If you enjoyed listening to this, check out Seth Godin's Purple Cow, a true business classic. © Seth Godin 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350654 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Limetown: The Prequel to the #1 Podcast Author: Cote Smith Narrator: Jacques Roy, Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the creators of the #1 podcast Limetown, an explosive prequel about a teenager who learns of a mysterious research facility where more than three hundred people have disappeared—including her uncle—with clues that become the key to discovering the secrets of this strange town. On a seemingly ordinary day, seventeen-year-old Lia Haddock hears news that will change her life forever: three hundred men, women, and children living at a research facility in Limetown, Tennessee, have disappeared without a trace. Among the missing is Emile Haddock, Lia’s uncle. What happened to the people of Limetown? It’s all anyone can talk about. Except Lia’s parents, who refuse to discuss what might have happened there. They refuse, even, to discuss anything to do with Emile. As a student journalist, Lia begins an investigation that will take her far from her home, discovering clues about Emile’s past that lead to a shocking secret—one with unimaginable implications not only for the people of Limetown, but for Lia and her family. The only problem is…she’s not the only one looking for answers. Zack Akers and Skip Bronkie are first-rate storytellers, in every medium. Critics called their podcast Limetown “creepy and otherworldly” (The New York Times) and “endlessly fun” (Vox), and “readers will have a hard time putting this story down, even as it pulls them deeper into the rabbit hole that is Limetown” (Publishers Weekly). Working with Cote Smith, a PEN/Robert W. Bingham Prize Finalist, they’ve crafted an exhilarating mystery that asks big questions about what we owe to our families and what we owe to ourselves, about loss, discovery, and growth. Threaded throughout is Emile’s story—told in these pages for the first time ever. Cote Smith Tue, 13 Nov 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350654 thebookvoice.com 11:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Limetown: The Prequel to the #1 Podcast Author: Cote Smith Narrator: Jacques Roy, Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the creators of the #1 podcast Limetown, an explosive prequel about a teenager who learns of a mysterious research facility where more than three hundred people have disappeared—including her uncle—with clues that become the key to discovering the secrets of this strange town. On a seemingly ordinary day, seventeen-year-old Lia Haddock hears news that will change her life forever: three hundred men, women, and children living at a research facility in Limetown, Tennessee, have disappeared without a trace. Among the missing is Emile Haddock, Lia’s uncle. What happened to the people of Limetown? It’s all anyone can talk about. Except Lia’s parents, who refuse to discuss what might have happened there. They refuse, even, to discuss anything to do with Emile. As a student journalist, Lia begins an investigation that will take her far from her home, discovering clues about Emile’s past that lead to a shocking secret—one with unimaginable implications not only for the people of Limetown, but for Lia and her family. The only problem is…she’s not the only one looking for answers. Zack Akers and Skip Bronkie are first-rate storytellers, in every medium. Critics called their podcast Limetown “creepy and otherworldly” (The New York Times) and “endlessly fun” (Vox), and “readers will have a hard time putting this story down, even as it pulls them deeper into the rabbit hole that is Limetown” (Publishers Weekly). Working with Cote Smith, a PEN/Robert W. Bingham Prize Finalist, they’ve crafted an exhilarating mystery that asks big questions about what we owe to our families and what we owe to ourselves, about loss, discovery, and growth. Threaded throughout is Emile’s story—told in these pages for the first time ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Limetown: The Prequel to the #1 Podcast Author: Cote Smith Narrator: Jacques Roy, Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the creators of the #1 podcast Limetown, an explosive prequel about a teenager who learns of a mysterious research facility where more than three hundred people have disappeared—including her uncle—with clues that become the key to discovering the secrets of this strange town. On a seemingly ordinary day, seventeen-year-old Lia Haddock hears news that will change her life forever: three hundred men, women, and children living at a research facility in Limetown, Tennessee, have disappeared without a trace. Among the missing is Emile Haddock, Lia’s uncle. What happened to the people of Limetown? It’s all anyone can talk about. Except Lia’s parents, who refuse to discuss what might have happened there. They refuse, even, to discuss anything to do with Emile. As a student journalist, Lia begins an investigation that will take her far from her home, discovering clues about Emile’s past that lead to a shocking secret—one with unimaginable implications not only for the people of Limetown, but for Lia and her family. The only problem is…she’s not the only one looking for answers. Zack Akers and Skip Bronkie are first-rate storytellers, in every medium. Critics called their podcast Limetown “creepy and otherworldly” (The New York Times) and “endlessly fun” (Vox), and “readers will have a hard time putting this story down, even as it pulls them deeper into the rabbit hole that is Limetown” (Publishers Weekly). Working with Cote Smith, a PEN/Robert W. Bingham Prize Finalist, they’ve crafted an exhilarating mystery that asks big questions about what we owe to our families and what we owe to ourselves, about loss, discovery, and growth. Threaded throughout is Emile’s story—told in these pages for the first time ever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349042 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminasty: The Complicated Woman's Guide to Surviving the Patriarchy Without Drinking Herself to Death Author: Erin Gibson Narrator: Erin Gibson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the wickedly funny and feminist creator and host of the Throwing Shade podcast, a collection of hilarious personal essays and political commentary perfect for fans of Lindy West and Roxane Gay. Since women earned the right to vote a little under one hundred years ago, our progress hasn't been the Olympic sprint toward gender equality first wave feminists hoped for, but more of a slow, elderly mall walk (with frequent stops to Cinnabon) over the four hundred million hurdles we still face. Some of these obstacles are obvious-unequal pay, under-representation in government, reproductive restrictions, lack of floor-length mirrors in hotel rooms. But a lot of them are harder to identify. They're the white noise of oppression that we've accepted as lady business as usual, and the patriarchy wants to keep it that way. Erin Gibson has a singular goal-to create a utopian future where women are recognized as humans. In Feminasty -- titled after her nickname on the hit podcast 'Throwing Shade' -- she has written a collection of make-you-laugh-until-you-cry essays that expose the hidden rules that make life as a woman unnecessarily hard and deconstructs them in a way that's bold, provocative and hilarious. Whether it's shaming women for having their periods, allowing them into STEM fields but never treating them like they truly belong, or dictating strict rules for how they should dress in every situation, Erin breaks down the organized chaos of old fashioned sexism, intentional and otherwise, that systemically keeps women down. Erin Gibson Tue, 04 Sep 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349042 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminasty: The Complicated Woman's Guide to Surviving the Patriarchy Without Drinking Herself to Death Author: Erin Gibson Narrator: Erin Gibson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the wickedly funny and feminist creator and host of the Throwing Shade podcast, a collection of hilarious personal essays and political commentary perfect for fans of Lindy West and Roxane Gay. Since women earned the right to vote a little under one hundred years ago, our progress hasn't been the Olympic sprint toward gender equality first wave feminists hoped for, but more of a slow, elderly mall walk (with frequent stops to Cinnabon) over the four hundred million hurdles we still face. Some of these obstacles are obvious-unequal pay, under-representation in government, reproductive restrictions, lack of floor-length mirrors in hotel rooms. But a lot of them are harder to identify. They're the white noise of oppression that we've accepted as lady business as usual, and the patriarchy wants to keep it that way. Erin Gibson has a singular goal-to create a utopian future where women are recognized as humans. In Feminasty -- titled after her nickname on the hit podcast 'Throwing Shade' -- she has written a collection of make-you-laugh-until-you-cry essays that expose the hidden rules that make life as a woman unnecessarily hard and deconstructs them in a way that's bold, provocative and hilarious. Whether it's shaming women for having their periods, allowing them into STEM fields but never treating them like they truly belong, or dictating strict rules for how they should dress in every situation, Erin breaks down the organized chaos of old fashioned sexism, intentional and otherwise, that systemically keeps women down. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminasty: The Complicated Woman's Guide to Surviving the Patriarchy Without Drinking Herself to Death Author: Erin Gibson Narrator: Erin Gibson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the wickedly funny and feminist creator and host of the Throwing Shade podcast, a collection of hilarious personal essays and political commentary perfect for fans of Lindy West and Roxane Gay. Since women earned the right to vote a little under one hundred years ago, our progress hasn't been the Olympic sprint toward gender equality first wave feminists hoped for, but more of a slow, elderly mall walk (with frequent stops to Cinnabon) over the four hundred million hurdles we still face. Some of these obstacles are obvious-unequal pay, under-representation in government, reproductive restrictions, lack of floor-length mirrors in hotel rooms. But a lot of them are harder to identify. They're the white noise of oppression that we've accepted as lady business as usual, and the patriarchy wants to keep it that way. Erin Gibson has a singular goal-to create a utopian future where women are recognized as humans. In Feminasty -- titled after her nickname on the hit podcast 'Throwing Shade' -- she has written a collection of make-you-laugh-until-you-cry essays that expose the hidden rules that make life as a woman unnecessarily hard and deconstructs them in a way that's bold, provocative and hilarious. Whether it's shaming women for having their periods, allowing them into STEM fields but never treating them like they truly belong, or dictating strict rules for how they should dress in every situation, Erin breaks down the organized chaos of old fashioned sexism, intentional and otherwise, that systemically keeps women down. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348965 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirty John and Other True Stories of Outlaws and Outsiders Author: Christopher Goffard Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.91 of Total 11 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A collection of newspaper stories by award-winning Los Angeles Times reporter Christopher Goffard—including “Dirty John,” the basis for the hit podcast and the upcoming Bravo scripted series starring Connie Britton and Eric Bana. Since its release in fall 2017, the “Dirty John” podcast—about a conman who terrorizes a Southern California family—has been downloaded more than 20 million times, and will soon premiere as a scripted drama on Bravo starring Connie Britton and Eric Bana. The story, which also ran as a print series in the Los Angeles Times, wasn’t unfamiliar terrain to its writer, Christopher Goffard. Over two decades at newspapers from Florida to California, Goffard has reported probingly on the shadowy, unseen corners of society. This book gathers together for the first time “Dirty John” and the rest of his very best work. “The $40 Lawyer” provides an inside account of a young public defender’s rookie year in the legal trenches. “Framed” offers an unblinking chronicle of suburban mayhem (and is currently being developed by Netflix as a film starring Julia Roberts). A man wrongly imprisoned for rape, train-riding runaways in love, a Syrian mother forced to leave her children in order to save them, a boy who grows up to become a cop as a way of honoring his murdered sister, another boy who struggles with the knowledge that his father is on death row: these stories reveal the complexities of human nature, showing people at both their most courageous and their most flawed. Goffard shared in the Los Angeles Times’ Pulitzer Prize for Public Service in 2011 and has twice been a Pulitzer finalist for feature writing. This collection—a must-read for fans of both true-crime and first-rate narrative nonfiction—underscores his reputation as one of today’s most original journalistic voices. Christopher Goffard Tue, 13 Nov 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348965 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirty John and Other True Stories of Outlaws and Outsiders Author: Christopher Goffard Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.91 of Total 11 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A collection of newspaper stories by award-winning Los Angeles Times reporter Christopher Goffard—including “Dirty John,” the basis for the hit podcast and the upcoming Bravo scripted series starring Connie Britton and Eric Bana. Since its release in fall 2017, the “Dirty John” podcast—about a conman who terrorizes a Southern California family—has been downloaded more than 20 million times, and will soon premiere as a scripted drama on Bravo starring Connie Britton and Eric Bana. The story, which also ran as a print series in the Los Angeles Times, wasn’t unfamiliar terrain to its writer, Christopher Goffard. Over two decades at newspapers from Florida to California, Goffard has reported probingly on the shadowy, unseen corners of society. This book gathers together for the first time “Dirty John” and the rest of his very best work. “The $40 Lawyer” provides an inside account of a young public defender’s rookie year in the legal trenches. “Framed” offers an unblinking chronicle of suburban mayhem (and is currently being developed by Netflix as a film starring Julia Roberts). A man wrongly imprisoned for rape, train-riding runaways in love, a Syrian mother forced to leave her children in order to save them, a boy who grows up to become a cop as a way of honoring his murdered sister, another boy who struggles with the knowledge that his father is on death row: these stories reveal the complexities of human nature, showing people at both their most courageous and their most flawed. Goffard shared in the Los Angeles Times’ Pulitzer Prize for Public Service in 2011 and has twice been a Pulitzer finalist for feature writing. This collection—a must-read for fans of both true-crime and first-rate narrative nonfiction—underscores his reputation as one of today’s most original journalistic voices. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirty John and Other True Stories of Outlaws and Outsiders Author: Christopher Goffard Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.91 of Total 11 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A collection of newspaper stories by award-winning Los Angeles Times reporter Christopher Goffard—including “Dirty John,” the basis for the hit podcast and the upcoming Bravo scripted series starring Connie Britton and Eric Bana. Since its release in fall 2017, the “Dirty John” podcast—about a conman who terrorizes a Southern California family—has been downloaded more than 20 million times, and will soon premiere as a scripted drama on Bravo starring Connie Britton and Eric Bana. The story, which also ran as a print series in the Los Angeles Times, wasn’t unfamiliar terrain to its writer, Christopher Goffard. Over two decades at newspapers from Florida to California, Goffard has reported probingly on the shadowy, unseen corners of society. This book gathers together for the first time “Dirty John” and the rest of his very best work. “The $40 Lawyer” provides an inside account of a young public defender’s rookie year in the legal trenches. “Framed” offers an unblinking chronicle of suburban mayhem (and is currently being developed by Netflix as a film starring Julia Roberts). A man wrongly imprisoned for rape, train-riding runaways in love, a Syrian mother forced to leave her children in order to save them, a boy who grows up to become a cop as a way of honoring his murdered sister, another boy who struggles with the knowledge that his father is on death row: these stories reveal the complexities of human nature, showing people at both their most courageous and their most flawed. Goffard shared in the Los Angeles Times’ Pulitzer Prize for Public Service in 2011 and has twice been a Pulitzer finalist for feature writing. This collection—a must-read for fans of both true-crime and first-rate narrative nonfiction—underscores his reputation as one of today’s most original journalistic voices. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347592 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chapo Guide to Revolution: A Manifesto Against Logic, Facts, and Reason Author: Chapo Trap House Narrator: Virgil Texas, Will Menaker, Brendan James, Matt Christman, Felix Biederman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times bestseller “Howard Zinn on acid or some bullsh*t like that.” —Tim Heidecker The creators of the cult-hit podcast Chapo Trap House deliver a manifesto for everyone who feels orphaned and alienated—politically, culturally, and economically—by the lanyard-wearing Wall Street centrism of the left and the lizard-brained atavism of the right: there is a better way, the Chapo Way. In a guide that reads like “a weirder, smarter, and deliciously meaner version of The Daily Show’s 2004 America (The Book)” (Paste), Chapo Trap House shows you that you don’t have to side with either sinking ships. These self-described “assholes from the internet” offer a fully ironic ideology for all who feel politically hopeless and prefer broadsides and tirades to reasoned debate. Learn the “secret” history of the world, politics, media, and everything in-between that THEY don’t want you to know and chart a course from our wretched present to a utopian future where one can post in the morning, game in the afternoon, and podcast after dinner without ever becoming a poster, gamer, or podcaster. A book that’s “as intellectually serious and analytically original as it is irreverent and funny” (Glenn Greenwald, New York Times bestselling author of No Place to Hide) The Chapo Guide to Revolution features illustrated taxonomies of contemporary liberal and conservative characters, biographies of important thought leaders, “never before seen” drafts of Aaron Sorkin’s Newsroom manga, and the ten new laws that govern Chapo Year Zero (everyone gets a dog, billionaires are turned into Soylent, and logic is outlawed). If you’re a fan of sacred cows, prisoners being taken, and holds being barred, then this book is NOT for you. However, if you feel disenfranchised from the political and cultural nightmare we’re in, then Chapo, let’s go… Chapo Trap House Tue, 21 Aug 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347592 thebookvoice.com 7:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chapo Guide to Revolution: A Manifesto Against Logic, Facts, and Reason Author: Chapo Trap House Narrator: Virgil Texas, Will Menaker, Brendan James, Matt Christman, Felix Biederman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times bestseller “Howard Zinn on acid or some bullsh*t like that.” —Tim Heidecker The creators of the cult-hit podcast Chapo Trap House deliver a manifesto for everyone who feels orphaned and alienated—politically, culturally, and economically—by the lanyard-wearing Wall Street centrism of the left and the lizard-brained atavism of the right: there is a better way, the Chapo Way. In a guide that reads like “a weirder, smarter, and deliciously meaner version of The Daily Show’s 2004 America (The Book)” (Paste), Chapo Trap House shows you that you don’t have to side with either sinking ships. These self-described “assholes from the internet” offer a fully ironic ideology for all who feel politically hopeless and prefer broadsides and tirades to reasoned debate. Learn the “secret” history of the world, politics, media, and everything in-between that THEY don’t want you to know and chart a course from our wretched present to a utopian future where one can post in the morning, game in the afternoon, and podcast after dinner without ever becoming a poster, gamer, or podcaster. A book that’s “as intellectually serious and analytically original as it is irreverent and funny” (Glenn Greenwald, New York Times bestselling author of No Place to Hide) The Chapo Guide to Revolution features illustrated taxonomies of contemporary liberal and conservative characters, biographies of important thought leaders, “never before seen” drafts of Aaron Sorkin’s Newsroom manga, and the ten new laws that govern Chapo Year Zero (everyone gets a dog, billionaires are turned into Soylent, and logic is outlawed). If you’re a fan of sacred cows, prisoners being taken, and holds being barred, then this book is NOT for you. However, if you feel disenfranchised from the political and cultural nightmare we’re in, then Chapo, let’s go… Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chapo Guide to Revolution: A Manifesto Against Logic, Facts, and Reason Author: Chapo Trap House Narrator: Virgil Texas, Will Menaker, Brendan James, Matt Christman, Felix Biederman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times bestseller “Howard Zinn on acid or some bullsh*t like that.” —Tim Heidecker The creators of the cult-hit podcast Chapo Trap House deliver a manifesto for everyone who feels orphaned and alienated—politically, culturally, and economically—by the lanyard-wearing Wall Street centrism of the left and the lizard-brained atavism of the right: there is a better way, the Chapo Way. In a guide that reads like “a weirder, smarter, and deliciously meaner version of The Daily Show’s 2004 America (The Book)” (Paste), Chapo Trap House shows you that you don’t have to side with either sinking ships. These self-described “assholes from the internet” offer a fully ironic ideology for all who feel politically hopeless and prefer broadsides and tirades to reasoned debate. Learn the “secret” history of the world, politics, media, and everything in-between that THEY don’t want you to know and chart a course from our wretched present to a utopian future where one can post in the morning, game in the afternoon, and podcast after dinner without ever becoming a poster, gamer, or podcaster. A book that’s “as intellectually serious and analytically original as it is irreverent and funny” (Glenn Greenwald, New York Times bestselling author of No Place to Hide) The Chapo Guide to Revolution features illustrated taxonomies of contemporary liberal and conservative characters, biographies of important thought leaders, “never before seen” drafts of Aaron Sorkin’s Newsroom manga, and the ten new laws that govern Chapo Year Zero (everyone gets a dog, billionaires are turned into Soylent, and logic is outlawed). If you’re a fan of sacred cows, prisoners being taken, and holds being barred, then this book is NOT for you. However, if you feel disenfranchised from the political and cultural nightmare we’re in, then Chapo, let’s go… https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345353 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seduction: Sex, Lies, and Stardom in Howard Hughes's Hollywood Author: Karina Longworth Narrator: Karina Longworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In this riveting popular history, the creator of You Must Remember This probes the inner workings of Hollywood’s glamorous golden age through the stories of some of the dozens of actresses pursued by Howard Hughes, to reveal how the millionaire mogul’s obsessions with sex, power and publicity trapped, abused, or benefitted women who dreamt of screen stardom. In recent months, the media has reported on scores of entertainment figures who used their power and money in Hollywood to sexually harass and coerce some of the most talented women in cinema and television. But as Karina Longworth reminds us, long before the Harvey Weinsteins there was Howard Hughes—the Texas millionaire, pilot, and filmmaker whose reputation as a cinematic provocateur was matched only by that as a prolific womanizer. His supposed conquests between his first divorce in the late 1920s and his marriage to actress Jean Peters in 1957 included many of Hollywood’s most famous actresses, among them Billie Dove, Katharine Hepburn, Ava Gardner, and Lana Turner. From promoting bombshells like Jean Harlow and Jane Russell to his contentious battles with the censors, Hughes—perhaps more than any other filmmaker of his era—commoditized male desire as he objectified and sexualized women. Yet there were also numerous women pulled into Hughes’s grasp who never made it to the screen, sometimes virtually imprisoned by an increasingly paranoid and disturbed Hughes, who retained multitudes of private investigators, security personnel, and informers to make certain these actresses would not escape his clutches. Vivid, perceptive, timely, and ridiculously entertaining, The Seducer is a landmark work that examines women, sex, and male power in Hollywood during its golden age—a legacy that endures nearly a century later. Karina Longworth Tue, 13 Nov 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345353 thebookvoice.com 20:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seduction: Sex, Lies, and Stardom in Howard Hughes's Hollywood Author: Karina Longworth Narrator: Karina Longworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In this riveting popular history, the creator of You Must Remember This probes the inner workings of Hollywood’s glamorous golden age through the stories of some of the dozens of actresses pursued by Howard Hughes, to reveal how the millionaire mogul’s obsessions with sex, power and publicity trapped, abused, or benefitted women who dreamt of screen stardom. In recent months, the media has reported on scores of entertainment figures who used their power and money in Hollywood to sexually harass and coerce some of the most talented women in cinema and television. But as Karina Longworth reminds us, long before the Harvey Weinsteins there was Howard Hughes—the Texas millionaire, pilot, and filmmaker whose reputation as a cinematic provocateur was matched only by that as a prolific womanizer. His supposed conquests between his first divorce in the late 1920s and his marriage to actress Jean Peters in 1957 included many of Hollywood’s most famous actresses, among them Billie Dove, Katharine Hepburn, Ava Gardner, and Lana Turner. From promoting bombshells like Jean Harlow and Jane Russell to his contentious battles with the censors, Hughes—perhaps more than any other filmmaker of his era—commoditized male desire as he objectified and sexualized women. Yet there were also numerous women pulled into Hughes’s grasp who never made it to the screen, sometimes virtually imprisoned by an increasingly paranoid and disturbed Hughes, who retained multitudes of private investigators, security personnel, and informers to make certain these actresses would not escape his clutches. Vivid, perceptive, timely, and ridiculously entertaining, The Seducer is a landmark work that examines women, sex, and male power in Hollywood during its golden age—a legacy that endures nearly a century later. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seduction: Sex, Lies, and Stardom in Howard Hughes's Hollywood Author: Karina Longworth Narrator: Karina Longworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In this riveting popular history, the creator of You Must Remember This probes the inner workings of Hollywood’s glamorous golden age through the stories of some of the dozens of actresses pursued by Howard Hughes, to reveal how the millionaire mogul’s obsessions with sex, power and publicity trapped, abused, or benefitted women who dreamt of screen stardom. In recent months, the media has reported on scores of entertainment figures who used their power and money in Hollywood to sexually harass and coerce some of the most talented women in cinema and television. But as Karina Longworth reminds us, long before the Harvey Weinsteins there was Howard Hughes—the Texas millionaire, pilot, and filmmaker whose reputation as a cinematic provocateur was matched only by that as a prolific womanizer. His supposed conquests between his first divorce in the late 1920s and his marriage to actress Jean Peters in 1957 included many of Hollywood’s most famous actresses, among them Billie Dove, Katharine Hepburn, Ava Gardner, and Lana Turner. From promoting bombshells like Jean Harlow and Jane Russell to his contentious battles with the censors, Hughes—perhaps more than any other filmmaker of his era—commoditized male desire as he objectified and sexualized women. Yet there were also numerous women pulled into Hughes’s grasp who never made it to the screen, sometimes virtually imprisoned by an increasingly paranoid and disturbed Hughes, who retained multitudes of private investigators, security personnel, and informers to make certain these actresses would not escape his clutches. Vivid, perceptive, timely, and ridiculously entertaining, The Seducer is a landmark work that examines women, sex, and male power in Hollywood during its golden age—a legacy that endures nearly a century later. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344711 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sadie: A Novel Author: Courtney Summers Narrator: Dan Bittner, Rebecca Soler, Gabra Zackman, Fred Berman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.01 of Total 68 Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 14 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: *Winner of the 2019 Odyssey Award**Winner of the 2019 Audie Award for Young Adult Audiobook* 'Courtney Summers's powerful story of love, neglect, abuse, and revenge is narrated with irresistible urgency by Rebecca Soler and Dan Bittner, along with an ensemble of supporting narrators...this is a production that will not be forgotten' — AudioFile Magazine, Earphones Award Winner An innovative audiobook production featuring more than thirty voices, Sadie explores the depth of a sister's love — poised to be the next story listeners won't be able to pause. A missing girl on a journey of revenge and a Serial—like podcast following the clues she's left behind. Sadie hasn't had an easy life. Growing up on her own, she's been raising her sister Mattie in an isolated small town, trying her best to provide a normal life and keep their heads above water. But when Mattie is found dead, Sadie's entire world crumbles. After a somewhat botched police investigation, Sadie is determined to bring her sister's killer to justice and hits the road following a few meager clues to find him. When West McCray—a radio personality working on a segment about small, forgotten towns in America—overhears Sadie's story at a local gas station, he becomes obsessed with finding the missing girl. He starts his own podcast as he tracks Sadie's journey, trying to figure out what happened, hoping to find her before it's too late. Courtney Summers' Sadie is propulsive and harrowing and will keep listeners riveted until the last chapter. More praise for Sadie: 'An electrifying thriller, taut as a bowstring. A coming-of-age tale, both gritty and sensitive. A poignant drama of love and loss. This -- all this -- is Sadie: a novel for readers of any age, and a character as indelible as a scar. Flat-out dazzling.' — A.J. Finn, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Woman in the Window 'A haunting, gut-wrenching, and relentlessly compelling read. Sadie grabs you and won't let you go until you've borne witness.' — Veronica Roth, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Carve the Mark and The Divergent series Courtney Summers Tue, 04 Sep 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344711 thebookvoice.com 8:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sadie: A Novel Author: Courtney Summers Narrator: Dan Bittner, Rebecca Soler, Gabra Zackman, Fred Berman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.01 of Total 68 Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 14 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: *Winner of the 2019 Odyssey Award**Winner of the 2019 Audie Award for Young Adult Audiobook* 'Courtney Summers's powerful story of love, neglect, abuse, and revenge is narrated with irresistible urgency by Rebecca Soler and Dan Bittner, along with an ensemble of supporting narrators...this is a production that will not be forgotten' — AudioFile Magazine, Earphones Award Winner An innovative audiobook production featuring more than thirty voices, Sadie explores the depth of a sister's love — poised to be the next story listeners won't be able to pause. A missing girl on a journey of revenge and a Serial—like podcast following the clues she's left behind. Sadie hasn't had an easy life. Growing up on her own, she's been raising her sister Mattie in an isolated small town, trying her best to provide a normal life and keep their heads above water. But when Mattie is found dead, Sadie's entire world crumbles. After a somewhat botched police investigation, Sadie is determined to bring her sister's killer to justice and hits the road following a few meager clues to find him. When West McCray—a radio personality working on a segment about small, forgotten towns in America—overhears Sadie's story at a local gas station, he becomes obsessed with finding the missing girl. He starts his own podcast as he tracks Sadie's journey, trying to figure out what happened, hoping to find her before it's too late. Courtney Summers' Sadie is propulsive and harrowing and will keep listeners riveted until the last chapter. More praise for Sadie: 'An electrifying thriller, taut as a bowstring. A coming-of-age tale, both gritty and sensitive. A poignant drama of love and loss. This -- all this -- is Sadie: a novel for readers of any age, and a character as indelible as a scar. Flat-out dazzling.' — A.J. Finn, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Woman in the Window 'A haunting, gut-wrenching, and relentlessly compelling read. Sadie grabs you and won't let you go until you've borne witness.' — Veronica Roth, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Carve the Mark and The Divergent series Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sadie: A Novel Author: Courtney Summers Narrator: Dan Bittner, Rebecca Soler, Gabra Zackman, Fred Berman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.01 of Total 68 Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 14 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: *Winner of the 2019 Odyssey Award**Winner of the 2019 Audie Award for Young Adult Audiobook* 'Courtney Summers's powerful story of love, neglect, abuse, and revenge is narrated with irresistible urgency by Rebecca Soler and Dan Bittner, along with an ensemble of supporting narrators...this is a production that will not be forgotten' — AudioFile Magazine, Earphones Award Winner An innovative audiobook production featuring more than thirty voices, Sadie explores the depth of a sister's love — poised to be the next story listeners won't be able to pause. A missing girl on a journey of revenge and a Serial—like podcast following the clues she's left behind. Sadie hasn't had an easy life. Growing up on her own, she's been raising her sister Mattie in an isolated small town, trying her best to provide a normal life and keep their heads above water. But when Mattie is found dead, Sadie's entire world crumbles. After a somewhat botched police investigation, Sadie is determined to bring her sister's killer to justice and hits the road following a few meager clues to find him. When West McCray—a radio personality working on a segment about small, forgotten towns in America—overhears Sadie's story at a local gas station, he becomes obsessed with finding the missing girl. He starts his own podcast as he tracks Sadie's journey, trying to figure out what happened, hoping to find her before it's too late. Courtney Summers' Sadie is propulsive and harrowing and will keep listeners riveted until the last chapter. More praise for Sadie: 'An electrifying thriller, taut as a bowstring. A coming-of-age tale, both gritty and sensitive. A poignant drama of love and loss. This -- all this -- is Sadie: a novel for readers of any age, and a character as indelible as a scar. Flat-out dazzling.' — A.J. Finn, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Woman in the Window 'A haunting, gut-wrenching, and relentlessly compelling read. Sadie grabs you and won't let you go until you've borne witness.' — Veronica Roth, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Carve the Mark and The Divergent series https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344125 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl, Stop Apologizing: A Shame-Free Plan for Embracing and Achieving Your Goals Author: Rachel Hollis Narrator: Rachel Hollis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 897 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 145 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Rachel Hollis points out the pitfalls, challenges, and excuses that stop us from achieving our aspirations. Rachel Hollis has seen it too often: Women not living into their full potential. They feel a tugging on their hearts for something more, but they’re afraid of embarrassment, of falling short of perfection, of not being enough. In Girl, Stop Apologizing, #1 New York Times bestselling author and founder of a multimillion-dollar media company Rachel Hollis sounds a wake-up call. She knows that many women have been taught to define themselves in light of other people—whether as wife, mother, daughter, or employee—instead of learning how to own who they are and what they want. In this book, Hollis helps you to: - identify the excuses to let go of, - the behaviors to adopt, - And the skills to acquire on the path to growth, confidence, and believing in yourself. Hollis shares stories and principles with raw honesty that inspires her readers to discover and take the practical steps that will put them on a lifelong path of personal growth. Girl, Stop Apologizing is the life- changing guide you need to dump your excuses, embrace your dreams, set boundaries, and gain real confidence in life. Rachel Hollis Tue, 05 Mar 2019 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344125 thebookvoice.com 7:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl, Stop Apologizing: A Shame-Free Plan for Embracing and Achieving Your Goals Author: Rachel Hollis Narrator: Rachel Hollis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 897 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 145 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Rachel Hollis points out the pitfalls, challenges, and excuses that stop us from achieving our aspirations. Rachel Hollis has seen it too often: Women not living into their full potential. They feel a tugging on their hearts for something more, but they’re afraid of embarrassment, of falling short of perfection, of not being enough. In Girl, Stop Apologizing, #1 New York Times bestselling author and founder of a multimillion-dollar media company Rachel Hollis sounds a wake-up call. She knows that many women have been taught to define themselves in light of other people—whether as wife, mother, daughter, or employee—instead of learning how to own who they are and what they want. In this book, Hollis helps you to: - identify the excuses to let go of, - the behaviors to adopt, - And the skills to acquire on the path to growth, confidence, and believing in yourself. Hollis shares stories and principles with raw honesty that inspires her readers to discover and take the practical steps that will put them on a lifelong path of personal growth. Girl, Stop Apologizing is the life- changing guide you need to dump your excuses, embrace your dreams, set boundaries, and gain real confidence in life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl, Stop Apologizing: A Shame-Free Plan for Embracing and Achieving Your Goals Author: Rachel Hollis Narrator: Rachel Hollis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 897 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 145 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Rachel Hollis points out the pitfalls, challenges, and excuses that stop us from achieving our aspirations. Rachel Hollis has seen it too often: Women not living into their full potential. They feel a tugging on their hearts for something more, but they’re afraid of embarrassment, of falling short of perfection, of not being enough. In Girl, Stop Apologizing, #1 New York Times bestselling author and founder of a multimillion-dollar media company Rachel Hollis sounds a wake-up call. She knows that many women have been taught to define themselves in light of other people—whether as wife, mother, daughter, or employee—instead of learning how to own who they are and what they want. In this book, Hollis helps you to: - identify the excuses to let go of, - the behaviors to adopt, - And the skills to acquire on the path to growth, confidence, and believing in yourself. Hollis shares stories and principles with raw honesty that inspires her readers to discover and take the practical steps that will put them on a lifelong path of personal growth. Girl, Stop Apologizing is the life- changing guide you need to dump your excuses, embrace your dreams, set boundaries, and gain real confidence in life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343865 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything's Trash, But It's Okay Author: Phoebe Robinson Narrator: Phoebe Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.87 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: DON’T MISS PHOEBE ROBINSON’S COMEDY SERIES EVERYTHING’S TRASH—NOW ON FREEFORM! New York Times bestselling author and star of 2 Dope Queens Phoebe Robinson is back with a new, hilarious, and timely essay collection on gender, race, dating, and the dumpster fire that is our world. Wouldn't it be great if life came with instructions? Of course, but like access to Michael B. Jordan's house, none of us are getting any. Thankfully, Phoebe Robinson is ready to share everything she has experienced to prove that if you can laugh at her topsy-turvy life, you can laugh at your own. Written in her trademark unfiltered and witty style, Robinson's latest collection is a call to arms. Outfitted with on-point pop culture references, these essays tackle a wide range of topics: giving feminism a tough-love talk on intersectionality, telling society's beauty standards to kick rocks, and calling foul on our culture's obsession with work. Robinson also gets personal, exploring money problems she's hidden from her parents, how dating is mainly a warmed-over bowl of hot mess, and definitely most important, meeting Bono not once, but twice. She's struggled with being a woman with a political mind and a woman with an ever-changing jeans size. She knows about trash because she sees it every day--and because she's seen roughly one hundred thousand hours of reality TV and zero hours of Schindler's List. With the intimate voice of a new best friend, Everything's Trash, But It's Okay is a candid perspective for a generation that has had the rug pulled out from under it too many times to count. Phoebe Robinson Tue, 16 Oct 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343865 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything's Trash, But It's Okay Author: Phoebe Robinson Narrator: Phoebe Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.87 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: DON’T MISS PHOEBE ROBINSON’S COMEDY SERIES EVERYTHING’S TRASH—NOW ON FREEFORM! New York Times bestselling author and star of 2 Dope Queens Phoebe Robinson is back with a new, hilarious, and timely essay collection on gender, race, dating, and the dumpster fire that is our world. Wouldn't it be great if life came with instructions? Of course, but like access to Michael B. Jordan's house, none of us are getting any. Thankfully, Phoebe Robinson is ready to share everything she has experienced to prove that if you can laugh at her topsy-turvy life, you can laugh at your own. Written in her trademark unfiltered and witty style, Robinson's latest collection is a call to arms. Outfitted with on-point pop culture references, these essays tackle a wide range of topics: giving feminism a tough-love talk on intersectionality, telling society's beauty standards to kick rocks, and calling foul on our culture's obsession with work. Robinson also gets personal, exploring money problems she's hidden from her parents, how dating is mainly a warmed-over bowl of hot mess, and definitely most important, meeting Bono not once, but twice. She's struggled with being a woman with a political mind and a woman with an ever-changing jeans size. She knows about trash because she sees it every day--and because she's seen roughly one hundred thousand hours of reality TV and zero hours of Schindler's List. With the intimate voice of a new best friend, Everything's Trash, But It's Okay is a candid perspective for a generation that has had the rug pulled out from under it too many times to count. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything's Trash, But It's Okay Author: Phoebe Robinson Narrator: Phoebe Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.87 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: DON’T MISS PHOEBE ROBINSON’S COMEDY SERIES EVERYTHING’S TRASH—NOW ON FREEFORM! New York Times bestselling author and star of 2 Dope Queens Phoebe Robinson is back with a new, hilarious, and timely essay collection on gender, race, dating, and the dumpster fire that is our world. Wouldn't it be great if life came with instructions? Of course, but like access to Michael B. Jordan's house, none of us are getting any. Thankfully, Phoebe Robinson is ready to share everything she has experienced to prove that if you can laugh at her topsy-turvy life, you can laugh at your own. Written in her trademark unfiltered and witty style, Robinson's latest collection is a call to arms. Outfitted with on-point pop culture references, these essays tackle a wide range of topics: giving feminism a tough-love talk on intersectionality, telling society's beauty standards to kick rocks, and calling foul on our culture's obsession with work. Robinson also gets personal, exploring money problems she's hidden from her parents, how dating is mainly a warmed-over bowl of hot mess, and definitely most important, meeting Bono not once, but twice. She's struggled with being a woman with a political mind and a woman with an ever-changing jeans size. She knows about trash because she sees it every day--and because she's seen roughly one hundred thousand hours of reality TV and zero hours of Schindler's List. With the intimate voice of a new best friend, Everything's Trash, But It's Okay is a candid perspective for a generation that has had the rug pulled out from under it too many times to count. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Other Side of Freedom: The Case for Hope Author: Deray Mckesson Narrator: Deray Mckesson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: 'On the Other Side of Freedom reveals the mind and motivations of a young man who has risen to the fore of millennial activism through study, discipline, and conviction. His belief in a world that can be made better, one act at a time, powers his narratives and opens up a view on the costs, consequences, and rewards of leading a movement.'--Henry Louis Gates, Jr. Named one of the best books of the year by NPR and Esquire Finalist for the Lambda Literary Award From the internationally recognized civil rights activist/organizer and host of the podcast Pod Save the People, a meditation on resistance, justice, and freedom, and an intimate portrait of a movement from the front lines. In August 2014, twenty-nine-year-old activist DeRay Mckesson stood with hundreds of others on the streets of Ferguson, Missouri, to push a message of justice and accountability. These protests, and others like them in cities across the country, resulted in the birth of the Black Lives Matter movement. Now, in his first book, Mckesson lays down the intellectual, pragmatic, and political framework for a new liberation movement. Continuing a conversation about activism, resistance, and justice that embraces our nation's complex history, he dissects how deliberate oppression persists, how racial injustice strips our lives of promise, and how technology has added a new dimension to mass action and social change. He argues that our best efforts to combat injustice have been stunted by the belief that racism's wounds are history, and suggests that intellectual purity has curtailed optimistic realism. The book offers a new framework and language for understanding the nature of oppression. With it, we can begin charting a course to dismantle the obvious and subtle structures that limit freedom. Honest, courageous, and imaginative, On the Other Side of Freedom is a work brimming with hope. Drawing from his own experiences as an activist, organizer, educator, and public official, Mckesson exhorts all Americans to work to dismantle the legacy of racism and to imagine the best of what is possible. Honoring the voices of a new generation of activists, On the Other Side of Freedom is a visionary's call to take responsibility for imagining, and then building, the world we want to live in. Deray Mckesson Tue, 04 Sep 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854 thebookvoice.com 3:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Other Side of Freedom: The Case for Hope Author: Deray Mckesson Narrator: Deray Mckesson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: 'On the Other Side of Freedom reveals the mind and motivations of a young man who has risen to the fore of millennial activism through study, discipline, and conviction. His belief in a world that can be made better, one act at a time, powers his narratives and opens up a view on the costs, consequences, and rewards of leading a movement.'--Henry Louis Gates, Jr. Named one of the best books of the year by NPR and Esquire Finalist for the Lambda Literary Award From the internationally recognized civil rights activist/organizer and host of the podcast Pod Save the People, a meditation on resistance, justice, and freedom, and an intimate portrait of a movement from the front lines. In August 2014, twenty-nine-year-old activist DeRay Mckesson stood with hundreds of others on the streets of Ferguson, Missouri, to push a message of justice and accountability. These protests, and others like them in cities across the country, resulted in the birth of the Black Lives Matter movement. Now, in his first book, Mckesson lays down the intellectual, pragmatic, and political framework for a new liberation movement. Continuing a conversation about activism, resistance, and justice that embraces our nation's complex history, he dissects how deliberate oppression persists, how racial injustice strips our lives of promise, and how technology has added a new dimension to mass action and social change. He argues that our best efforts to combat injustice have been stunted by the belief that racism's wounds are history, and suggests that intellectual purity has curtailed optimistic realism. The book offers a new framework and language for understanding the nature of oppression. With it, we can begin charting a course to dismantle the obvious and subtle structures that limit freedom. Honest, courageous, and imaginative, On the Other Side of Freedom is a work brimming with hope. Drawing from his own experiences as an activist, organizer, educator, and public official, Mckesson exhorts all Americans to work to dismantle the legacy of racism and to imagine the best of what is possible. Honoring the voices of a new generation of activists, On the Other Side of Freedom is a visionary's call to take responsibility for imagining, and then building, the world we want to live in. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Other Side of Freedom: The Case for Hope Author: Deray Mckesson Narrator: Deray Mckesson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: 'On the Other Side of Freedom reveals the mind and motivations of a young man who has risen to the fore of millennial activism through study, discipline, and conviction. His belief in a world that can be made better, one act at a time, powers his narratives and opens up a view on the costs, consequences, and rewards of leading a movement.'--Henry Louis Gates, Jr. Named one of the best books of the year by NPR and Esquire Finalist for the Lambda Literary Award From the internationally recognized civil rights activist/organizer and host of the podcast Pod Save the People, a meditation on resistance, justice, and freedom, and an intimate portrait of a movement from the front lines. In August 2014, twenty-nine-year-old activist DeRay Mckesson stood with hundreds of others on the streets of Ferguson, Missouri, to push a message of justice and accountability. These protests, and others like them in cities across the country, resulted in the birth of the Black Lives Matter movement. Now, in his first book, Mckesson lays down the intellectual, pragmatic, and political framework for a new liberation movement. Continuing a conversation about activism, resistance, and justice that embraces our nation's complex history, he dissects how deliberate oppression persists, how racial injustice strips our lives of promise, and how technology has added a new dimension to mass action and social change. He argues that our best efforts to combat injustice have been stunted by the belief that racism's wounds are history, and suggests that intellectual purity has curtailed optimistic realism. The book offers a new framework and language for understanding the nature of oppression. With it, we can begin charting a course to dismantle the obvious and subtle structures that limit freedom. Honest, courageous, and imaginative, On the Other Side of Freedom is a work brimming with hope. Drawing from his own experiences as an activist, organizer, educator, and public official, Mckesson exhorts all Americans to work to dismantle the legacy of racism and to imagine the best of what is possible. Honoring the voices of a new generation of activists, On the Other Side of Freedom is a visionary's call to take responsibility for imagining, and then building, the world we want to live in. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343355 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343355]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Marketing: You Can't Be Seen Until You Learn to See Author: Seth Godin Narrator: Seth Godin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 83 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 Wall Street Journal Bestseller Instant New York Times Bestseller A game-changing approach to marketing, sales, and advertising.  Seth Godin has taught and inspired millions of entrepreneurs, marketers, leaders, and fans from all walks of life, via his blog, online courses, lectures, and bestselling books. He is the inventor of countless ideas that have made their way into mainstream business language, from Permission Marketing to Purple Cow to Tribes to The Dip. Now, for the first time, Godin offers the core of his marketing wisdom in one compact, accessible, timeless package. This is Marketing shows you how to do work you're proud of, whether you're a tech startup founder, a small business owner, or part of a large corporation. Great marketers don't use consumers to solve their company's problem; they use marketing to solve other people's problems. Their tactics rely on empathy, connection, and emotional labor instead of attention-stealing ads and spammy email funnels.  No matter what your product or service, this book will help you reframe how it's presented to the world, in order to meaningfully connect with people who want it. Seth employs his signature blend of insight, observation, and memorable examples to teach you: * How to build trust and permission with your target market. * The art of positioning--deciding not only who it's for, but who it's not for. * Why the best way to achieve your goals is to help others become who they want to be. * Why the old approaches to advertising and branding no longer work.   * The surprising role of tension in any decision to buy (or not). * How marketing is at its core about the stories we tell ourselves about our social status. You can do work that matters for people who care. This book shows you the way. Seth Godin Tue, 13 Nov 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343355 thebookvoice.com 7:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343355]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Marketing: You Can't Be Seen Until You Learn to See Author: Seth Godin Narrator: Seth Godin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 83 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 Wall Street Journal Bestseller Instant New York Times Bestseller A game-changing approach to marketing, sales, and advertising.  Seth Godin has taught and inspired millions of entrepreneurs, marketers, leaders, and fans from all walks of life, via his blog, online courses, lectures, and bestselling books. He is the inventor of countless ideas that have made their way into mainstream business language, from Permission Marketing to Purple Cow to Tribes to The Dip. Now, for the first time, Godin offers the core of his marketing wisdom in one compact, accessible, timeless package. This is Marketing shows you how to do work you're proud of, whether you're a tech startup founder, a small business owner, or part of a large corporation. Great marketers don't use consumers to solve their company's problem; they use marketing to solve other people's problems. Their tactics rely on empathy, connection, and emotional labor instead of attention-stealing ads and spammy email funnels.  No matter what your product or service, this book will help you reframe how it's presented to the world, in order to meaningfully connect with people who want it. Seth employs his signature blend of insight, observation, and memorable examples to teach you: * How to build trust and permission with your target market. * The art of positioning--deciding not only who it's for, but who it's not for. * Why the best way to achieve your goals is to help others become who they want to be. * Why the old approaches to advertising and branding no longer work.   * The surprising role of tension in any decision to buy (or not). * How marketing is at its core about the stories we tell ourselves about our social status. You can do work that matters for people who care. This book shows you the way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343355]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is Marketing: You Can't Be Seen Until You Learn to See Author: Seth Godin Narrator: Seth Godin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 83 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 Wall Street Journal Bestseller Instant New York Times Bestseller A game-changing approach to marketing, sales, and advertising.  Seth Godin has taught and inspired millions of entrepreneurs, marketers, leaders, and fans from all walks of life, via his blog, online courses, lectures, and bestselling books. He is the inventor of countless ideas that have made their way into mainstream business language, from Permission Marketing to Purple Cow to Tribes to The Dip. Now, for the first time, Godin offers the core of his marketing wisdom in one compact, accessible, timeless package. This is Marketing shows you how to do work you're proud of, whether you're a tech startup founder, a small business owner, or part of a large corporation. Great marketers don't use consumers to solve their company's problem; they use marketing to solve other people's problems. Their tactics rely on empathy, connection, and emotional labor instead of attention-stealing ads and spammy email funnels.  No matter what your product or service, this book will help you reframe how it's presented to the world, in order to meaningfully connect with people who want it. Seth employs his signature blend of insight, observation, and memorable examples to teach you: * How to build trust and permission with your target market. * The art of positioning--deciding not only who it's for, but who it's not for. * Why the best way to achieve your goals is to help others become who they want to be. * Why the old approaches to advertising and branding no longer work.   * The surprising role of tension in any decision to buy (or not). * How marketing is at its core about the stories we tell ourselves about our social status. You can do work that matters for people who care. This book shows you the way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343285 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unladylike: A Field Guide to Smashing the Patriarchy and Claiming Your Space Author: Caroline Ervin, Cristen Conger Narrator: Caroline Ervin, Cristen Conger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A funny, fact-driven, and illustrated field guide to how to live a feminist life in today's world, from the hosts of the hit Unladylike podcast. Get ready to get unladylike with this field guide to the what's, why's, and how's of intersectional feminism and practical hell-raising. Through essential, inclusive, and illustrated explorations of what patriarchy looks like in the real world, authors and podcast hosts Cristen Conger and Caroline Ervin blend wild histories, astounding stats, social justice principles, and self-help advice to connect where the personal meets political in our bodies, brains, booty calls, bank accounts, and other confounding facets of modern woman-ing and nonbinary-ing. By laying out the uneven terrain of double-standards, head games, and handouts patriarchy has manspread across society for ages, Unladylike is here to unpack our gender baggage and map out the space that's ours to claim. Includes a PDF of infographics from the book. Caroline Ervin, Cristen Conger Tue, 02 Oct 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343285 thebookvoice.com 9:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unladylike: A Field Guide to Smashing the Patriarchy and Claiming Your Space Author: Caroline Ervin, Cristen Conger Narrator: Caroline Ervin, Cristen Conger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A funny, fact-driven, and illustrated field guide to how to live a feminist life in today's world, from the hosts of the hit Unladylike podcast. Get ready to get unladylike with this field guide to the what's, why's, and how's of intersectional feminism and practical hell-raising. Through essential, inclusive, and illustrated explorations of what patriarchy looks like in the real world, authors and podcast hosts Cristen Conger and Caroline Ervin blend wild histories, astounding stats, social justice principles, and self-help advice to connect where the personal meets political in our bodies, brains, booty calls, bank accounts, and other confounding facets of modern woman-ing and nonbinary-ing. By laying out the uneven terrain of double-standards, head games, and handouts patriarchy has manspread across society for ages, Unladylike is here to unpack our gender baggage and map out the space that's ours to claim. Includes a PDF of infographics from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unladylike: A Field Guide to Smashing the Patriarchy and Claiming Your Space Author: Caroline Ervin, Cristen Conger Narrator: Caroline Ervin, Cristen Conger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A funny, fact-driven, and illustrated field guide to how to live a feminist life in today's world, from the hosts of the hit Unladylike podcast. Get ready to get unladylike with this field guide to the what's, why's, and how's of intersectional feminism and practical hell-raising. Through essential, inclusive, and illustrated explorations of what patriarchy looks like in the real world, authors and podcast hosts Cristen Conger and Caroline Ervin blend wild histories, astounding stats, social justice principles, and self-help advice to connect where the personal meets political in our bodies, brains, booty calls, bank accounts, and other confounding facets of modern woman-ing and nonbinary-ing. By laying out the uneven terrain of double-standards, head games, and handouts patriarchy has manspread across society for ages, Unladylike is here to unpack our gender baggage and map out the space that's ours to claim. Includes a PDF of infographics from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342604 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: RISK!: True Stories People Never Thought They'd Dare to Share Author: Kevin Allison Narrator: Kevin Allison, Sarah Mollo-Christensen, Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A 'fascinating' (MetroSource) collection of uncensored, confessional, and at times outrageously funny essays about coming of age, coming out, and the wildest experiences that define us. Collecting the most celebrated stories from the hit podcast RISK!, along with all-new true tales about explosive secrets and off-the-wall adventures, this book paints a spellbinding portrait of the transformational moments we experience in life but rarely talk about. No topics are off-limits in RISK!, no memories too revealing to share. From accidentally harboring a teen fugitive to being poisoned while tripping on LSD in the Mayan ruins, these stories transport readers into uncharted territory and show how your life can change when you take an extraordinary leap. In these jaw-dropping stories, edited and introduced by RISK! host Kevin Allison, writers reveal how they pushed drugs for a Mexican cartel only to end up kidnapped and nearly killed, how they joined a terrifying male-empowerment cult and fought desperately for a way out, how they struggled with pregnancy complications and found a hero where they least expected it, and so much more. A lifelong construction worker shares the intimate details of transitioning to being a woman, a bestselling author discusses how he assumed the identity of his babysitter online in a social experiment gone awry, and a beloved comedian discusses how a blow job from a prostitute changed his life. By turns cautionary and inspiring, RISK! presents an extraordinary panorama of the breadth of human experience and a stunning tribute to the power of the truth to set us free. Kevin Allison Tue, 17 Jul 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342604 thebookvoice.com 10:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: RISK!: True Stories People Never Thought They'd Dare to Share Author: Kevin Allison Narrator: Kevin Allison, Sarah Mollo-Christensen, Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A 'fascinating' (MetroSource) collection of uncensored, confessional, and at times outrageously funny essays about coming of age, coming out, and the wildest experiences that define us. Collecting the most celebrated stories from the hit podcast RISK!, along with all-new true tales about explosive secrets and off-the-wall adventures, this book paints a spellbinding portrait of the transformational moments we experience in life but rarely talk about. No topics are off-limits in RISK!, no memories too revealing to share. From accidentally harboring a teen fugitive to being poisoned while tripping on LSD in the Mayan ruins, these stories transport readers into uncharted territory and show how your life can change when you take an extraordinary leap. In these jaw-dropping stories, edited and introduced by RISK! host Kevin Allison, writers reveal how they pushed drugs for a Mexican cartel only to end up kidnapped and nearly killed, how they joined a terrifying male-empowerment cult and fought desperately for a way out, how they struggled with pregnancy complications and found a hero where they least expected it, and so much more. A lifelong construction worker shares the intimate details of transitioning to being a woman, a bestselling author discusses how he assumed the identity of his babysitter online in a social experiment gone awry, and a beloved comedian discusses how a blow job from a prostitute changed his life. By turns cautionary and inspiring, RISK! presents an extraordinary panorama of the breadth of human experience and a stunning tribute to the power of the truth to set us free. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: RISK!: True Stories People Never Thought They'd Dare to Share Author: Kevin Allison Narrator: Kevin Allison, Sarah Mollo-Christensen, Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A 'fascinating' (MetroSource) collection of uncensored, confessional, and at times outrageously funny essays about coming of age, coming out, and the wildest experiences that define us. Collecting the most celebrated stories from the hit podcast RISK!, along with all-new true tales about explosive secrets and off-the-wall adventures, this book paints a spellbinding portrait of the transformational moments we experience in life but rarely talk about. No topics are off-limits in RISK!, no memories too revealing to share. From accidentally harboring a teen fugitive to being poisoned while tripping on LSD in the Mayan ruins, these stories transport readers into uncharted territory and show how your life can change when you take an extraordinary leap. In these jaw-dropping stories, edited and introduced by RISK! host Kevin Allison, writers reveal how they pushed drugs for a Mexican cartel only to end up kidnapped and nearly killed, how they joined a terrifying male-empowerment cult and fought desperately for a way out, how they struggled with pregnancy complications and found a hero where they least expected it, and so much more. A lifelong construction worker shares the intimate details of transitioning to being a woman, a bestselling author discusses how he assumed the identity of his babysitter online in a social experiment gone awry, and a beloved comedian discusses how a blow job from a prostitute changed his life. By turns cautionary and inspiring, RISK! presents an extraordinary panorama of the breadth of human experience and a stunning tribute to the power of the truth to set us free. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332914 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Tribe Called Bliss: Break Through Superficial Friendships, Create Real Connections, Reach Your Highest Potential Author: Lori Harder Narrator: Lori Harder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.74 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Self-love expert and creator of the Earn Your Happy podcast shares the methods she used to build her own tribe and grow from an anxiety-ridden, unhealthy, introverted underachiever to a confident woman who takes risks and leaps out of her comfort zone—complete with a foreword from #1 New York Times bestselling author Gabrielle Bernstein. Today, we live in an uber-connected era, where anyone is able to make thousands of friends and participate in their lives with the swipe of a finger. Why then, in such a connected time in history, do so many women feel disconnected, confined, misunderstood, defeated, or think that success is a solo project? The benefits of a having a tribe are undeniable. Women who have strong social circles are living longer, happier, healthier lives in comparison to those who lack connections and are exhausting themselves trying to quench external desires in isolation. In A Tribe Called Bliss Lori Harder bridges the gap between inspiration and action, providing a lasting resource for positive change and a guidebook for establishing a support tribe. With crucial and fascinating lessons and contextual self-work exercises, this is the ultimate guidebook to discover the key to a lifetime of blissful happiness. Lori Harder Tue, 08 May 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332914 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Tribe Called Bliss: Break Through Superficial Friendships, Create Real Connections, Reach Your Highest Potential Author: Lori Harder Narrator: Lori Harder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.74 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Self-love expert and creator of the Earn Your Happy podcast shares the methods she used to build her own tribe and grow from an anxiety-ridden, unhealthy, introverted underachiever to a confident woman who takes risks and leaps out of her comfort zone—complete with a foreword from #1 New York Times bestselling author Gabrielle Bernstein. Today, we live in an uber-connected era, where anyone is able to make thousands of friends and participate in their lives with the swipe of a finger. Why then, in such a connected time in history, do so many women feel disconnected, confined, misunderstood, defeated, or think that success is a solo project? The benefits of a having a tribe are undeniable. Women who have strong social circles are living longer, happier, healthier lives in comparison to those who lack connections and are exhausting themselves trying to quench external desires in isolation. In A Tribe Called Bliss Lori Harder bridges the gap between inspiration and action, providing a lasting resource for positive change and a guidebook for establishing a support tribe. With crucial and fascinating lessons and contextual self-work exercises, this is the ultimate guidebook to discover the key to a lifetime of blissful happiness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Tribe Called Bliss: Break Through Superficial Friendships, Create Real Connections, Reach Your Highest Potential Author: Lori Harder Narrator: Lori Harder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.74 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Self-love expert and creator of the Earn Your Happy podcast shares the methods she used to build her own tribe and grow from an anxiety-ridden, unhealthy, introverted underachiever to a confident woman who takes risks and leaps out of her comfort zone—complete with a foreword from #1 New York Times bestselling author Gabrielle Bernstein. Today, we live in an uber-connected era, where anyone is able to make thousands of friends and participate in their lives with the swipe of a finger. Why then, in such a connected time in history, do so many women feel disconnected, confined, misunderstood, defeated, or think that success is a solo project? The benefits of a having a tribe are undeniable. Women who have strong social circles are living longer, happier, healthier lives in comparison to those who lack connections and are exhausting themselves trying to quench external desires in isolation. In A Tribe Called Bliss Lori Harder bridges the gap between inspiration and action, providing a lasting resource for positive change and a guidebook for establishing a support tribe. With crucial and fascinating lessons and contextual self-work exercises, this is the ultimate guidebook to discover the key to a lifetime of blissful happiness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324510 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'll Be Gone in the Dark: One Woman's Obsessive Search for the Golden State Killer Author: Michelle McNamara Narrator: Patton Oswalt, Gabra Zackman, Gillian Flynn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 647 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 97 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: THE BASIS FOR THE MAJOR 6-PART HBO® DOCUMENTARY SERIES #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: Washington Post | Maureen Corrigan, NPR | Paste | Seattle Times | Entertainment Weekly | Esquire | Slate | Buzzfeed | Jezebel | Philadelphia Inquirer | Publishers Weekly | Kirkus Reviews | Library Journal | Bustle  Winner of the Goodreads Choice Awards for Nonfiction | Anthony Award Winner | SCIBA Book Award Winner | Finalist for the Edgar Award for Best Fact Crime | Longlisted for the Carnegie Medal for Excellence The haunting true story of the elusive serial rapist turned murderer who terrorized California during the 70s and 80s, and of the gifted journalist who died tragically while investigating the case—which was solved in April 2018.  The haunting true story of the elusive serial rapist turned murderer who terrorized California for over a decade—and of the gifted journalist who died tragically while investigating the case. Introduction by Gillian Flynn • Afterword by Patton Oswalt “A brilliant genre-buster.... Propulsive, can’t-stop-now reading.”   —Stephen King For more than ten years, a mysterious and violent predator committed fifty sexual assaults in Northern California before moving south, where he perpetrated ten sadistic murders. Then he disappeared, eluding capture by multiple police forces and some of the best detectives in the area. Three decades later, Michelle McNamara, a true crime journalist who created the popular website TrueCrimeDiary.com, was determined to find the violent psychopath she called ''the Golden State Killer.'' Michelle pored over police reports, interviewed victims, and embedded herself in the online communities that were as obsessed with the case as she was. I’ll Be Gone in the Dark—the masterpiece McNamara was writing at the time of her sudden death—offers an atmospheric snapshot of a moment in American history and a chilling account of a criminal mastermind and the wreckage he left behind. It is also a portrait of a woman’s obsession and her unflagging pursuit of the truth. Utterly original and compelling, it is destined to become a true crime classic—and may at last unmask the Golden State Killer. Cover Art 2020 © Home Box Office, Inc. All Rights Reserved. HBO is service marks of Home Box Office, Inc. Michelle McNamara Tue, 27 Feb 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324510 thebookvoice.com 10:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'll Be Gone in the Dark: One Woman's Obsessive Search for the Golden State Killer Author: Michelle McNamara Narrator: Patton Oswalt, Gabra Zackman, Gillian Flynn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 647 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 97 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: THE BASIS FOR THE MAJOR 6-PART HBO® DOCUMENTARY SERIES #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: Washington Post | Maureen Corrigan, NPR | Paste | Seattle Times | Entertainment Weekly | Esquire | Slate | Buzzfeed | Jezebel | Philadelphia Inquirer | Publishers Weekly | Kirkus Reviews | Library Journal | Bustle  Winner of the Goodreads Choice Awards for Nonfiction | Anthony Award Winner | SCIBA Book Award Winner | Finalist for the Edgar Award for Best Fact Crime | Longlisted for the Carnegie Medal for Excellence The haunting true story of the elusive serial rapist turned murderer who terrorized California during the 70s and 80s, and of the gifted journalist who died tragically while investigating the case—which was solved in April 2018.  The haunting true story of the elusive serial rapist turned murderer who terrorized California for over a decade—and of the gifted journalist who died tragically while investigating the case. Introduction by Gillian Flynn • Afterword by Patton Oswalt “A brilliant genre-buster.... Propulsive, can’t-stop-now reading.”   —Stephen King For more than ten years, a mysterious and violent predator committed fifty sexual assaults in Northern California before moving south, where he perpetrated ten sadistic murders. Then he disappeared, eluding capture by multiple police forces and some of the best detectives in the area. Three decades later, Michelle McNamara, a true crime journalist who created the popular website TrueCrimeDiary.com, was determined to find the violent psychopath she called ''the Golden State Killer.'' Michelle pored over police reports, interviewed victims, and embedded herself in the online communities that were as obsessed with the case as she was. I’ll Be Gone in the Dark—the masterpiece McNamara was writing at the time of her sudden death—offers an atmospheric snapshot of a moment in American history and a chilling account of a criminal mastermind and the wreckage he left behind. It is also a portrait of a woman’s obsession and her unflagging pursuit of the truth. Utterly original and compelling, it is destined to become a true crime classic—and may at last unmask the Golden State Killer. Cover Art 2020 © Home Box Office, Inc. All Rights Reserved. HBO is service marks of Home Box Office, Inc. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'll Be Gone in the Dark: One Woman's Obsessive Search for the Golden State Killer Author: Michelle McNamara Narrator: Patton Oswalt, Gabra Zackman, Gillian Flynn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 647 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 97 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: THE BASIS FOR THE MAJOR 6-PART HBO® DOCUMENTARY SERIES #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: Washington Post | Maureen Corrigan, NPR | Paste | Seattle Times | Entertainment Weekly | Esquire | Slate | Buzzfeed | Jezebel | Philadelphia Inquirer | Publishers Weekly | Kirkus Reviews | Library Journal | Bustle  Winner of the Goodreads Choice Awards for Nonfiction | Anthony Award Winner | SCIBA Book Award Winner | Finalist for the Edgar Award for Best Fact Crime | Longlisted for the Carnegie Medal for Excellence The haunting true story of the elusive serial rapist turned murderer who terrorized California during the 70s and 80s, and of the gifted journalist who died tragically while investigating the case—which was solved in April 2018.  The haunting true story of the elusive serial rapist turned murderer who terrorized California for over a decade—and of the gifted journalist who died tragically while investigating the case. Introduction by Gillian Flynn • Afterword by Patton Oswalt “A brilliant genre-buster.... Propulsive, can’t-stop-now reading.”   —Stephen King For more than ten years, a mysterious and violent predator committed fifty sexual assaults in Northern California before moving south, where he perpetrated ten sadistic murders. Then he disappeared, eluding capture by multiple police forces and some of the best detectives in the area. Three decades later, Michelle McNamara, a true crime journalist who created the popular website TrueCrimeDiary.com, was determined to find the violent psychopath she called ''the Golden State Killer.'' Michelle pored over police reports, interviewed victims, and embedded herself in the online communities that were as obsessed with the case as she was. I’ll Be Gone in the Dark—the masterpiece McNamara was writing at the time of her sudden death—offers an atmospheric snapshot of a moment in American history and a chilling account of a criminal mastermind and the wreckage he left behind. It is also a portrait of a woman’s obsession and her unflagging pursuit of the truth. Utterly original and compelling, it is destined to become a true crime classic—and may at last unmask the Golden State Killer. Cover Art 2020 © Home Box Office, Inc. All Rights Reserved. HBO is service marks of Home Box Office, Inc. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323417 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: So You Want to Talk About Race Author: Ijeoma Oluo Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 164 Ratings of Narrator: 4.52 of Total 31 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In this #1 New York Times bestseller, Ijeoma Oluo offers a revelatory examination of race in America A current, constructive, and actionable exploration of today’s racial landscape, offering straightforward clarity that readers of all races need to contribute to the dismantling of the racial divide In So You Want to Talk about Race, editor-at-large of the Establishment Ijeoma Oluo offers a contemporary, accessible take on the racial landscape in America, addressing head-on such issues as privilege, police brutality, intersectionality, micro-aggressions, the Black Lives Matter movement, and the “N” word. Perfectly positioned to bridge the gap between people of color and white Americans struggling with race complexities, Oluo answers the questions readers don’t dare ask, and explains the concepts that continue to elude everyday Americans. Oluo is an exceptional writer with a rare ability to be straightforward, funny, and effective in her coverage of sensitive, hyper-charged issues in America. Her messages are passionate but finely tuned, and crystallize ideas that would otherwise be vague by empowering them with aha-moment clarity. Her writing brings to mind voices like Ta-Nehisi Coates and Roxane Gay, and Jessica Valenti in Full Frontal Feminism, and a young Gloria Naylor, particularly in Naylor’s seminal essay “The Meaning of a Word.” Ijeoma Oluo Tue, 16 Jan 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323417 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: So You Want to Talk About Race Author: Ijeoma Oluo Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 164 Ratings of Narrator: 4.52 of Total 31 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In this #1 New York Times bestseller, Ijeoma Oluo offers a revelatory examination of race in America A current, constructive, and actionable exploration of today’s racial landscape, offering straightforward clarity that readers of all races need to contribute to the dismantling of the racial divide In So You Want to Talk about Race, editor-at-large of the Establishment Ijeoma Oluo offers a contemporary, accessible take on the racial landscape in America, addressing head-on such issues as privilege, police brutality, intersectionality, micro-aggressions, the Black Lives Matter movement, and the “N” word. Perfectly positioned to bridge the gap between people of color and white Americans struggling with race complexities, Oluo answers the questions readers don’t dare ask, and explains the concepts that continue to elude everyday Americans. Oluo is an exceptional writer with a rare ability to be straightforward, funny, and effective in her coverage of sensitive, hyper-charged issues in America. Her messages are passionate but finely tuned, and crystallize ideas that would otherwise be vague by empowering them with aha-moment clarity. Her writing brings to mind voices like Ta-Nehisi Coates and Roxane Gay, and Jessica Valenti in Full Frontal Feminism, and a young Gloria Naylor, particularly in Naylor’s seminal essay “The Meaning of a Word.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: So You Want to Talk About Race Author: Ijeoma Oluo Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 164 Ratings of Narrator: 4.52 of Total 31 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In this #1 New York Times bestseller, Ijeoma Oluo offers a revelatory examination of race in America A current, constructive, and actionable exploration of today’s racial landscape, offering straightforward clarity that readers of all races need to contribute to the dismantling of the racial divide In So You Want to Talk about Race, editor-at-large of the Establishment Ijeoma Oluo offers a contemporary, accessible take on the racial landscape in America, addressing head-on such issues as privilege, police brutality, intersectionality, micro-aggressions, the Black Lives Matter movement, and the “N” word. Perfectly positioned to bridge the gap between people of color and white Americans struggling with race complexities, Oluo answers the questions readers don’t dare ask, and explains the concepts that continue to elude everyday Americans. Oluo is an exceptional writer with a rare ability to be straightforward, funny, and effective in her coverage of sensitive, hyper-charged issues in America. Her messages are passionate but finely tuned, and crystallize ideas that would otherwise be vague by empowering them with aha-moment clarity. Her writing brings to mind voices like Ta-Nehisi Coates and Roxane Gay, and Jessica Valenti in Full Frontal Feminism, and a young Gloria Naylor, particularly in Naylor’s seminal essay “The Meaning of a Word.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312928 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Sleep: The New Science of Sleep and Dreams Author: Matthew Walker Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 13 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin THE #1 SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER TLS, OBSERVER, SUNDAY TIMES, FT, GUARDIAN, DAILY MAIL AND EVENING STANDARD BOOKS OF THE YEAR 2017 Sleep is one of the most important aspects of our life, health and longevity and yet it is increasingly neglected in twenty-first-century society, with devastating consequences: every major disease in the developed world - Alzheimer's, cancer, obesity, diabetes - has very strong causal links to deficient sleep. In this audiobook, the first of its kind written by a scientific expert, Professor Matthew Walker explores twenty years of cutting-edge research to solve the mystery of why sleep matters. Looking at creatures from across the animal kingdom as well as major human studies, Why We Sleep delves into everything from what really happens during REM sleep to how caffeine and alcohol affect sleep and why our sleep patterns change across a lifetime, transforming our appreciation of the extraordinary phenomenon that safeguards our existence. Includes a bonus PDF of graphs and diagrams. 'Astonishing ... an amazing book ... absolutely chocker full of things that we need to know' Chris Evans 'Matthew Walker is probably one of the most influential people on the planet' Evening Standard 'Startling, vital ... a life-raft' Guardian 'A top sleep scientist argues that sleep is more important for our health than diet or exercise' The Times 'Passionate, urgent . . . it had a powerful effect on me' Observer ©2017 Matthew Walker (P)2017 Penguin Books Ltd Matthew Walker Thu, 07 Dec 2017 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312928 thebookvoice.com 13:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Sleep: The New Science of Sleep and Dreams Author: Matthew Walker Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 13 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin THE #1 SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER TLS, OBSERVER, SUNDAY TIMES, FT, GUARDIAN, DAILY MAIL AND EVENING STANDARD BOOKS OF THE YEAR 2017 Sleep is one of the most important aspects of our life, health and longevity and yet it is increasingly neglected in twenty-first-century society, with devastating consequences: every major disease in the developed world - Alzheimer's, cancer, obesity, diabetes - has very strong causal links to deficient sleep. In this audiobook, the first of its kind written by a scientific expert, Professor Matthew Walker explores twenty years of cutting-edge research to solve the mystery of why sleep matters. Looking at creatures from across the animal kingdom as well as major human studies, Why We Sleep delves into everything from what really happens during REM sleep to how caffeine and alcohol affect sleep and why our sleep patterns change across a lifetime, transforming our appreciation of the extraordinary phenomenon that safeguards our existence. Includes a bonus PDF of graphs and diagrams. 'Astonishing ... an amazing book ... absolutely chocker full of things that we need to know' Chris Evans 'Matthew Walker is probably one of the most influential people on the planet' Evening Standard 'Startling, vital ... a life-raft' Guardian 'A top sleep scientist argues that sleep is more important for our health than diet or exercise' The Times 'Passionate, urgent . . . it had a powerful effect on me' Observer ©2017 Matthew Walker (P)2017 Penguin Books Ltd Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Sleep: The New Science of Sleep and Dreams Author: Matthew Walker Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 13 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin THE #1 SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER TLS, OBSERVER, SUNDAY TIMES, FT, GUARDIAN, DAILY MAIL AND EVENING STANDARD BOOKS OF THE YEAR 2017 Sleep is one of the most important aspects of our life, health and longevity and yet it is increasingly neglected in twenty-first-century society, with devastating consequences: every major disease in the developed world - Alzheimer's, cancer, obesity, diabetes - has very strong causal links to deficient sleep. In this audiobook, the first of its kind written by a scientific expert, Professor Matthew Walker explores twenty years of cutting-edge research to solve the mystery of why sleep matters. Looking at creatures from across the animal kingdom as well as major human studies, Why We Sleep delves into everything from what really happens during REM sleep to how caffeine and alcohol affect sleep and why our sleep patterns change across a lifetime, transforming our appreciation of the extraordinary phenomenon that safeguards our existence. Includes a bonus PDF of graphs and diagrams. 'Astonishing ... an amazing book ... absolutely chocker full of things that we need to know' Chris Evans 'Matthew Walker is probably one of the most influential people on the planet' Evening Standard 'Startling, vital ... a life-raft' Guardian 'A top sleep scientist argues that sleep is more important for our health than diet or exercise' The Times 'Passionate, urgent . . . it had a powerful effect on me' Observer ©2017 Matthew Walker (P)2017 Penguin Books Ltd https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312588 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl, Wash Your Face: Stop Believing the Lies About Who You Are so You Can Become Who You Were Meant to Be Author: Rachel Hollis Narrator: Rachel Hollis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 2291 Ratings of Narrator: 4.37 of Total 363 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER – OVER 3 MILLION COPIES SOLD Do you ever suspect that everyone else has life figured out and you don’t have a clue? If so, Rachel Hollis has something to tell you: that’s a lie. If you have ever said any of these things to yourself . . . - Something else will make me happy. - I’m not a good mom. - I will never get past this. - I am defined by my weight. - I should be further along by now.   . . . then you could benefit from the unflinching faith and rock-hard tenacity Rachel Hollis has in store for you. In this challenging but conversational book, Rachel exposes the twenty lies and misconceptions that too often hold us back from living joyfully and productively, lies we’ve told ourselves so often we don’t even hear them anymore. Rachel is real and talks about real issues. More than that, she reveals the specific practical strategies that helped her move past them. In the process, she encourages, entertains, and even kicks a little butt, all to convince you to do whatever it takes to get real and become the joyous, confident woman you were meant to be. Because you really can live with passion and hustle – and give yourself grace without giving up. Rachel Hollis Tue, 06 Feb 2018 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312588 thebookvoice.com 7:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl, Wash Your Face: Stop Believing the Lies About Who You Are so You Can Become Who You Were Meant to Be Author: Rachel Hollis Narrator: Rachel Hollis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 2291 Ratings of Narrator: 4.37 of Total 363 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER – OVER 3 MILLION COPIES SOLD Do you ever suspect that everyone else has life figured out and you don’t have a clue? If so, Rachel Hollis has something to tell you: that’s a lie. If you have ever said any of these things to yourself . . . - Something else will make me happy. - I’m not a good mom. - I will never get past this. - I am defined by my weight. - I should be further along by now.   . . . then you could benefit from the unflinching faith and rock-hard tenacity Rachel Hollis has in store for you. In this challenging but conversational book, Rachel exposes the twenty lies and misconceptions that too often hold us back from living joyfully and productively, lies we’ve told ourselves so often we don’t even hear them anymore. Rachel is real and talks about real issues. More than that, she reveals the specific practical strategies that helped her move past them. In the process, she encourages, entertains, and even kicks a little butt, all to convince you to do whatever it takes to get real and become the joyous, confident woman you were meant to be. Because you really can live with passion and hustle – and give yourself grace without giving up. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl, Wash Your Face: Stop Believing the Lies About Who You Are so You Can Become Who You Were Meant to Be Author: Rachel Hollis Narrator: Rachel Hollis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 2291 Ratings of Narrator: 4.37 of Total 363 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER – OVER 3 MILLION COPIES SOLD Do you ever suspect that everyone else has life figured out and you don’t have a clue? If so, Rachel Hollis has something to tell you: that’s a lie. If you have ever said any of these things to yourself . . . - Something else will make me happy. - I’m not a good mom. - I will never get past this. - I am defined by my weight. - I should be further along by now.   . . . then you could benefit from the unflinching faith and rock-hard tenacity Rachel Hollis has in store for you. In this challenging but conversational book, Rachel exposes the twenty lies and misconceptions that too often hold us back from living joyfully and productively, lies we’ve told ourselves so often we don’t even hear them anymore. Rachel is real and talks about real issues. More than that, she reveals the specific practical strategies that helped her move past them. In the process, she encourages, entertains, and even kicks a little butt, all to convince you to do whatever it takes to get real and become the joyous, confident woman you were meant to be. Because you really can live with passion and hustle – and give yourself grace without giving up. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312528 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radio Silence Author: Alice Oseman Narrator: Aysha Kala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The second novel by the phenomenally talented Alice Oseman, the author of the 2021 YA Book Prize winning Loveless, Solitaire and graphic novel series Heartstopper – now a major Netflix series. What if everything you set yourself up to be was wrong? Frances has always been a study machine with one goal, elite university. Nothing will stand in her way; not friends, not a guilty secret – not even the person she is on the inside. But when Frances meets Aled, the shy genius behind her favourite podcast, she discovers a new freedom. He unlocks the door to Real Frances and for the first time she experiences true friendship, unafraid to be herself. Then the podcast goes viral and the fragile trust between them is broken. Caught between who she was and who she longs to be, Frances’ dreams come crashing down. Suffocating with guilt, she knows that she has to confront her past… She has to confess why Carys disappeared… Meanwhile at uni, Aled is alone, fighting even darker secrets. It’s only by facing up to your fears that you can overcome them. And it’s only by being your true self that you can find happiness. Frances is going to need every bit of courage she has. A YA coming of age read that tackles issues of identity, the pressure to succeed, diversity and freedom to choose, Radio Silence is a tour de force by the most exciting writer of her generation. Alice Oseman Thu, 25 Feb 2016 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312528 thebookvoice.com 10:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radio Silence Author: Alice Oseman Narrator: Aysha Kala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The second novel by the phenomenally talented Alice Oseman, the author of the 2021 YA Book Prize winning Loveless, Solitaire and graphic novel series Heartstopper – now a major Netflix series. What if everything you set yourself up to be was wrong? Frances has always been a study machine with one goal, elite university. Nothing will stand in her way; not friends, not a guilty secret – not even the person she is on the inside. But when Frances meets Aled, the shy genius behind her favourite podcast, she discovers a new freedom. He unlocks the door to Real Frances and for the first time she experiences true friendship, unafraid to be herself. Then the podcast goes viral and the fragile trust between them is broken. Caught between who she was and who she longs to be, Frances’ dreams come crashing down. Suffocating with guilt, she knows that she has to confront her past… She has to confess why Carys disappeared… Meanwhile at uni, Aled is alone, fighting even darker secrets. It’s only by facing up to your fears that you can overcome them. And it’s only by being your true self that you can find happiness. Frances is going to need every bit of courage she has. A YA coming of age read that tackles issues of identity, the pressure to succeed, diversity and freedom to choose, Radio Silence is a tour de force by the most exciting writer of her generation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radio Silence Author: Alice Oseman Narrator: Aysha Kala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The second novel by the phenomenally talented Alice Oseman, the author of the 2021 YA Book Prize winning Loveless, Solitaire and graphic novel series Heartstopper – now a major Netflix series. What if everything you set yourself up to be was wrong? Frances has always been a study machine with one goal, elite university. Nothing will stand in her way; not friends, not a guilty secret – not even the person she is on the inside. But when Frances meets Aled, the shy genius behind her favourite podcast, she discovers a new freedom. He unlocks the door to Real Frances and for the first time she experiences true friendship, unafraid to be herself. Then the podcast goes viral and the fragile trust between them is broken. Caught between who she was and who she longs to be, Frances’ dreams come crashing down. Suffocating with guilt, she knows that she has to confront her past… She has to confess why Carys disappeared… Meanwhile at uni, Aled is alone, fighting even darker secrets. It’s only by facing up to your fears that you can overcome them. And it’s only by being your true self that you can find happiness. Frances is going to need every bit of courage she has. A YA coming of age read that tackles issues of identity, the pressure to succeed, diversity and freedom to choose, Radio Silence is a tour de force by the most exciting writer of her generation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306557 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Devours!: A Welcome to Night Vale Novel Author: Joseph Fink, Jeffrey Cranor Narrator: Cecil Baldwin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the authors of the New York Times bestselling novel Welcome to Night Vale and the creators of the #1 international podcast of the same name, comes a mystery exploring the intersections of faith and science, the growing relationship between two young people who want desperately to trust each other, and the terrifying, toothy power of the Smiling God. Nilanjana Sikdar is an outsider to the town of Night Vale. Working for Carlos, the town’s top scientist, she relies on fact and logic as her guiding principles. But all of that is put into question when Carlos gives her a special assignment investigating a mysterious rumbling in the desert wasteland outside of town. This investigation leads her to the Joyous Congregation of the Smiling God, and to Darryl, one of its most committed members. Caught between her beliefs in the ultimate power of science and her growing attraction to Darryl, she begins to suspect the Congregation is planning a ritual that could threaten the lives of everyone in town. Nilanjana and Darryl must search for common ground between their very different world views as they are faced with the Congregation’s darkest and most terrible secret. Joseph Fink, Jeffrey Cranor Tue, 17 Oct 2017 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306557 thebookvoice.com 9:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Devours!: A Welcome to Night Vale Novel Author: Joseph Fink, Jeffrey Cranor Narrator: Cecil Baldwin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the authors of the New York Times bestselling novel Welcome to Night Vale and the creators of the #1 international podcast of the same name, comes a mystery exploring the intersections of faith and science, the growing relationship between two young people who want desperately to trust each other, and the terrifying, toothy power of the Smiling God. Nilanjana Sikdar is an outsider to the town of Night Vale. Working for Carlos, the town’s top scientist, she relies on fact and logic as her guiding principles. But all of that is put into question when Carlos gives her a special assignment investigating a mysterious rumbling in the desert wasteland outside of town. This investigation leads her to the Joyous Congregation of the Smiling God, and to Darryl, one of its most committed members. Caught between her beliefs in the ultimate power of science and her growing attraction to Darryl, she begins to suspect the Congregation is planning a ritual that could threaten the lives of everyone in town. Nilanjana and Darryl must search for common ground between their very different world views as they are faced with the Congregation’s darkest and most terrible secret. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Devours!: A Welcome to Night Vale Novel Author: Joseph Fink, Jeffrey Cranor Narrator: Cecil Baldwin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From the authors of the New York Times bestselling novel Welcome to Night Vale and the creators of the #1 international podcast of the same name, comes a mystery exploring the intersections of faith and science, the growing relationship between two young people who want desperately to trust each other, and the terrifying, toothy power of the Smiling God. Nilanjana Sikdar is an outsider to the town of Night Vale. Working for Carlos, the town’s top scientist, she relies on fact and logic as her guiding principles. But all of that is put into question when Carlos gives her a special assignment investigating a mysterious rumbling in the desert wasteland outside of town. This investigation leads her to the Joyous Congregation of the Smiling God, and to Darryl, one of its most committed members. Caught between her beliefs in the ultimate power of science and her growing attraction to Darryl, she begins to suspect the Congregation is planning a ritual that could threaten the lives of everyone in town. Nilanjana and Darryl must search for common ground between their very different world views as they are faced with the Congregation’s darkest and most terrible secret. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306541 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World of Lore: Monstrous Creatures Series: #1 of The World of Lore Author: Aaron Mahnke Narrator: Aaron Mahnke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A fascinating, beautifully illustrated guide to the monsters that are part of our collective psyche, featuring stories from the Lore podcast—now a streaming television series—including “They Made a Tonic,” “Passed Notes,” and “Unboxed,” as well as rare material. They live in shadows—deep in the forest, late in the night, in the dark recesses of our minds. They’re spoken of in stories and superstitions, relics of an unenlightened age, old wives’ tales, passed down through generations. Yet no matter how wary and jaded we have become, as individuals or as a society, a part of us remains vulnerable to them: werewolves and wendigos, poltergeists and vampires, angry elves and vengeful spirits.  In this beautifully illustrated volume, the host of the hit podcast Lore serves as a guide on a fascinating journey through the history of these terrifying creatures, exploring not only the legends but what they tell us about ourselves. Aaron Mahnke invites us to the desolate Pine Barrens of New Jersey, where the notorious winged, red-eyed Jersey Devil dwells. He delves into harrowing accounts of cannibalism—some officially documented, others the stuff of speculation . . . perhaps. He visits the dimly lit rooms where séances take place, the European villages where gremlins make mischief, even Key West, Florida, home of a haunted doll named Robert. In a world of “emotional vampires” and “zombie malls,” the monsters of folklore have become both a part of our language and a part of our collective psyche. Whether these beasts and bogeymen are real or just a reflection of our primal fears, we know, on some level, that not every mystery has been explained and that the unknown still holds the power to strike fear deep in our hearts and souls. As Aaron Mahnke reminds us, sometimes the truth is even scarier than the lore. The World of Lore series includes: MONSTROUS CREATURES • WICKED MORTALS • DREADFUL PLACES Aaron Mahnke Tue, 10 Oct 2017 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306541 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World of Lore: Monstrous Creatures Series: #1 of The World of Lore Author: Aaron Mahnke Narrator: Aaron Mahnke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A fascinating, beautifully illustrated guide to the monsters that are part of our collective psyche, featuring stories from the Lore podcast—now a streaming television series—including “They Made a Tonic,” “Passed Notes,” and “Unboxed,” as well as rare material. They live in shadows—deep in the forest, late in the night, in the dark recesses of our minds. They’re spoken of in stories and superstitions, relics of an unenlightened age, old wives’ tales, passed down through generations. Yet no matter how wary and jaded we have become, as individuals or as a society, a part of us remains vulnerable to them: werewolves and wendigos, poltergeists and vampires, angry elves and vengeful spirits.  In this beautifully illustrated volume, the host of the hit podcast Lore serves as a guide on a fascinating journey through the history of these terrifying creatures, exploring not only the legends but what they tell us about ourselves. Aaron Mahnke invites us to the desolate Pine Barrens of New Jersey, where the notorious winged, red-eyed Jersey Devil dwells. He delves into harrowing accounts of cannibalism—some officially documented, others the stuff of speculation . . . perhaps. He visits the dimly lit rooms where séances take place, the European villages where gremlins make mischief, even Key West, Florida, home of a haunted doll named Robert. In a world of “emotional vampires” and “zombie malls,” the monsters of folklore have become both a part of our language and a part of our collective psyche. Whether these beasts and bogeymen are real or just a reflection of our primal fears, we know, on some level, that not every mystery has been explained and that the unknown still holds the power to strike fear deep in our hearts and souls. As Aaron Mahnke reminds us, sometimes the truth is even scarier than the lore. The World of Lore series includes: MONSTROUS CREATURES • WICKED MORTALS • DREADFUL PLACES Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World of Lore: Monstrous Creatures Series: #1 of The World of Lore Author: Aaron Mahnke Narrator: Aaron Mahnke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A fascinating, beautifully illustrated guide to the monsters that are part of our collective psyche, featuring stories from the Lore podcast—now a streaming television series—including “They Made a Tonic,” “Passed Notes,” and “Unboxed,” as well as rare material. They live in shadows—deep in the forest, late in the night, in the dark recesses of our minds. They’re spoken of in stories and superstitions, relics of an unenlightened age, old wives’ tales, passed down through generations. Yet no matter how wary and jaded we have become, as individuals or as a society, a part of us remains vulnerable to them: werewolves and wendigos, poltergeists and vampires, angry elves and vengeful spirits.  In this beautifully illustrated volume, the host of the hit podcast Lore serves as a guide on a fascinating journey through the history of these terrifying creatures, exploring not only the legends but what they tell us about ourselves. Aaron Mahnke invites us to the desolate Pine Barrens of New Jersey, where the notorious winged, red-eyed Jersey Devil dwells. He delves into harrowing accounts of cannibalism—some officially documented, others the stuff of speculation . . . perhaps. He visits the dimly lit rooms where séances take place, the European villages where gremlins make mischief, even Key West, Florida, home of a haunted doll named Robert. In a world of “emotional vampires” and “zombie malls,” the monsters of folklore have become both a part of our language and a part of our collective psyche. Whether these beasts and bogeymen are real or just a reflection of our primal fears, we know, on some level, that not every mystery has been explained and that the unknown still holds the power to strike fear deep in our hearts and souls. As Aaron Mahnke reminds us, sometimes the truth is even scarier than the lore. The World of Lore series includes: MONSTROUS CREATURES • WICKED MORTALS • DREADFUL PLACES https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306477 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slobberknocker: My Life in Wrestling Author: Vincent K. McMahon, Scott E. Williams, Paul O'Brien, Jim Ross, Steve Austin Narrator: Jim Ross, R.C. Bray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 67 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 25 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: There are few people who have been in the wrestling business longer than Jim Ross. And those who have made it as long as he has (half a century to be exact) probably made enemies or burned bridges. But that’s just not JR. Slobberknocker is the story of how an Oklahoman farm kid, with a vivid imagination and seemingly unattainable dreams, became “The Voice of Wrestling” to record TV audiences and millions of fans around the world. Jim opens up about his life as an only child on a working farm, who became obsessed with professional wrestling having first saw it on his grandparent’s TV. Even though the wrestling business was notoriously secretive and wary of “outsiders,” he somehow got a foot in the door to start a historic career, one where he held almost every job in the business―from putting up the ring to calling matches, from driving his blind, drunk boss towards revenge, to consoling two naked 600 pound brothers in the shower room after a rough match. With all those adventures and responsibilities, he’s also recognized as the man who built and nurtured a once-in-a-generation talent roster that took the WWE to new heights, including “Stone Cold” Steve Austin, Brock Lesnar, and The Rock to name a few. Readers will finally get the opportunity to hear never-before-told stories about the politics, wackiness, and personalities of all the biggest stars. But this isn’t just a wrestling story. It’s a story about overcoming adversity and achieving your dreams, as success did not come without significant costs and unforeseen challenges to JR, including multiple bouts of severe facial paralysis called Bell’s Palsy. Currently the host of the podcast The Ross Report, any fan of wrestling―from the territory days to today―will be enthralled with stories from the road and behind the scenes. Slobberknocker is the first time Ross tells his story―and you don’t want to miss it! Vincent K. McMahon, Scott E. Williams, Paul O'Brien, Jim Ross, Steve Austin Tue, 03 Oct 2017 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306477 thebookvoice.com 10:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slobberknocker: My Life in Wrestling Author: Vincent K. McMahon, Scott E. Williams, Paul O'Brien, Jim Ross, Steve Austin Narrator: Jim Ross, R.C. Bray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 67 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 25 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: There are few people who have been in the wrestling business longer than Jim Ross. And those who have made it as long as he has (half a century to be exact) probably made enemies or burned bridges. But that’s just not JR. Slobberknocker is the story of how an Oklahoman farm kid, with a vivid imagination and seemingly unattainable dreams, became “The Voice of Wrestling” to record TV audiences and millions of fans around the world. Jim opens up about his life as an only child on a working farm, who became obsessed with professional wrestling having first saw it on his grandparent’s TV. Even though the wrestling business was notoriously secretive and wary of “outsiders,” he somehow got a foot in the door to start a historic career, one where he held almost every job in the business―from putting up the ring to calling matches, from driving his blind, drunk boss towards revenge, to consoling two naked 600 pound brothers in the shower room after a rough match. With all those adventures and responsibilities, he’s also recognized as the man who built and nurtured a once-in-a-generation talent roster that took the WWE to new heights, including “Stone Cold” Steve Austin, Brock Lesnar, and The Rock to name a few. Readers will finally get the opportunity to hear never-before-told stories about the politics, wackiness, and personalities of all the biggest stars. But this isn’t just a wrestling story. It’s a story about overcoming adversity and achieving your dreams, as success did not come without significant costs and unforeseen challenges to JR, including multiple bouts of severe facial paralysis called Bell’s Palsy. Currently the host of the podcast The Ross Report, any fan of wrestling―from the territory days to today―will be enthralled with stories from the road and behind the scenes. Slobberknocker is the first time Ross tells his story―and you don’t want to miss it! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slobberknocker: My Life in Wrestling Author: Vincent K. McMahon, Scott E. Williams, Paul O'Brien, Jim Ross, Steve Austin Narrator: Jim Ross, R.C. Bray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 67 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 25 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: There are few people who have been in the wrestling business longer than Jim Ross. And those who have made it as long as he has (half a century to be exact) probably made enemies or burned bridges. But that’s just not JR. Slobberknocker is the story of how an Oklahoman farm kid, with a vivid imagination and seemingly unattainable dreams, became “The Voice of Wrestling” to record TV audiences and millions of fans around the world. Jim opens up about his life as an only child on a working farm, who became obsessed with professional wrestling having first saw it on his grandparent’s TV. Even though the wrestling business was notoriously secretive and wary of “outsiders,” he somehow got a foot in the door to start a historic career, one where he held almost every job in the business―from putting up the ring to calling matches, from driving his blind, drunk boss towards revenge, to consoling two naked 600 pound brothers in the shower room after a rough match. With all those adventures and responsibilities, he’s also recognized as the man who built and nurtured a once-in-a-generation talent roster that took the WWE to new heights, including “Stone Cold” Steve Austin, Brock Lesnar, and The Rock to name a few. Readers will finally get the opportunity to hear never-before-told stories about the politics, wackiness, and personalities of all the biggest stars. But this isn’t just a wrestling story. It’s a story about overcoming adversity and achieving your dreams, as success did not come without significant costs and unforeseen challenges to JR, including multiple bouts of severe facial paralysis called Bell’s Palsy. Currently the host of the podcast The Ross Report, any fan of wrestling―from the territory days to today―will be enthralled with stories from the road and behind the scenes. Slobberknocker is the first time Ross tells his story―and you don’t want to miss it! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306179 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams Author: Matthew Walker Narrator: Steve West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 526 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 48 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: “Why We Sleep is an important and fascinating book…Walker taught me a lot about this basic activity that every person on Earth needs. I suspect his book will do the same for you.” —Bill Gates A New York Times bestseller and international sensation, this “stimulating and important book” (Financial Times) is a fascinating dive into the purpose and power of slumber. With two appearances on CBS This Morning and Fresh Air's most popular interview of 2017, Matthew Walker has made abundantly clear that sleep is one of the most important but least understood aspects of our life. Until very recently, science had no answer to the question of why we sleep, or what good it served, or why we suffer such devastating health consequences when it is absent. Compared to the other basic drives in life—eating, drinking, and reproducing—the purpose of sleep remains more elusive. Within the brain, sleep enriches a diversity of functions, including our ability to learn, memorize, and make logical decisions. It recalibrates our emotions, restocks our immune system, fine-tunes our metabolism, and regulates our appetite. Dreaming creates a virtual reality space in which the brain melds past and present knowledge, inspiring creativity. In this “compelling and utterly convincing” (The Sunday Times) book, preeminent neuroscientist and sleep expert Matthew Walker provides a revolutionary exploration of sleep, examining how it affects every aspect of our physical and mental well-being. Charting the most cutting-edge scientific breakthroughs, and marshalling his decades of research and clinical practice, Walker explains how we can harness sleep to improve learning, mood and energy levels, regulate hormones, prevent cancer, Alzheimer’s and diabetes, slow the effects of aging, and increase longevity. He also provides actionable steps towards getting a better night’s sleep every night. Clear-eyed, fascinating, and accessible, Why We Sleep is a crucial and illuminating book. Written with the precision of Atul Gawande, Andrew Solomon, and Sherwin Nuland, it is “recommended for night-table reading in the most pragmatic sense” (The New York Times Book Review). Matthew Walker Tue, 03 Oct 2017 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306179 thebookvoice.com 13:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams Author: Matthew Walker Narrator: Steve West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 526 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 48 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: “Why We Sleep is an important and fascinating book…Walker taught me a lot about this basic activity that every person on Earth needs. I suspect his book will do the same for you.” —Bill Gates A New York Times bestseller and international sensation, this “stimulating and important book” (Financial Times) is a fascinating dive into the purpose and power of slumber. With two appearances on CBS This Morning and Fresh Air's most popular interview of 2017, Matthew Walker has made abundantly clear that sleep is one of the most important but least understood aspects of our life. Until very recently, science had no answer to the question of why we sleep, or what good it served, or why we suffer such devastating health consequences when it is absent. Compared to the other basic drives in life—eating, drinking, and reproducing—the purpose of sleep remains more elusive. Within the brain, sleep enriches a diversity of functions, including our ability to learn, memorize, and make logical decisions. It recalibrates our emotions, restocks our immune system, fine-tunes our metabolism, and regulates our appetite. Dreaming creates a virtual reality space in which the brain melds past and present knowledge, inspiring creativity. In this “compelling and utterly convincing” (The Sunday Times) book, preeminent neuroscientist and sleep expert Matthew Walker provides a revolutionary exploration of sleep, examining how it affects every aspect of our physical and mental well-being. Charting the most cutting-edge scientific breakthroughs, and marshalling his decades of research and clinical practice, Walker explains how we can harness sleep to improve learning, mood and energy levels, regulate hormones, prevent cancer, Alzheimer’s and diabetes, slow the effects of aging, and increase longevity. He also provides actionable steps towards getting a better night’s sleep every night. Clear-eyed, fascinating, and accessible, Why We Sleep is a crucial and illuminating book. Written with the precision of Atul Gawande, Andrew Solomon, and Sherwin Nuland, it is “recommended for night-table reading in the most pragmatic sense” (The New York Times Book Review). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams Author: Matthew Walker Narrator: Steve West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 526 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 48 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: “Why We Sleep is an important and fascinating book…Walker taught me a lot about this basic activity that every person on Earth needs. I suspect his book will do the same for you.” —Bill Gates A New York Times bestseller and international sensation, this “stimulating and important book” (Financial Times) is a fascinating dive into the purpose and power of slumber. With two appearances on CBS This Morning and Fresh Air's most popular interview of 2017, Matthew Walker has made abundantly clear that sleep is one of the most important but least understood aspects of our life. Until very recently, science had no answer to the question of why we sleep, or what good it served, or why we suffer such devastating health consequences when it is absent. Compared to the other basic drives in life—eating, drinking, and reproducing—the purpose of sleep remains more elusive. Within the brain, sleep enriches a diversity of functions, including our ability to learn, memorize, and make logical decisions. It recalibrates our emotions, restocks our immune system, fine-tunes our metabolism, and regulates our appetite. Dreaming creates a virtual reality space in which the brain melds past and present knowledge, inspiring creativity. In this “compelling and utterly convincing” (The Sunday Times) book, preeminent neuroscientist and sleep expert Matthew Walker provides a revolutionary exploration of sleep, examining how it affects every aspect of our physical and mental well-being. Charting the most cutting-edge scientific breakthroughs, and marshalling his decades of research and clinical practice, Walker explains how we can harness sleep to improve learning, mood and energy levels, regulate hormones, prevent cancer, Alzheimer’s and diabetes, slow the effects of aging, and increase longevity. He also provides actionable steps towards getting a better night’s sleep every night. Clear-eyed, fascinating, and accessible, Why We Sleep is a crucial and illuminating book. Written with the precision of Atul Gawande, Andrew Solomon, and Sherwin Nuland, it is “recommended for night-table reading in the most pragmatic sense” (The New York Times Book Review). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303855 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unqualified Author: Anna Faris Narrator: Anna Faris, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A hilarious, honest memoir—combined with just the right amount of relationship advice—from the popular actress and host of the hit podcast Anna Faris is Unqualified. Anna Faris has advice for you. And it's great advice, because she's been through it all, and she wants to tell you what she's learned.  After surviving an awkward childhood (when she bribed the fastest boy in the third grade with ice cream), navigating dating and marriage in Hollywood, and building a podcast around romantic advice, Anna has plenty of lessons to share: Advocate for yourself. Know that there are wonderful people out there and that a great relationship is possible. And, finally, don't date magicians. Her comic memoir, Unqualified, shares Anna's candid, sympathetic, and entertaining stories of love lost and won. Part memoir—including stories about being “the short girl” in elementary school, finding and keeping female friends, and dealing with the pressures of the entertainment industry and parenthood—part humorous, unflinching advice from her hit podcast, Anna Faris Is Unqualified, the book will reveal Anna's unique take on how to master the bizarre, chaotic, and ultimately rewarding world of love. Hilarious, honest, and useful, Unqualified is the book Anna's fans have been waiting for. Anna Faris Tue, 24 Oct 2017 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303855 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unqualified Author: Anna Faris Narrator: Anna Faris, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A hilarious, honest memoir—combined with just the right amount of relationship advice—from the popular actress and host of the hit podcast Anna Faris is Unqualified. Anna Faris has advice for you. And it's great advice, because she's been through it all, and she wants to tell you what she's learned.  After surviving an awkward childhood (when she bribed the fastest boy in the third grade with ice cream), navigating dating and marriage in Hollywood, and building a podcast around romantic advice, Anna has plenty of lessons to share: Advocate for yourself. Know that there are wonderful people out there and that a great relationship is possible. And, finally, don't date magicians. Her comic memoir, Unqualified, shares Anna's candid, sympathetic, and entertaining stories of love lost and won. Part memoir—including stories about being “the short girl” in elementary school, finding and keeping female friends, and dealing with the pressures of the entertainment industry and parenthood—part humorous, unflinching advice from her hit podcast, Anna Faris Is Unqualified, the book will reveal Anna's unique take on how to master the bizarre, chaotic, and ultimately rewarding world of love. Hilarious, honest, and useful, Unqualified is the book Anna's fans have been waiting for. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unqualified Author: Anna Faris Narrator: Anna Faris, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A hilarious, honest memoir—combined with just the right amount of relationship advice—from the popular actress and host of the hit podcast Anna Faris is Unqualified. Anna Faris has advice for you. And it's great advice, because she's been through it all, and she wants to tell you what she's learned.  After surviving an awkward childhood (when she bribed the fastest boy in the third grade with ice cream), navigating dating and marriage in Hollywood, and building a podcast around romantic advice, Anna has plenty of lessons to share: Advocate for yourself. Know that there are wonderful people out there and that a great relationship is possible. And, finally, don't date magicians. Her comic memoir, Unqualified, shares Anna's candid, sympathetic, and entertaining stories of love lost and won. Part memoir—including stories about being “the short girl” in elementary school, finding and keeping female friends, and dealing with the pressures of the entertainment industry and parenthood—part humorous, unflinching advice from her hit podcast, Anna Faris Is Unqualified, the book will reveal Anna's unique take on how to master the bizarre, chaotic, and ultimately rewarding world of love. Hilarious, honest, and useful, Unqualified is the book Anna's fans have been waiting for. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301187 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301187]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bored and Brilliant: How Spacing Out Can Unlock Your Most Productive and Creative Self Author: Manoush Zomorodi Narrator: Manoush Zomorodi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: *An AudioFile Magazine Earphones Award Winner* This program is read by the author. 'In this spirited exploration of our relationship with technological devices, Zomorodi's melodic voice beckons and inspires listeners to develop a deeper understanding of how tech devices affect our potential...Zomorodi persuasively conveys her compelling points on the need for reflection to make room for enlightenment in this age of technological overload.' — AudioFile Magazine It’s time to move “doing nothing” to the top of your to-do list. In 2015 Manoush Zomorodi, host of WNYC’s popular podcast and radio show Note to Self, led tens of thousands of listeners through an experiment to help them unplug from their devices, get bored, jump-start their creativity, and change their lives. Bored and Brilliant builds on that experiment to show us how to rethink our gadget use to live better and smarter in this new digital ecosystem. In this fascinating new audiobook, Manoush explains the connection between boredom and original thinking, exploring how we can harness boredom’s hidden benefits to become our most productive and creative selves, without totally abandoning our gadgets in the process. Grounding her arguments in the neuroscience and cognitive psychology of “mind wandering” —what our brains do when we're doing nothing at all—Manoush includes practical steps you can take to ease the nonstop busyness and enhance your ability to dream, wonder, and gain clarity in your work and life. The outcome is mind-blowing. 'Bored and Brilliant shows the fascinating side of boredom. Manoush Zomorodi investigates cutting-edge research as well as compelling (and often funny) real-life examples to demonstrate that boredom is actually a crucial tool for making our lives happier, more productive, and more creative. What’s more, the book is crammed with practical exercises for anyone who wants to reclaim the power of spacing out – deleting the Two Dots app, for instance, or having a photo-free day, or taking a 'fakecation'.' — Gretchen Rubin, author of #1 New York Times Bestseller The Happiness Project Manoush Zomorodi Tue, 05 Sep 2017 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301187 thebookvoice.com 6:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301187]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bored and Brilliant: How Spacing Out Can Unlock Your Most Productive and Creative Self Author: Manoush Zomorodi Narrator: Manoush Zomorodi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: *An AudioFile Magazine Earphones Award Winner* This program is read by the author. 'In this spirited exploration of our relationship with technological devices, Zomorodi's melodic voice beckons and inspires listeners to develop a deeper understanding of how tech devices affect our potential...Zomorodi persuasively conveys her compelling points on the need for reflection to make room for enlightenment in this age of technological overload.' — AudioFile Magazine It’s time to move “doing nothing” to the top of your to-do list. In 2015 Manoush Zomorodi, host of WNYC’s popular podcast and radio show Note to Self, led tens of thousands of listeners through an experiment to help them unplug from their devices, get bored, jump-start their creativity, and change their lives. Bored and Brilliant builds on that experiment to show us how to rethink our gadget use to live better and smarter in this new digital ecosystem. In this fascinating new audiobook, Manoush explains the connection between boredom and original thinking, exploring how we can harness boredom’s hidden benefits to become our most productive and creative selves, without totally abandoning our gadgets in the process. Grounding her arguments in the neuroscience and cognitive psychology of “mind wandering” —what our brains do when we're doing nothing at all—Manoush includes practical steps you can take to ease the nonstop busyness and enhance your ability to dream, wonder, and gain clarity in your work and life. The outcome is mind-blowing. 'Bored and Brilliant shows the fascinating side of boredom. Manoush Zomorodi investigates cutting-edge research as well as compelling (and often funny) real-life examples to demonstrate that boredom is actually a crucial tool for making our lives happier, more productive, and more creative. What’s more, the book is crammed with practical exercises for anyone who wants to reclaim the power of spacing out – deleting the Two Dots app, for instance, or having a photo-free day, or taking a 'fakecation'.' — Gretchen Rubin, author of #1 New York Times Bestseller The Happiness Project Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301187]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bored and Brilliant: How Spacing Out Can Unlock Your Most Productive and Creative Self Author: Manoush Zomorodi Narrator: Manoush Zomorodi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: *An AudioFile Magazine Earphones Award Winner* This program is read by the author. 'In this spirited exploration of our relationship with technological devices, Zomorodi's melodic voice beckons and inspires listeners to develop a deeper understanding of how tech devices affect our potential...Zomorodi persuasively conveys her compelling points on the need for reflection to make room for enlightenment in this age of technological overload.' — AudioFile Magazine It’s time to move “doing nothing” to the top of your to-do list. In 2015 Manoush Zomorodi, host of WNYC’s popular podcast and radio show Note to Self, led tens of thousands of listeners through an experiment to help them unplug from their devices, get bored, jump-start their creativity, and change their lives. Bored and Brilliant builds on that experiment to show us how to rethink our gadget use to live better and smarter in this new digital ecosystem. In this fascinating new audiobook, Manoush explains the connection between boredom and original thinking, exploring how we can harness boredom’s hidden benefits to become our most productive and creative selves, without totally abandoning our gadgets in the process. Grounding her arguments in the neuroscience and cognitive psychology of “mind wandering” —what our brains do when we're doing nothing at all—Manoush includes practical steps you can take to ease the nonstop busyness and enhance your ability to dream, wonder, and gain clarity in your work and life. The outcome is mind-blowing. 'Bored and Brilliant shows the fascinating side of boredom. Manoush Zomorodi investigates cutting-edge research as well as compelling (and often funny) real-life examples to demonstrate that boredom is actually a crucial tool for making our lives happier, more productive, and more creative. What’s more, the book is crammed with practical exercises for anyone who wants to reclaim the power of spacing out – deleting the Two Dots app, for instance, or having a photo-free day, or taking a 'fakecation'.' — Gretchen Rubin, author of #1 New York Times Bestseller The Happiness Project https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292666 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Living: Peace and Freedom in the Here and Now Author: Thich Nhat Hanh Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini, Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 325 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 30 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In troubled times, there is an urgency to understand ourselves and our world. We have so many questions, and they tug at us night and day, consciously and unconsciously. In this important volume Zen Master Thich Nhat Hanh—one of the most revered spiritual leaders in the world today—reveals an art of living in mindfulness that helps us answer life’s deepest questions and experience the happiness and freedom we desire.  Thich Nhat Hanh presents, for the first time, seven transformative meditations that open up new perspectives on our lives, our relationships and our interconnectedness with the world around us. Based on the last full talks before his sudden hospitalization, and drawing on intimate examples from his own life, Thich Nhat Hanh shows us how these seven meditations can free us to live a happy, peaceful and active life, and face ageing and dying with curiosity and joy and without fear. Containing the essence of the Buddha’s teachings and Thich Nhat Hanh’s poignant, timeless, and clarifying prose, The Art of Living provides a spiritual dimension to our lives. This is not an effort to escape life or to dwell in a place of bliss outside of this world. Instead, this path will allow us to discover where we come from and where we are going. And most of all, it will generate happiness, understanding, and love, so we can live deeply in each moment of our life, right where we are. Thich Nhat Hanh Tue, 06 Jun 2017 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292666 thebookvoice.com 5:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Living: Peace and Freedom in the Here and Now Author: Thich Nhat Hanh Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini, Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 325 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 30 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In troubled times, there is an urgency to understand ourselves and our world. We have so many questions, and they tug at us night and day, consciously and unconsciously. In this important volume Zen Master Thich Nhat Hanh—one of the most revered spiritual leaders in the world today—reveals an art of living in mindfulness that helps us answer life’s deepest questions and experience the happiness and freedom we desire.  Thich Nhat Hanh presents, for the first time, seven transformative meditations that open up new perspectives on our lives, our relationships and our interconnectedness with the world around us. Based on the last full talks before his sudden hospitalization, and drawing on intimate examples from his own life, Thich Nhat Hanh shows us how these seven meditations can free us to live a happy, peaceful and active life, and face ageing and dying with curiosity and joy and without fear. Containing the essence of the Buddha’s teachings and Thich Nhat Hanh’s poignant, timeless, and clarifying prose, The Art of Living provides a spiritual dimension to our lives. This is not an effort to escape life or to dwell in a place of bliss outside of this world. Instead, this path will allow us to discover where we come from and where we are going. And most of all, it will generate happiness, understanding, and love, so we can live deeply in each moment of our life, right where we are. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Living: Peace and Freedom in the Here and Now Author: Thich Nhat Hanh Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini, Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 325 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 30 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In troubled times, there is an urgency to understand ourselves and our world. We have so many questions, and they tug at us night and day, consciously and unconsciously. In this important volume Zen Master Thich Nhat Hanh—one of the most revered spiritual leaders in the world today—reveals an art of living in mindfulness that helps us answer life’s deepest questions and experience the happiness and freedom we desire.  Thich Nhat Hanh presents, for the first time, seven transformative meditations that open up new perspectives on our lives, our relationships and our interconnectedness with the world around us. Based on the last full talks before his sudden hospitalization, and drawing on intimate examples from his own life, Thich Nhat Hanh shows us how these seven meditations can free us to live a happy, peaceful and active life, and face ageing and dying with curiosity and joy and without fear. Containing the essence of the Buddha’s teachings and Thich Nhat Hanh’s poignant, timeless, and clarifying prose, The Art of Living provides a spiritual dimension to our lives. This is not an effort to escape life or to dwell in a place of bliss outside of this world. Instead, this path will allow us to discover where we come from and where we are going. And most of all, it will generate happiness, understanding, and love, so we can live deeply in each moment of our life, right where we are. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291198 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Privilege: Opportunity Comes to Those Who Create It Author: Charlamagne Tha God Narrator: Charlamagne Tha God Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 523 Ratings of Narrator: 4.84 of Total 148 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: An instant New York Times bestseller! Charlamagne Tha God—the self-proclaimed “Prince of Pissing People Off,” cohost of Power 105.1’s The Breakfast Club, and “the most important voice in hip-hop”—shares his eight principles for unlocking your God-given privilege. In Black Privilege, Charlamagne presents his often controversial and always brutally honest insights on how living an authentic life is the quickest path to success. This journey to truth begins in the small town of Moncks Corner, South Carolina, and leads to New York and headline-grabbing interviews and insights from celebrities like Kanye West, Kevin Hart, Malcolm Gladwell, Lena Dunham, Jay Z, and Hillary Clinton. Black Privilege lays out all the great wisdom Charlamagne’s been given from many mentors, and tells the uncensored story of how he turned around his troubled early life by owning his (many) mistakes and refusing to give up on his dreams, even after his controversial opinions got him fired from several on-air jobs. These life-learned principles include: -There are no losses in life, only lessons -Give people the credit they deserve for being stupid—starting with yourself -It’s not the size of the pond but the hustle in the fish -When you live your truth, no one can use it against you -We all have privilege, we just need to access it By combining his own story with bold advice and his signature commitment to honesty no matter the cost, Charlamagne hopes Black Privilege will empower you to live your own truth. Charlamagne Tha God Tue, 18 Apr 2017 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291198 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Privilege: Opportunity Comes to Those Who Create It Author: Charlamagne Tha God Narrator: Charlamagne Tha God Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 523 Ratings of Narrator: 4.84 of Total 148 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: An instant New York Times bestseller! Charlamagne Tha God—the self-proclaimed “Prince of Pissing People Off,” cohost of Power 105.1’s The Breakfast Club, and “the most important voice in hip-hop”—shares his eight principles for unlocking your God-given privilege. In Black Privilege, Charlamagne presents his often controversial and always brutally honest insights on how living an authentic life is the quickest path to success. This journey to truth begins in the small town of Moncks Corner, South Carolina, and leads to New York and headline-grabbing interviews and insights from celebrities like Kanye West, Kevin Hart, Malcolm Gladwell, Lena Dunham, Jay Z, and Hillary Clinton. Black Privilege lays out all the great wisdom Charlamagne’s been given from many mentors, and tells the uncensored story of how he turned around his troubled early life by owning his (many) mistakes and refusing to give up on his dreams, even after his controversial opinions got him fired from several on-air jobs. These life-learned principles include: -There are no losses in life, only lessons -Give people the credit they deserve for being stupid—starting with yourself -It’s not the size of the pond but the hustle in the fish -When you live your truth, no one can use it against you -We all have privilege, we just need to access it By combining his own story with bold advice and his signature commitment to honesty no matter the cost, Charlamagne hopes Black Privilege will empower you to live your own truth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Privilege: Opportunity Comes to Those Who Create It Author: Charlamagne Tha God Narrator: Charlamagne Tha God Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 523 Ratings of Narrator: 4.84 of Total 148 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: An instant New York Times bestseller! Charlamagne Tha God—the self-proclaimed “Prince of Pissing People Off,” cohost of Power 105.1’s The Breakfast Club, and “the most important voice in hip-hop”—shares his eight principles for unlocking your God-given privilege. In Black Privilege, Charlamagne presents his often controversial and always brutally honest insights on how living an authentic life is the quickest path to success. This journey to truth begins in the small town of Moncks Corner, South Carolina, and leads to New York and headline-grabbing interviews and insights from celebrities like Kanye West, Kevin Hart, Malcolm Gladwell, Lena Dunham, Jay Z, and Hillary Clinton. Black Privilege lays out all the great wisdom Charlamagne’s been given from many mentors, and tells the uncensored story of how he turned around his troubled early life by owning his (many) mistakes and refusing to give up on his dreams, even after his controversial opinions got him fired from several on-air jobs. These life-learned principles include: -There are no losses in life, only lessons -Give people the credit they deserve for being stupid—starting with yourself -It’s not the size of the pond but the hustle in the fish -When you live your truth, no one can use it against you -We all have privilege, we just need to access it By combining his own story with bold advice and his signature commitment to honesty no matter the cost, Charlamagne hopes Black Privilege will empower you to live your own truth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290779 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nevertheless: A Memoir Author: Alec Baldwin Narrator: Alec Baldwin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 68 Ratings of Narrator: 4.08 of Total 12 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: One of the most accomplished and outspoken actors today chronicles the highs and lows of his life in this beautifully written, candid memoir. Over the past three decades, Alec Baldwin has established himself as one of Hollywood’s most gifted, hilarious, and controversial leading men. From his work in popular movies, including Beetlejuice, Working Girl, Glengarry Glen Ross, The Cooler, and Martin Scorsese’s The Departed to his role as Jack Donaghy on Tina Fey’s irreverent series 30 Rock—for which he won two Emmys, three Golden Globes, and seven Screen Actors Guild Awards—and as Republican presidential candidate Donald Trump on Saturday Night Live, he’s both a household name and a deeply respected actor. In Nevertheless, Baldwin transcends his public persona, making public facets of his life he has long kept private. In this honest, affecting memoir, he introduces us to the Long Island child who felt burdened by his family’s financial strains and his parents’ unhappy marriage; the Washington, DC, college student gearing up for a career in politics; the self-named ''Love Taxi'' who helped friends solve their romantic problems while neglecting his own; the young soap actor learning from giants of the theatre; the addict drawn to drugs and alcohol who struggles with sobriety; the husband and father who acknowledges his failings and battles to overcome them; and the consummate professional for whom the work is everything. Throughout Nevertheless, one constant emerges: the fearlessness that defines and drives Baldwin’s life. Told with his signature candor, astute observational savvy, and devastating wit, Nevertheless reveals an Alec Baldwin we have never fully seen before. Alec Baldwin Tue, 04 Apr 2017 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290779 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nevertheless: A Memoir Author: Alec Baldwin Narrator: Alec Baldwin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 68 Ratings of Narrator: 4.08 of Total 12 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: One of the most accomplished and outspoken actors today chronicles the highs and lows of his life in this beautifully written, candid memoir. Over the past three decades, Alec Baldwin has established himself as one of Hollywood’s most gifted, hilarious, and controversial leading men. From his work in popular movies, including Beetlejuice, Working Girl, Glengarry Glen Ross, The Cooler, and Martin Scorsese’s The Departed to his role as Jack Donaghy on Tina Fey’s irreverent series 30 Rock—for which he won two Emmys, three Golden Globes, and seven Screen Actors Guild Awards—and as Republican presidential candidate Donald Trump on Saturday Night Live, he’s both a household name and a deeply respected actor. In Nevertheless, Baldwin transcends his public persona, making public facets of his life he has long kept private. In this honest, affecting memoir, he introduces us to the Long Island child who felt burdened by his family’s financial strains and his parents’ unhappy marriage; the Washington, DC, college student gearing up for a career in politics; the self-named ''Love Taxi'' who helped friends solve their romantic problems while neglecting his own; the young soap actor learning from giants of the theatre; the addict drawn to drugs and alcohol who struggles with sobriety; the husband and father who acknowledges his failings and battles to overcome them; and the consummate professional for whom the work is everything. Throughout Nevertheless, one constant emerges: the fearlessness that defines and drives Baldwin’s life. Told with his signature candor, astute observational savvy, and devastating wit, Nevertheless reveals an Alec Baldwin we have never fully seen before. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nevertheless: A Memoir Author: Alec Baldwin Narrator: Alec Baldwin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 68 Ratings of Narrator: 4.08 of Total 12 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: One of the most accomplished and outspoken actors today chronicles the highs and lows of his life in this beautifully written, candid memoir. Over the past three decades, Alec Baldwin has established himself as one of Hollywood’s most gifted, hilarious, and controversial leading men. From his work in popular movies, including Beetlejuice, Working Girl, Glengarry Glen Ross, The Cooler, and Martin Scorsese’s The Departed to his role as Jack Donaghy on Tina Fey’s irreverent series 30 Rock—for which he won two Emmys, three Golden Globes, and seven Screen Actors Guild Awards—and as Republican presidential candidate Donald Trump on Saturday Night Live, he’s both a household name and a deeply respected actor. In Nevertheless, Baldwin transcends his public persona, making public facets of his life he has long kept private. In this honest, affecting memoir, he introduces us to the Long Island child who felt burdened by his family’s financial strains and his parents’ unhappy marriage; the Washington, DC, college student gearing up for a career in politics; the self-named ''Love Taxi'' who helped friends solve their romantic problems while neglecting his own; the young soap actor learning from giants of the theatre; the addict drawn to drugs and alcohol who struggles with sobriety; the husband and father who acknowledges his failings and battles to overcome them; and the consummate professional for whom the work is everything. Throughout Nevertheless, one constant emerges: the fearlessness that defines and drives Baldwin’s life. Told with his signature candor, astute observational savvy, and devastating wit, Nevertheless reveals an Alec Baldwin we have never fully seen before. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290532 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling Good: The New Mood Therapy Author: David D. Burns Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 143 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 17 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The good news is that anxiety, guilt, pessimism, procrastination, low self-esteem, and other 'black holes' of depression can be cured without drugs. In Feeling Good, eminent psychiatrist David D. Burns, M.D. outlines the remarkable, scientifically proven techniques that will immediately lift your spirits and help you develop a positive outlook on life. Now, in this updated edition, Dr Burns adds an all-new Consumer's Guide To Antidepressant Drugs, as well as a new introduction to help answer your questions about the many options available for treating depression. - Recognise what causes your mood swings. - Nip negative feelings in the bud. - Deal with guilt. - Handle hostility and criticism. - Overcome addiction to love and approval. - Build self-esteem. - Feel good everyday. Please visit www.feelinggood.com to access supplemental materials, the Feeling Good Podcasts, the Feeling Good Blog, and more! David D. Burns Tue, 21 Mar 2017 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290532 thebookvoice.com 13:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling Good: The New Mood Therapy Author: David D. Burns Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 143 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 17 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The good news is that anxiety, guilt, pessimism, procrastination, low self-esteem, and other 'black holes' of depression can be cured without drugs. In Feeling Good, eminent psychiatrist David D. Burns, M.D. outlines the remarkable, scientifically proven techniques that will immediately lift your spirits and help you develop a positive outlook on life. Now, in this updated edition, Dr Burns adds an all-new Consumer's Guide To Antidepressant Drugs, as well as a new introduction to help answer your questions about the many options available for treating depression. - Recognise what causes your mood swings. - Nip negative feelings in the bud. - Deal with guilt. - Handle hostility and criticism. - Overcome addiction to love and approval. - Build self-esteem. - Feel good everyday. Please visit www.feelinggood.com to access supplemental materials, the Feeling Good Podcasts, the Feeling Good Blog, and more! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling Good: The New Mood Therapy Author: David D. Burns Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 143 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 17 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The good news is that anxiety, guilt, pessimism, procrastination, low self-esteem, and other 'black holes' of depression can be cured without drugs. In Feeling Good, eminent psychiatrist David D. Burns, M.D. outlines the remarkable, scientifically proven techniques that will immediately lift your spirits and help you develop a positive outlook on life. Now, in this updated edition, Dr Burns adds an all-new Consumer's Guide To Antidepressant Drugs, as well as a new introduction to help answer your questions about the many options available for treating depression. - Recognise what causes your mood swings. - Nip negative feelings in the bud. - Deal with guilt. - Handle hostility and criticism. - Overcome addiction to love and approval. - Build self-esteem. - Feel good everyday. Please visit www.feelinggood.com to access supplemental materials, the Feeling Good Podcasts, the Feeling Good Blog, and more! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290355 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290355]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Startup: A Novel Author: Doree Shafrir Narrator: Eliana Marianes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From veteran online journalist and BuzzFeed writer Doree Shafrir comes a hilarious debut novel that proves there are some dilemmas that no app can solve. Mack McAllister has a $600 million dollar idea. His mindfulness app, TakeOff, is already the hottest thing in tech and he's about to launch a new and improved version that promises to bring investors running and may turn his brainchild into a $1 billion dollar business -- in startup parlance, an elusive unicorn. Katya Pasternack is hungry for a scoop that will drive traffic. An ambitious young journalist at a gossipy tech blog, Katya knows that she needs more than another PR friendly puff piece to make her the go-to byline for industry news. Sabrina Choe Blum just wants to stay afloat. The exhausted mother of two and failed creative writer is trying to escape from her credit card debt and an inattentive husband-who also happens to be Katya's boss-as she rejoins a work force that has gotten younger, hipper, and much more computer literate since she's been away. Before the ink on Mack's latest round of funding is dry, an errant text message hints that he may be working a bit too closely for comfort with a young social media manager in his office. When Mack's bad behavior collides with Katya's search for a salacious post, Sabrina gets caught in the middle as TakeOff goes viral for all the wrong reasons. As the fallout from Mack's scandal engulfs the lower Manhattan office building where all three work, it's up to Katya and Sabrina to write the story the men in their lives would prefer remain untold. An assured, observant debut from the veteran online journalist Doree Shafrir, Startup is a sharp, hugely entertaining story of youth, ambition, love, money and technology's inability to hack human nature. 'A biting and astute debut novel [with] many delights.'-Lara Vapnyar, New York Times Book Review Doree Shafrir Tue, 25 Apr 2017 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290355 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290355]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Startup: A Novel Author: Doree Shafrir Narrator: Eliana Marianes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From veteran online journalist and BuzzFeed writer Doree Shafrir comes a hilarious debut novel that proves there are some dilemmas that no app can solve. Mack McAllister has a $600 million dollar idea. His mindfulness app, TakeOff, is already the hottest thing in tech and he's about to launch a new and improved version that promises to bring investors running and may turn his brainchild into a $1 billion dollar business -- in startup parlance, an elusive unicorn. Katya Pasternack is hungry for a scoop that will drive traffic. An ambitious young journalist at a gossipy tech blog, Katya knows that she needs more than another PR friendly puff piece to make her the go-to byline for industry news. Sabrina Choe Blum just wants to stay afloat. The exhausted mother of two and failed creative writer is trying to escape from her credit card debt and an inattentive husband-who also happens to be Katya's boss-as she rejoins a work force that has gotten younger, hipper, and much more computer literate since she's been away. Before the ink on Mack's latest round of funding is dry, an errant text message hints that he may be working a bit too closely for comfort with a young social media manager in his office. When Mack's bad behavior collides with Katya's search for a salacious post, Sabrina gets caught in the middle as TakeOff goes viral for all the wrong reasons. As the fallout from Mack's scandal engulfs the lower Manhattan office building where all three work, it's up to Katya and Sabrina to write the story the men in their lives would prefer remain untold. An assured, observant debut from the veteran online journalist Doree Shafrir, Startup is a sharp, hugely entertaining story of youth, ambition, love, money and technology's inability to hack human nature. 'A biting and astute debut novel [with] many delights.'-Lara Vapnyar, New York Times Book Review Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290355]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Startup: A Novel Author: Doree Shafrir Narrator: Eliana Marianes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From veteran online journalist and BuzzFeed writer Doree Shafrir comes a hilarious debut novel that proves there are some dilemmas that no app can solve. Mack McAllister has a $600 million dollar idea. His mindfulness app, TakeOff, is already the hottest thing in tech and he's about to launch a new and improved version that promises to bring investors running and may turn his brainchild into a $1 billion dollar business -- in startup parlance, an elusive unicorn. Katya Pasternack is hungry for a scoop that will drive traffic. An ambitious young journalist at a gossipy tech blog, Katya knows that she needs more than another PR friendly puff piece to make her the go-to byline for industry news. Sabrina Choe Blum just wants to stay afloat. The exhausted mother of two and failed creative writer is trying to escape from her credit card debt and an inattentive husband-who also happens to be Katya's boss-as she rejoins a work force that has gotten younger, hipper, and much more computer literate since she's been away. Before the ink on Mack's latest round of funding is dry, an errant text message hints that he may be working a bit too closely for comfort with a young social media manager in his office. When Mack's bad behavior collides with Katya's search for a salacious post, Sabrina gets caught in the middle as TakeOff goes viral for all the wrong reasons. As the fallout from Mack's scandal engulfs the lower Manhattan office building where all three work, it's up to Katya and Sabrina to write the story the men in their lives would prefer remain untold. An assured, observant debut from the veteran online journalist Doree Shafrir, Startup is a sharp, hugely entertaining story of youth, ambition, love, money and technology's inability to hack human nature. 'A biting and astute debut novel [with] many delights.'-Lara Vapnyar, New York Times Book Review https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289338 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289338]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radio Silence Author: Alice Oseman Narrator: Aysha Kala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The second novel by the phenomenally talented Alice Oseman, the author of the million-copy bestselling Heartstopper books—now a major Netflix series. What if everything you set yourself up to be was wrong? Frances has always been a study machine with one goal: elite university. Nothing will stand in her way. Not friends, not a guilty secret—not even the person she is on the inside. But when Frances meets Aled, the shy genius behind her favorite podcast, she discovers a new freedom. He unlocks the door to Real Frances and for the first time she experiences true friendship, unafraid to be herself. Then the podcast goes viral and the fragile trust between them is broken. Caught between who she was and who she longs to be, Frances’s dreams come crashing down. Suffocating with guilt, she knows that she has to confront her past… She has to confess why Carys disappeared… Meanwhile at university, Aled is alone, fighting even darker secrets. It’s only by facing up to your fears that you can overcome them. And it’s only by being your true self that you can find happiness. Frances is going to need every bit of courage she has. A coming-of-age read that tackles issues of identity, the pressure to succeed, diversity, and freedom to choose, Radio Silence is a tour de force by the most exciting writer of her generation. Alice Oseman Tue, 28 Mar 2017 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289338 thebookvoice.com 10:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289338]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radio Silence Author: Alice Oseman Narrator: Aysha Kala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The second novel by the phenomenally talented Alice Oseman, the author of the million-copy bestselling Heartstopper books—now a major Netflix series. What if everything you set yourself up to be was wrong? Frances has always been a study machine with one goal: elite university. Nothing will stand in her way. Not friends, not a guilty secret—not even the person she is on the inside. But when Frances meets Aled, the shy genius behind her favorite podcast, she discovers a new freedom. He unlocks the door to Real Frances and for the first time she experiences true friendship, unafraid to be herself. Then the podcast goes viral and the fragile trust between them is broken. Caught between who she was and who she longs to be, Frances’s dreams come crashing down. Suffocating with guilt, she knows that she has to confront her past… She has to confess why Carys disappeared… Meanwhile at university, Aled is alone, fighting even darker secrets. It’s only by facing up to your fears that you can overcome them. And it’s only by being your true self that you can find happiness. Frances is going to need every bit of courage she has. A coming-of-age read that tackles issues of identity, the pressure to succeed, diversity, and freedom to choose, Radio Silence is a tour de force by the most exciting writer of her generation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289338]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radio Silence Author: Alice Oseman Narrator: Aysha Kala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The second novel by the phenomenally talented Alice Oseman, the author of the million-copy bestselling Heartstopper books—now a major Netflix series. What if everything you set yourself up to be was wrong? Frances has always been a study machine with one goal: elite university. Nothing will stand in her way. Not friends, not a guilty secret—not even the person she is on the inside. But when Frances meets Aled, the shy genius behind her favorite podcast, she discovers a new freedom. He unlocks the door to Real Frances and for the first time she experiences true friendship, unafraid to be herself. Then the podcast goes viral and the fragile trust between them is broken. Caught between who she was and who she longs to be, Frances’s dreams come crashing down. Suffocating with guilt, she knows that she has to confront her past… She has to confess why Carys disappeared… Meanwhile at university, Aled is alone, fighting even darker secrets. It’s only by facing up to your fears that you can overcome them. And it’s only by being your true self that you can find happiness. Frances is going to need every bit of courage she has. A coming-of-age read that tackles issues of identity, the pressure to succeed, diversity, and freedom to choose, Radio Silence is a tour de force by the most exciting writer of her generation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284088 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 504 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 60 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Yuval Noah Harari, author of the critically-acclaimed New York Times bestseller and international phenomenon Sapiens, returns with an equally original, compelling, and provocative book, turning his focus toward humanity’s future, and our quest to upgrade humans into gods. Over the past century humankind has managed to do the impossible and rein in famine, plague, and war. This may seem hard to accept, but, as Harari explains in his trademark style—thorough, yet riveting—famine, plague and war have been transformed from incomprehensible and uncontrollable forces of nature into manageable challenges. For the first time ever, more people die from eating too much than from eating too little; more people die from old age than from infectious diseases; and more people commit suicide than are killed by soldiers, terrorists and criminals put together. The average American is a thousand times more likely to die from binging at McDonalds than from being blown up by Al Qaeda. What then will replace famine, plague, and war at the top of the human agenda? As the self-made gods of planet earth, what destinies will we set ourselves, and which quests will we undertake? Homo Deus explores the projects, dreams and nightmares that will shape the twenty-first century—from overcoming death to creating artificial life. It asks the fundamental questions: Where do we go from here? And how will we protect this fragile world from our own destructive powers? This is the next stage of evolution. This is Homo Deus. With the same insight and clarity that made Sapiens an international hit and a New York Times bestseller, Harari maps out our future. Yuval Noah Harari Tue, 21 Feb 2017 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284088 thebookvoice.com 14:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 504 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 60 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Yuval Noah Harari, author of the critically-acclaimed New York Times bestseller and international phenomenon Sapiens, returns with an equally original, compelling, and provocative book, turning his focus toward humanity’s future, and our quest to upgrade humans into gods. Over the past century humankind has managed to do the impossible and rein in famine, plague, and war. This may seem hard to accept, but, as Harari explains in his trademark style—thorough, yet riveting—famine, plague and war have been transformed from incomprehensible and uncontrollable forces of nature into manageable challenges. For the first time ever, more people die from eating too much than from eating too little; more people die from old age than from infectious diseases; and more people commit suicide than are killed by soldiers, terrorists and criminals put together. The average American is a thousand times more likely to die from binging at McDonalds than from being blown up by Al Qaeda. What then will replace famine, plague, and war at the top of the human agenda? As the self-made gods of planet earth, what destinies will we set ourselves, and which quests will we undertake? Homo Deus explores the projects, dreams and nightmares that will shape the twenty-first century—from overcoming death to creating artificial life. It asks the fundamental questions: Where do we go from here? And how will we protect this fragile world from our own destructive powers? This is the next stage of evolution. This is Homo Deus. With the same insight and clarity that made Sapiens an international hit and a New York Times bestseller, Harari maps out our future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 504 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 60 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Yuval Noah Harari, author of the critically-acclaimed New York Times bestseller and international phenomenon Sapiens, returns with an equally original, compelling, and provocative book, turning his focus toward humanity’s future, and our quest to upgrade humans into gods. Over the past century humankind has managed to do the impossible and rein in famine, plague, and war. This may seem hard to accept, but, as Harari explains in his trademark style—thorough, yet riveting—famine, plague and war have been transformed from incomprehensible and uncontrollable forces of nature into manageable challenges. For the first time ever, more people die from eating too much than from eating too little; more people die from old age than from infectious diseases; and more people commit suicide than are killed by soldiers, terrorists and criminals put together. The average American is a thousand times more likely to die from binging at McDonalds than from being blown up by Al Qaeda. What then will replace famine, plague, and war at the top of the human agenda? As the self-made gods of planet earth, what destinies will we set ourselves, and which quests will we undertake? Homo Deus explores the projects, dreams and nightmares that will shape the twenty-first century—from overcoming death to creating artificial life. It asks the fundamental questions: Where do we go from here? And how will we protect this fragile world from our own destructive powers? This is the next stage of evolution. This is Homo Deus. With the same insight and clarity that made Sapiens an international hit and a New York Times bestseller, Harari maps out our future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279865 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jump: Take the Leap of Faith to Achieve Your Life of Abundance Author: Steve Harvey Narrator: Mike Hodge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.48 of Total 21 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author Steve Harvey helps you engage the Divine Spirit within you to find your life’s desire and use your own imagination to make your life’s vision a reality. At the beginning of each broadcast of his morning radio show, Steve Harvey offers his millions of listeners a few moments of spiritual advice to inspire and guide them. Fans love Steve’s wisdom and often share his insightful messages with friends and family. In this essential book, Steve expands on those daily words of wisdom by providing fans—and anyone in need of spiritual support, comfort, or guidance—this heartfelt collection of spiritual devotions. Steve beautifully and thoughtfully explains what faith is and how it can work miracles in our daily lives. He also talks in-depth about the power of human imagination and how we can use it to make our dreams come true. Steve believes that no vision enters our minds without our ability to make it a reality. As God inspires us to build and create a larger vision for our lives, Steve shows us that when we combine our inherent power with God’s divine plan, we can each achieve anything. Steve also reveals the power of using imagination, faith, and hard work to make our visions a reality. Written in an engaging storytelling format in Steve’s warm, inviting style, each chapter of this thoughtful book offers invaluable advice and anecdotes that illuminate the power of imagination and how to use our God-given visions to enrich our lives. Steve Harvey Mon, 05 Dec 2016 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279865 thebookvoice.com 4:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jump: Take the Leap of Faith to Achieve Your Life of Abundance Author: Steve Harvey Narrator: Mike Hodge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.48 of Total 21 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author Steve Harvey helps you engage the Divine Spirit within you to find your life’s desire and use your own imagination to make your life’s vision a reality. At the beginning of each broadcast of his morning radio show, Steve Harvey offers his millions of listeners a few moments of spiritual advice to inspire and guide them. Fans love Steve’s wisdom and often share his insightful messages with friends and family. In this essential book, Steve expands on those daily words of wisdom by providing fans—and anyone in need of spiritual support, comfort, or guidance—this heartfelt collection of spiritual devotions. Steve beautifully and thoughtfully explains what faith is and how it can work miracles in our daily lives. He also talks in-depth about the power of human imagination and how we can use it to make our dreams come true. Steve believes that no vision enters our minds without our ability to make it a reality. As God inspires us to build and create a larger vision for our lives, Steve shows us that when we combine our inherent power with God’s divine plan, we can each achieve anything. Steve also reveals the power of using imagination, faith, and hard work to make our visions a reality. Written in an engaging storytelling format in Steve’s warm, inviting style, each chapter of this thoughtful book offers invaluable advice and anecdotes that illuminate the power of imagination and how to use our God-given visions to enrich our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jump: Take the Leap of Faith to Achieve Your Life of Abundance Author: Steve Harvey Narrator: Mike Hodge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.48 of Total 21 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author Steve Harvey helps you engage the Divine Spirit within you to find your life’s desire and use your own imagination to make your life’s vision a reality. At the beginning of each broadcast of his morning radio show, Steve Harvey offers his millions of listeners a few moments of spiritual advice to inspire and guide them. Fans love Steve’s wisdom and often share his insightful messages with friends and family. In this essential book, Steve expands on those daily words of wisdom by providing fans—and anyone in need of spiritual support, comfort, or guidance—this heartfelt collection of spiritual devotions. Steve beautifully and thoughtfully explains what faith is and how it can work miracles in our daily lives. He also talks in-depth about the power of human imagination and how we can use it to make our dreams come true. Steve believes that no vision enters our minds without our ability to make it a reality. As God inspires us to build and create a larger vision for our lives, Steve shows us that when we combine our inherent power with God’s divine plan, we can each achieve anything. Steve also reveals the power of using imagination, faith, and hard work to make our visions a reality. Written in an engaging storytelling format in Steve’s warm, inviting style, each chapter of this thoughtful book offers invaluable advice and anecdotes that illuminate the power of imagination and how to use our God-given visions to enrich our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274551 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Touch My Hair: And Other Things I Still Have to Explain Author: Phoebe Robinson Narrator: Phoebe Robinson, Jessica Williams, John Hodgman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BEST SELLER • 'A must-read…Phoebe Robinson discusses race and feminism in such a funny, real, and specific way, it penetrates your brain and stays with you.' –Ilana Glazer, co-creator and co-star of Broad City A hilarious and timely essay collection about race, gender, and pop culture from upcoming comedy superstar and 2 Dope Queens podcaster Phoebe Robinson Being a black woman in America means contending with old prejudices and fresh absurdities every day. Comedian Phoebe Robinson has experienced her fair share over the years: she's been unceremoniously relegated to the role of 'the black friend,' as if she is somehow the authority on all things racial; she's been questioned about her love of U2 and Billy Joel ('isn’t that . . . white people music?'); she's been called 'uppity' for having an opinion in the workplace; she's been followed around stores by security guards; and yes, people do ask her whether they can touch her hair all. the. time. Now, she's ready to take these topics to the page—and she’s going to make you laugh as she’s doing it. Using her trademark wit alongside pop-culture references galore, Robinson explores everything from why Lisa Bonet is 'Queen. Bae. Jesus,' to breaking down the terrible nature of casting calls, to giving her less-than-traditional advice to the future female president, and demanding that the NFL clean up its act, all told in the same conversational voice that launched her podcast, 2 Dope Queens, to the top spot on iTunes. As personal as it is political, You Can't Touch My Hair examines our cultural climate and skewers our biases with humor and heart, announcing Robinson as a writer on the rise. Read by the Author, and featuring additional narration by Jessica Williams and John Hodgson Featured on Refinery 29's list of 'The Best Books Of 2016 So Far' Phoebe Robinson Tue, 04 Oct 2016 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274551 thebookvoice.com 7:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Touch My Hair: And Other Things I Still Have to Explain Author: Phoebe Robinson Narrator: Phoebe Robinson, Jessica Williams, John Hodgman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BEST SELLER • 'A must-read…Phoebe Robinson discusses race and feminism in such a funny, real, and specific way, it penetrates your brain and stays with you.' –Ilana Glazer, co-creator and co-star of Broad City A hilarious and timely essay collection about race, gender, and pop culture from upcoming comedy superstar and 2 Dope Queens podcaster Phoebe Robinson Being a black woman in America means contending with old prejudices and fresh absurdities every day. Comedian Phoebe Robinson has experienced her fair share over the years: she's been unceremoniously relegated to the role of 'the black friend,' as if she is somehow the authority on all things racial; she's been questioned about her love of U2 and Billy Joel ('isn’t that . . . white people music?'); she's been called 'uppity' for having an opinion in the workplace; she's been followed around stores by security guards; and yes, people do ask her whether they can touch her hair all. the. time. Now, she's ready to take these topics to the page—and she’s going to make you laugh as she’s doing it. Using her trademark wit alongside pop-culture references galore, Robinson explores everything from why Lisa Bonet is 'Queen. Bae. Jesus,' to breaking down the terrible nature of casting calls, to giving her less-than-traditional advice to the future female president, and demanding that the NFL clean up its act, all told in the same conversational voice that launched her podcast, 2 Dope Queens, to the top spot on iTunes. As personal as it is political, You Can't Touch My Hair examines our cultural climate and skewers our biases with humor and heart, announcing Robinson as a writer on the rise. Read by the Author, and featuring additional narration by Jessica Williams and John Hodgson Featured on Refinery 29's list of 'The Best Books Of 2016 So Far' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Touch My Hair: And Other Things I Still Have to Explain Author: Phoebe Robinson Narrator: Phoebe Robinson, Jessica Williams, John Hodgman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BEST SELLER • 'A must-read…Phoebe Robinson discusses race and feminism in such a funny, real, and specific way, it penetrates your brain and stays with you.' –Ilana Glazer, co-creator and co-star of Broad City A hilarious and timely essay collection about race, gender, and pop culture from upcoming comedy superstar and 2 Dope Queens podcaster Phoebe Robinson Being a black woman in America means contending with old prejudices and fresh absurdities every day. Comedian Phoebe Robinson has experienced her fair share over the years: she's been unceremoniously relegated to the role of 'the black friend,' as if she is somehow the authority on all things racial; she's been questioned about her love of U2 and Billy Joel ('isn’t that . . . white people music?'); she's been called 'uppity' for having an opinion in the workplace; she's been followed around stores by security guards; and yes, people do ask her whether they can touch her hair all. the. time. Now, she's ready to take these topics to the page—and she’s going to make you laugh as she’s doing it. Using her trademark wit alongside pop-culture references galore, Robinson explores everything from why Lisa Bonet is 'Queen. Bae. Jesus,' to breaking down the terrible nature of casting calls, to giving her less-than-traditional advice to the future female president, and demanding that the NFL clean up its act, all told in the same conversational voice that launched her podcast, 2 Dope Queens, to the top spot on iTunes. As personal as it is political, You Can't Touch My Hair examines our cultural climate and skewers our biases with humor and heart, announcing Robinson as a writer on the rise. Read by the Author, and featuring additional narration by Jessica Williams and John Hodgson Featured on Refinery 29's list of 'The Best Books Of 2016 So Far' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270922 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck: A Counterintuitive Approach to Living a Good Life Author: Mark Manson Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 6591 Ratings of Narrator: 4.56 of Total 1144 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller • More than 10 million Copies Sold In this generation-defining self-help guide, a superstar blogger cuts through the crap to show us how to stop trying to be ''positive'' all the time so that we can truly become better, happier people. For decades, we’ve been told that positive thinking is the key to a happy, rich life. ''F**k positivity,'' Mark Manson says. ''Let’s be honest, shit is f**ked and we have to live with it.'' In his wildly popular Internet blog, Manson doesn’t sugarcoat or equivocate. He tells it like it is—a dose of raw, refreshing, honest truth that is sorely lacking today. The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F**k is his antidote to the coddling, let’s-all-feel-good mindset that has infected modern society and spoiled a generation, rewarding them with gold medals just for showing up. Manson makes the argument, backed both by academic research and well-timed poop jokes, that improving our lives hinges not on our ability to turn lemons into lemonade, but on learning to stomach lemons better. Human beings are flawed and limited—''not everybody can be extraordinary, there are winners and losers in society, and some of it is not fair or your fault.'' Manson advises us to get to know our limitations and accept them. Once we embrace our fears, faults, and uncertainties, once we stop running and avoiding and start confronting painful truths, we can begin to find the courage, perseverance, honesty, responsibility, curiosity, and forgiveness we seek. There are only so many things we can give a f**k about so we need to figure out which ones really matter, Manson makes clear. While money is nice, caring about what you do with your life is better, because true wealth is about experience. A much-needed grab-you-by-the-shoulders-and-look-you-in-the-eye moment of real-talk, filled with entertaining stories and profane, ruthless humor, The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck is a refreshing slap for a generation to help them lead contented, grounded lives. Mark Manson Tue, 13 Sep 2016 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270922 thebookvoice.com 5:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck: A Counterintuitive Approach to Living a Good Life Author: Mark Manson Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 6591 Ratings of Narrator: 4.56 of Total 1144 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller • More than 10 million Copies Sold In this generation-defining self-help guide, a superstar blogger cuts through the crap to show us how to stop trying to be ''positive'' all the time so that we can truly become better, happier people. For decades, we’ve been told that positive thinking is the key to a happy, rich life. ''F**k positivity,'' Mark Manson says. ''Let’s be honest, shit is f**ked and we have to live with it.'' In his wildly popular Internet blog, Manson doesn’t sugarcoat or equivocate. He tells it like it is—a dose of raw, refreshing, honest truth that is sorely lacking today. The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F**k is his antidote to the coddling, let’s-all-feel-good mindset that has infected modern society and spoiled a generation, rewarding them with gold medals just for showing up. Manson makes the argument, backed both by academic research and well-timed poop jokes, that improving our lives hinges not on our ability to turn lemons into lemonade, but on learning to stomach lemons better. Human beings are flawed and limited—''not everybody can be extraordinary, there are winners and losers in society, and some of it is not fair or your fault.'' Manson advises us to get to know our limitations and accept them. Once we embrace our fears, faults, and uncertainties, once we stop running and avoiding and start confronting painful truths, we can begin to find the courage, perseverance, honesty, responsibility, curiosity, and forgiveness we seek. There are only so many things we can give a f**k about so we need to figure out which ones really matter, Manson makes clear. While money is nice, caring about what you do with your life is better, because true wealth is about experience. A much-needed grab-you-by-the-shoulders-and-look-you-in-the-eye moment of real-talk, filled with entertaining stories and profane, ruthless humor, The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck is a refreshing slap for a generation to help them lead contented, grounded lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck: A Counterintuitive Approach to Living a Good Life Author: Mark Manson Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 6591 Ratings of Narrator: 4.56 of Total 1144 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller • More than 10 million Copies Sold In this generation-defining self-help guide, a superstar blogger cuts through the crap to show us how to stop trying to be ''positive'' all the time so that we can truly become better, happier people. For decades, we’ve been told that positive thinking is the key to a happy, rich life. ''F**k positivity,'' Mark Manson says. ''Let’s be honest, shit is f**ked and we have to live with it.'' In his wildly popular Internet blog, Manson doesn’t sugarcoat or equivocate. He tells it like it is—a dose of raw, refreshing, honest truth that is sorely lacking today. The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F**k is his antidote to the coddling, let’s-all-feel-good mindset that has infected modern society and spoiled a generation, rewarding them with gold medals just for showing up. Manson makes the argument, backed both by academic research and well-timed poop jokes, that improving our lives hinges not on our ability to turn lemons into lemonade, but on learning to stomach lemons better. Human beings are flawed and limited—''not everybody can be extraordinary, there are winners and losers in society, and some of it is not fair or your fault.'' Manson advises us to get to know our limitations and accept them. Once we embrace our fears, faults, and uncertainties, once we stop running and avoiding and start confronting painful truths, we can begin to find the courage, perseverance, honesty, responsibility, curiosity, and forgiveness we seek. There are only so many things we can give a f**k about so we need to figure out which ones really matter, Manson makes clear. While money is nice, caring about what you do with your life is better, because true wealth is about experience. A much-needed grab-you-by-the-shoulders-and-look-you-in-the-eye moment of real-talk, filled with entertaining stories and profane, ruthless humor, The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck is a refreshing slap for a generation to help them lead contented, grounded lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269751 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 340 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 61 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. **THE MILLION COPY BESTSELLER** Sapiens showed us where we came from. In our increasingly uncertain times, Homo Deus shows us where we're going. The world-renowned historian and intellectual Yuval Noah Harari envisions a near future in which we face a new set of challenges. Homo Deus explores the projects, dreams and nightmares that will shape the twenty-first century and beyond - from overcoming death to creating artificial life. It asks the fundamental questions: how can we protect this fragile world from our own destructive power? And what does our future hold? 'Homo Deus will shock you. It will entertain you. It will make you think in ways you had not thought before' Daniel Kahneman, bestselling author of Thinking, Fast and Slow © Yuval Noah Harari 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2016 Yuval Noah Harari Thu, 08 Sep 2016 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269751 thebookvoice.com 14:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 340 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 61 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. **THE MILLION COPY BESTSELLER** Sapiens showed us where we came from. In our increasingly uncertain times, Homo Deus shows us where we're going. The world-renowned historian and intellectual Yuval Noah Harari envisions a near future in which we face a new set of challenges. Homo Deus explores the projects, dreams and nightmares that will shape the twenty-first century and beyond - from overcoming death to creating artificial life. It asks the fundamental questions: how can we protect this fragile world from our own destructive power? And what does our future hold? 'Homo Deus will shock you. It will entertain you. It will make you think in ways you had not thought before' Daniel Kahneman, bestselling author of Thinking, Fast and Slow © Yuval Noah Harari 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2016 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 340 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 61 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. **THE MILLION COPY BESTSELLER** Sapiens showed us where we came from. In our increasingly uncertain times, Homo Deus shows us where we're going. The world-renowned historian and intellectual Yuval Noah Harari envisions a near future in which we face a new set of challenges. Homo Deus explores the projects, dreams and nightmares that will shape the twenty-first century and beyond - from overcoming death to creating artificial life. It asks the fundamental questions: how can we protect this fragile world from our own destructive power? And what does our future hold? 'Homo Deus will shock you. It will entertain you. It will make you think in ways you had not thought before' Daniel Kahneman, bestselling author of Thinking, Fast and Slow © Yuval Noah Harari 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2016 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264702 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Man, White House: An Oral History of the Obama Years Author: D. L. Hughley Narrator: James Shippy, John Reynolds, Ron Butler, Greg Itzin, Cherise Boothe, Paula Jai Parker-Martin, Dan Woren, Mia Barron, Keith Szarabajka, Fran Tunno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From legendary comedian D.L. Hughley comes a bitingly funny send-up of the Obama years, as “told” by the key political players on both sides of the aisle. What do the Clintons, Republicans, fellow Democrats, and Obama’s own family really think of President Barack Obama? Finally, the truth is revealed in this raucously funny “oral history” parody. There is no more astute—and hilarious—critic of politics, entertainment, and race in America than D. L. Hughley, famed comedian, radio star, and original member of the “Kings of Comedy.” In the vein of Jon Stewart’s America: The Book, Black Man, White House is an acerbic and witty take on Obama’s two terms, looking at the president’s accomplishments and foibles through the imagined eyes of those who saw history unfold. Hughley draws upon satirical interviews with the most notorious public figures of our day: Mitt Romney (“What’s ‘poverty’? Is that some sort of rap jargon?”); Nancy Pelosi (“I play F**k/Marry/Kill, and there’s a lot more kills than fu**ks in Congress, believe me.”); Rod Blagojevich (“You can’t sell political offices on eBay; I discovered that personally.”); Joe Biden (“I like wrestling.”); and other politicians, media pundits, and buffoons. It is sure to be the most irreverent—and perhaps the most honest—look at American politics today. D. L. Hughley Tue, 07 Jun 2016 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264702 thebookvoice.com 9:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Man, White House: An Oral History of the Obama Years Author: D. L. Hughley Narrator: James Shippy, John Reynolds, Ron Butler, Greg Itzin, Cherise Boothe, Paula Jai Parker-Martin, Dan Woren, Mia Barron, Keith Szarabajka, Fran Tunno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From legendary comedian D.L. Hughley comes a bitingly funny send-up of the Obama years, as “told” by the key political players on both sides of the aisle. What do the Clintons, Republicans, fellow Democrats, and Obama’s own family really think of President Barack Obama? Finally, the truth is revealed in this raucously funny “oral history” parody. There is no more astute—and hilarious—critic of politics, entertainment, and race in America than D. L. Hughley, famed comedian, radio star, and original member of the “Kings of Comedy.” In the vein of Jon Stewart’s America: The Book, Black Man, White House is an acerbic and witty take on Obama’s two terms, looking at the president’s accomplishments and foibles through the imagined eyes of those who saw history unfold. Hughley draws upon satirical interviews with the most notorious public figures of our day: Mitt Romney (“What’s ‘poverty’? Is that some sort of rap jargon?”); Nancy Pelosi (“I play F**k/Marry/Kill, and there’s a lot more kills than fu**ks in Congress, believe me.”); Rod Blagojevich (“You can’t sell political offices on eBay; I discovered that personally.”); Joe Biden (“I like wrestling.”); and other politicians, media pundits, and buffoons. It is sure to be the most irreverent—and perhaps the most honest—look at American politics today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Man, White House: An Oral History of the Obama Years Author: D. L. Hughley Narrator: James Shippy, John Reynolds, Ron Butler, Greg Itzin, Cherise Boothe, Paula Jai Parker-Martin, Dan Woren, Mia Barron, Keith Szarabajka, Fran Tunno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: From legendary comedian D.L. Hughley comes a bitingly funny send-up of the Obama years, as “told” by the key political players on both sides of the aisle. What do the Clintons, Republicans, fellow Democrats, and Obama’s own family really think of President Barack Obama? Finally, the truth is revealed in this raucously funny “oral history” parody. There is no more astute—and hilarious—critic of politics, entertainment, and race in America than D. L. Hughley, famed comedian, radio star, and original member of the “Kings of Comedy.” In the vein of Jon Stewart’s America: The Book, Black Man, White House is an acerbic and witty take on Obama’s two terms, looking at the president’s accomplishments and foibles through the imagined eyes of those who saw history unfold. Hughley draws upon satirical interviews with the most notorious public figures of our day: Mitt Romney (“What’s ‘poverty’? Is that some sort of rap jargon?”); Nancy Pelosi (“I play F**k/Marry/Kill, and there’s a lot more kills than fu**ks in Congress, believe me.”); Rod Blagojevich (“You can’t sell political offices on eBay; I discovered that personally.”); Joe Biden (“I like wrestling.”); and other politicians, media pundits, and buffoons. It is sure to be the most irreverent—and perhaps the most honest—look at American politics today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264701 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forward: A Memoir Author: Abby Wambach Narrator: Abby Wambach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: ''Lucid and wrenching...Forward puts [Wambach's] achievement in context with painful and beautiful candor.'' —NPR ''Forward is the powerful story of an athlete who has inspired girls all over the world to believe in themselves.''  —Sheryl Sandberg, Facebook COO, New York Times Bestselling author of Lean In  “This is the best memoir I’ve read by an athlete since Andre Agassi’s Open.”  —Adam Grant, Wharton professor and New York Times bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take Abby Wambach has always pushed the limits of what is possible.  Named by Time magazine as one of the most influential people of 2015, the iconic soccer player captured the nation’s heart when she led her team to its recent World Cup Championship.  Admired for her fearlessness and passion, Abby is a vocal advocate for women’s rights and equal opportunity, pushing to translate the success of her team to the real world. She has become a heavily requested speaker to a wide a range of audiences, from college students to executives at Fortune 500 companies. In Forward, Abby recounts her own decisions, wins, losses, and the pivotal moments that helped her become the world class athlete and leader she is today. Wambach’s book goes beyond the soccer field to reveal a soulful person grappling universal questions about how we can live our best lives, and become our truest selves. Written with honesty and heart, Forward is an inspiring blueprint for individual growth and a rousing call to action. Abby Wambach Tue, 13 Sep 2016 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264701 thebookvoice.com 5:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forward: A Memoir Author: Abby Wambach Narrator: Abby Wambach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: ''Lucid and wrenching...Forward puts [Wambach's] achievement in context with painful and beautiful candor.'' —NPR ''Forward is the powerful story of an athlete who has inspired girls all over the world to believe in themselves.''  —Sheryl Sandberg, Facebook COO, New York Times Bestselling author of Lean In  “This is the best memoir I’ve read by an athlete since Andre Agassi’s Open.”  —Adam Grant, Wharton professor and New York Times bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take Abby Wambach has always pushed the limits of what is possible.  Named by Time magazine as one of the most influential people of 2015, the iconic soccer player captured the nation’s heart when she led her team to its recent World Cup Championship.  Admired for her fearlessness and passion, Abby is a vocal advocate for women’s rights and equal opportunity, pushing to translate the success of her team to the real world. She has become a heavily requested speaker to a wide a range of audiences, from college students to executives at Fortune 500 companies. In Forward, Abby recounts her own decisions, wins, losses, and the pivotal moments that helped her become the world class athlete and leader she is today. Wambach’s book goes beyond the soccer field to reveal a soulful person grappling universal questions about how we can live our best lives, and become our truest selves. Written with honesty and heart, Forward is an inspiring blueprint for individual growth and a rousing call to action. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forward: A Memoir Author: Abby Wambach Narrator: Abby Wambach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: ''Lucid and wrenching...Forward puts [Wambach's] achievement in context with painful and beautiful candor.'' —NPR ''Forward is the powerful story of an athlete who has inspired girls all over the world to believe in themselves.''  —Sheryl Sandberg, Facebook COO, New York Times Bestselling author of Lean In  “This is the best memoir I’ve read by an athlete since Andre Agassi’s Open.”  —Adam Grant, Wharton professor and New York Times bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take Abby Wambach has always pushed the limits of what is possible.  Named by Time magazine as one of the most influential people of 2015, the iconic soccer player captured the nation’s heart when she led her team to its recent World Cup Championship.  Admired for her fearlessness and passion, Abby is a vocal advocate for women’s rights and equal opportunity, pushing to translate the success of her team to the real world. She has become a heavily requested speaker to a wide a range of audiences, from college students to executives at Fortune 500 companies. In Forward, Abby recounts her own decisions, wins, losses, and the pivotal moments that helped her become the world class athlete and leader she is today. Wambach’s book goes beyond the soccer field to reveal a soulful person grappling universal questions about how we can live our best lives, and become our truest selves. Written with honesty and heart, Forward is an inspiring blueprint for individual growth and a rousing call to action. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263478 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bare Bones: I'm Not Lonely If You're Reading This Book Author: Bobby Bones Narrator: Bobby Bones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 76 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 20 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A touching, funny, heart-wrenching, and triumphant memoir from one of the biggest names in radio, the host of The Bobby Bones Show, one of the most listened-to drive time morning radio shows in the nation. Growing up poor in Mountain Pine, Arkansas, with a young, addicted mom, Bobby Estell fell in love with country music. Abandoned by his father at the age of five, Bobby saw the radio as his way out—a dream that came true in college when he went on air at the Henderson State University campus station broadcasting as Bobby Bones, while simultaneously starting The Bobby Bones Show at 105.9 KLAZ. Bobby’s passions were pop, country music, and comedy, and he blended the three to become a tastemaker in the country music industry, heard by millions daily. Bobby broke the format of standard country radio, mixing country and pop with entertainment news and information, and has interviewed some of the biggest names in the business, including Luke Bryan, Taylor Swift, Blake Shelton, Tim McGraw, Lady Antebellum, and Jason Aldean. Yet despite the glamour, fame, and money, Bobby has never forgotten his roots, the mom and grandmother who raised him, the work ethic he embraced which saved him and encouraged him to explore the world, and the good values that shaped him. In this funny, poignant memoir told in Bobby’s distinctive patter, he takes fans on a tour of his road to radio. Bobby doesn’t shy away from the curves he continues to navigate—including his obsessive-compulsive disorder—on his journey to find the happiness of a healthy family. Funny and tender, raw and honest, Bare Bones is pure Bobby Bones—surprising, entertaining, inspiring, and authentic. Bobby Bones Tue, 17 May 2016 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263478 thebookvoice.com 6:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bare Bones: I'm Not Lonely If You're Reading This Book Author: Bobby Bones Narrator: Bobby Bones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 76 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 20 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A touching, funny, heart-wrenching, and triumphant memoir from one of the biggest names in radio, the host of The Bobby Bones Show, one of the most listened-to drive time morning radio shows in the nation. Growing up poor in Mountain Pine, Arkansas, with a young, addicted mom, Bobby Estell fell in love with country music. Abandoned by his father at the age of five, Bobby saw the radio as his way out—a dream that came true in college when he went on air at the Henderson State University campus station broadcasting as Bobby Bones, while simultaneously starting The Bobby Bones Show at 105.9 KLAZ. Bobby’s passions were pop, country music, and comedy, and he blended the three to become a tastemaker in the country music industry, heard by millions daily. Bobby broke the format of standard country radio, mixing country and pop with entertainment news and information, and has interviewed some of the biggest names in the business, including Luke Bryan, Taylor Swift, Blake Shelton, Tim McGraw, Lady Antebellum, and Jason Aldean. Yet despite the glamour, fame, and money, Bobby has never forgotten his roots, the mom and grandmother who raised him, the work ethic he embraced which saved him and encouraged him to explore the world, and the good values that shaped him. In this funny, poignant memoir told in Bobby’s distinctive patter, he takes fans on a tour of his road to radio. Bobby doesn’t shy away from the curves he continues to navigate—including his obsessive-compulsive disorder—on his journey to find the happiness of a healthy family. Funny and tender, raw and honest, Bare Bones is pure Bobby Bones—surprising, entertaining, inspiring, and authentic. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bare Bones: I'm Not Lonely If You're Reading This Book Author: Bobby Bones Narrator: Bobby Bones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 76 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 20 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A touching, funny, heart-wrenching, and triumphant memoir from one of the biggest names in radio, the host of The Bobby Bones Show, one of the most listened-to drive time morning radio shows in the nation. Growing up poor in Mountain Pine, Arkansas, with a young, addicted mom, Bobby Estell fell in love with country music. Abandoned by his father at the age of five, Bobby saw the radio as his way out—a dream that came true in college when he went on air at the Henderson State University campus station broadcasting as Bobby Bones, while simultaneously starting The Bobby Bones Show at 105.9 KLAZ. Bobby’s passions were pop, country music, and comedy, and he blended the three to become a tastemaker in the country music industry, heard by millions daily. Bobby broke the format of standard country radio, mixing country and pop with entertainment news and information, and has interviewed some of the biggest names in the business, including Luke Bryan, Taylor Swift, Blake Shelton, Tim McGraw, Lady Antebellum, and Jason Aldean. Yet despite the glamour, fame, and money, Bobby has never forgotten his roots, the mom and grandmother who raised him, the work ethic he embraced which saved him and encouraged him to explore the world, and the good values that shaped him. In this funny, poignant memoir told in Bobby’s distinctive patter, he takes fans on a tour of his road to radio. Bobby doesn’t shy away from the curves he continues to navigate—including his obsessive-compulsive disorder—on his journey to find the happiness of a healthy family. Funny and tender, raw and honest, Bare Bones is pure Bobby Bones—surprising, entertaining, inspiring, and authentic. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263371 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263371]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Okay to Laugh: (Crying is Cool Too) Author: Nora McInerny Purmort Narrator: Nora McInerny Purmort Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 24, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER “Thank you for the perfect blend of nostalgia-drenched humor, wit, and heartbreak, Nora.” — Mandy Moore Joining the ranks of Let’s Pretend This Never Happened and Carry On, Warrior, a fierce, hysterically funny memoir that reminds us that comedy equals tragedy plus time. Twentysomething Nora McInerny Purmort bounced from boyfriend to boyfriend and job to job. Then she met Aaron, a charismatic art director and her kindred spirit. They made mix tapes (and pancakes) into the wee hours of the morning. They finished each other's sentences. They just knew. When Aaron was diagnosed with a rare brain cancer, they refused to let it limit their love. They got engaged on Aaron's hospital bed and married after his first surgery. They had a baby when he was on chemo. They shared an amazing summer filled with happiness and laughter. A few months later, Aaron died in Nora's arms in another hospital bed. His wildly creative obituary, which they wrote together, touched the world. Now, Nora shares hysterical, moving, and painfully honest stories about her journey with Aaron. It's OK to Laugh explores universal themes of love, marriage, work, (single) motherhood, and depression through her refreshingly frank viewpoint. A love letter to life, in all of its messy glory, and what it's like to still be kickin', It's OK to Laugh is like a long chat with a close friend over a cup of coffee (or chardonnay). Nora McInerny Purmort Tue, 24 May 2016 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263371 thebookvoice.com 6:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263371]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Okay to Laugh: (Crying is Cool Too) Author: Nora McInerny Purmort Narrator: Nora McInerny Purmort Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 24, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER “Thank you for the perfect blend of nostalgia-drenched humor, wit, and heartbreak, Nora.” — Mandy Moore Joining the ranks of Let’s Pretend This Never Happened and Carry On, Warrior, a fierce, hysterically funny memoir that reminds us that comedy equals tragedy plus time. Twentysomething Nora McInerny Purmort bounced from boyfriend to boyfriend and job to job. Then she met Aaron, a charismatic art director and her kindred spirit. They made mix tapes (and pancakes) into the wee hours of the morning. They finished each other's sentences. They just knew. When Aaron was diagnosed with a rare brain cancer, they refused to let it limit their love. They got engaged on Aaron's hospital bed and married after his first surgery. They had a baby when he was on chemo. They shared an amazing summer filled with happiness and laughter. A few months later, Aaron died in Nora's arms in another hospital bed. His wildly creative obituary, which they wrote together, touched the world. Now, Nora shares hysterical, moving, and painfully honest stories about her journey with Aaron. It's OK to Laugh explores universal themes of love, marriage, work, (single) motherhood, and depression through her refreshingly frank viewpoint. A love letter to life, in all of its messy glory, and what it's like to still be kickin', It's OK to Laugh is like a long chat with a close friend over a cup of coffee (or chardonnay). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263371]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Okay to Laugh: (Crying is Cool Too) Author: Nora McInerny Purmort Narrator: Nora McInerny Purmort Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 24, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER “Thank you for the perfect blend of nostalgia-drenched humor, wit, and heartbreak, Nora.” — Mandy Moore Joining the ranks of Let’s Pretend This Never Happened and Carry On, Warrior, a fierce, hysterically funny memoir that reminds us that comedy equals tragedy plus time. Twentysomething Nora McInerny Purmort bounced from boyfriend to boyfriend and job to job. Then she met Aaron, a charismatic art director and her kindred spirit. They made mix tapes (and pancakes) into the wee hours of the morning. They finished each other's sentences. They just knew. When Aaron was diagnosed with a rare brain cancer, they refused to let it limit their love. They got engaged on Aaron's hospital bed and married after his first surgery. They had a baby when he was on chemo. They shared an amazing summer filled with happiness and laughter. A few months later, Aaron died in Nora's arms in another hospital bed. His wildly creative obituary, which they wrote together, touched the world. Now, Nora shares hysterical, moving, and painfully honest stories about her journey with Aaron. It's OK to Laugh explores universal themes of love, marriage, work, (single) motherhood, and depression through her refreshingly frank viewpoint. A love letter to life, in all of its messy glory, and what it's like to still be kickin', It's OK to Laugh is like a long chat with a close friend over a cup of coffee (or chardonnay). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262083 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rainbow Comes and Goes: A Mother and Son On Life, Love, and Loss Author: Gloria Vanderbilt, Anderson Cooper Narrator: Gloria Vanderbilt, Anderson Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 210 Ratings of Narrator: 4.72 of Total 67 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A touching and intimate correspondence between Anderson Cooper and his mother, Gloria Vanderbilt, offering timeless wisdom and a revealing glimpse into their lives Though Anderson Cooper has always considered himself close to his mother, his intensely busy career as a journalist for CNN and CBS affords him little time to spend with her. After she suffers a brief but serious illness at the age of ninety-one, they resolve to change their relationship by beginning a year-long conversation unlike any they had ever had before. The result is a correspondence of surprising honesty and depth in which they discuss their lives, the things that matter to them, and what they still want to learn about each other. Both a son’s love letter to his mother and an unconventional mom’s life lessons for her grown son, The Rainbow Comes and Goes offers a rare window into their close relationship and fascinating life stories, including their tragedies and triumphs. In these often humorous and moving exchanges, they share their most private thoughts and the hard-earned truths they’ve learned along the way. In their words their distinctive personalities shine through—Anderson’s journalistic outlook on the world is a sharp contrast to his mother’s idealism and unwavering optimism.  An appealing memoir with inspirational advice, The Rainbow Comes and Goes is a beautiful and affectionate celebration of the universal bond between a parent and a child, and a thoughtful reflection on life, reminding us of the precious insight that remains to be shared, no matter our age. Gloria Vanderbilt, Anderson Cooper Tue, 05 Apr 2016 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262083 thebookvoice.com 6:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rainbow Comes and Goes: A Mother and Son On Life, Love, and Loss Author: Gloria Vanderbilt, Anderson Cooper Narrator: Gloria Vanderbilt, Anderson Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 210 Ratings of Narrator: 4.72 of Total 67 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A touching and intimate correspondence between Anderson Cooper and his mother, Gloria Vanderbilt, offering timeless wisdom and a revealing glimpse into their lives Though Anderson Cooper has always considered himself close to his mother, his intensely busy career as a journalist for CNN and CBS affords him little time to spend with her. After she suffers a brief but serious illness at the age of ninety-one, they resolve to change their relationship by beginning a year-long conversation unlike any they had ever had before. The result is a correspondence of surprising honesty and depth in which they discuss their lives, the things that matter to them, and what they still want to learn about each other. Both a son’s love letter to his mother and an unconventional mom’s life lessons for her grown son, The Rainbow Comes and Goes offers a rare window into their close relationship and fascinating life stories, including their tragedies and triumphs. In these often humorous and moving exchanges, they share their most private thoughts and the hard-earned truths they’ve learned along the way. In their words their distinctive personalities shine through—Anderson’s journalistic outlook on the world is a sharp contrast to his mother’s idealism and unwavering optimism.  An appealing memoir with inspirational advice, The Rainbow Comes and Goes is a beautiful and affectionate celebration of the universal bond between a parent and a child, and a thoughtful reflection on life, reminding us of the precious insight that remains to be shared, no matter our age. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rainbow Comes and Goes: A Mother and Son On Life, Love, and Loss Author: Gloria Vanderbilt, Anderson Cooper Narrator: Gloria Vanderbilt, Anderson Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 210 Ratings of Narrator: 4.72 of Total 67 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: A touching and intimate correspondence between Anderson Cooper and his mother, Gloria Vanderbilt, offering timeless wisdom and a revealing glimpse into their lives Though Anderson Cooper has always considered himself close to his mother, his intensely busy career as a journalist for CNN and CBS affords him little time to spend with her. After she suffers a brief but serious illness at the age of ninety-one, they resolve to change their relationship by beginning a year-long conversation unlike any they had ever had before. The result is a correspondence of surprising honesty and depth in which they discuss their lives, the things that matter to them, and what they still want to learn about each other. Both a son’s love letter to his mother and an unconventional mom’s life lessons for her grown son, The Rainbow Comes and Goes offers a rare window into their close relationship and fascinating life stories, including their tragedies and triumphs. In these often humorous and moving exchanges, they share their most private thoughts and the hard-earned truths they’ve learned along the way. In their words their distinctive personalities shine through—Anderson’s journalistic outlook on the world is a sharp contrast to his mother’s idealism and unwavering optimism.  An appealing memoir with inspirational advice, The Rainbow Comes and Goes is a beautiful and affectionate celebration of the universal bond between a parent and a child, and a thoughtful reflection on life, reminding us of the precious insight that remains to be shared, no matter our age. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256484 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #AskGaryVee: One Entrepreneur's Take on Leadership, Social Media, and Self-Awareness Author: Gary Vaynerchuk Narrator: Alex De Simone, Draymond Green, Casey Neistat, Kevin Jonas, Gary Vaynerchuk, Dave Ramsey, Seth Godin, Jack Welch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author draws from his popular show #AskGaryVee to offer surprising, often outrageous, and imminently useful and honest answers to everything you’ve ever wanted to know—and more—about navigating the new world. Gary Vaynerchuk—the inspiring and unconventional entrepreneur who introduced us to the concept of crush it—knows how to get things done, have fun, and be massively successful. A marketing and business genius, Gary had the foresight to go beyond traditional methods and use social media tools such as Twitter, Facebook, and YouTube to reach an untapped audience that continues to grow. #AskGaryVee showcases the most useful and interesting questions Gary has addressed on his popular show. Distilling and expanding on the podcast’s most urgent and evergreen themes, Gary presents practical, timely, and timeless advice on marketing, social media, entrepreneurship, and everything else you’ve been afraid to ask but are dying to know. Gary gives you the insights and information you need on everything from effectively using Twitter to launching a small business, hiring superstars to creating a personal brand, launching products effectively to staying healthy—and even buying wine. Whether you’re planning to start your own company, working in digital media, or have landed your first job in a traditional company, #AskGaryVee is your essential guide to making things happen in a big way. Narrators include: Gary Vaynerchuk, Jack Welch, Dave Ramsey, Seth Godin, Kevin Jonas, Casey Neistat, Draymond Green, Alex De Simone, Adam Braun, Adam Grant, AJ Vaynerchuk, Al Harrington, Alan Belcher, Alexis O'Hanian, Andrew Greif, Andy Dunn, Andy Krainak, Benjamin Lazarus, Beth Comstock, Black Coffee, Brittany Hoffman, Charlie Ebersol, Chase Jarvis, Chef Lizette, Cristie Kerr, Dana Anderson, Dawn Swick-Renshaw, Dennis Crowley, Dustin Keller, Erik Dellenback, Greg Pesci, India Kieser, Jack Haber, Jason Calacanis, Jason Farris, Jason Fried, John Legend, Justin Brooke, Kevin Asp, Leo LaPorte, Leslie Blodgett, Mike Vacanti, Peter Brown, Phil Rosenthal, Phillip Gimmi, Ross Walker, Scott Wyden, Sean Burrows, Shonduras, Soren Azorian, Staphon Lawrence, Steph Ruhle, Steve Sadove, Steve Unwin, Dr. Thiago Moraes, Tim Evans, Tom Ferry, Troy Carter, Warren Weeks, Zak Moy, Matt DeMayo, Nathan Scherotter. Gary Vaynerchuk Tue, 08 Mar 2016 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256484 thebookvoice.com 12:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #AskGaryVee: One Entrepreneur's Take on Leadership, Social Media, and Self-Awareness Author: Gary Vaynerchuk Narrator: Alex De Simone, Draymond Green, Casey Neistat, Kevin Jonas, Gary Vaynerchuk, Dave Ramsey, Seth Godin, Jack Welch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author draws from his popular show #AskGaryVee to offer surprising, often outrageous, and imminently useful and honest answers to everything you’ve ever wanted to know—and more—about navigating the new world. Gary Vaynerchuk—the inspiring and unconventional entrepreneur who introduced us to the concept of crush it—knows how to get things done, have fun, and be massively successful. A marketing and business genius, Gary had the foresight to go beyond traditional methods and use social media tools such as Twitter, Facebook, and YouTube to reach an untapped audience that continues to grow. #AskGaryVee showcases the most useful and interesting questions Gary has addressed on his popular show. Distilling and expanding on the podcast’s most urgent and evergreen themes, Gary presents practical, timely, and timeless advice on marketing, social media, entrepreneurship, and everything else you’ve been afraid to ask but are dying to know. Gary gives you the insights and information you need on everything from effectively using Twitter to launching a small business, hiring superstars to creating a personal brand, launching products effectively to staying healthy—and even buying wine. Whether you’re planning to start your own company, working in digital media, or have landed your first job in a traditional company, #AskGaryVee is your essential guide to making things happen in a big way. Narrators include: Gary Vaynerchuk, Jack Welch, Dave Ramsey, Seth Godin, Kevin Jonas, Casey Neistat, Draymond Green, Alex De Simone, Adam Braun, Adam Grant, AJ Vaynerchuk, Al Harrington, Alan Belcher, Alexis O'Hanian, Andrew Greif, Andy Dunn, Andy Krainak, Benjamin Lazarus, Beth Comstock, Black Coffee, Brittany Hoffman, Charlie Ebersol, Chase Jarvis, Chef Lizette, Cristie Kerr, Dana Anderson, Dawn Swick-Renshaw, Dennis Crowley, Dustin Keller, Erik Dellenback, Greg Pesci, India Kieser, Jack Haber, Jason Calacanis, Jason Farris, Jason Fried, John Legend, Justin Brooke, Kevin Asp, Leo LaPorte, Leslie Blodgett, Mike Vacanti, Peter Brown, Phil Rosenthal, Phillip Gimmi, Ross Walker, Scott Wyden, Sean Burrows, Shonduras, Soren Azorian, Staphon Lawrence, Steph Ruhle, Steve Sadove, Steve Unwin, Dr. Thiago Moraes, Tim Evans, Tom Ferry, Troy Carter, Warren Weeks, Zak Moy, Matt DeMayo, Nathan Scherotter. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #AskGaryVee: One Entrepreneur's Take on Leadership, Social Media, and Self-Awareness Author: Gary Vaynerchuk Narrator: Alex De Simone, Draymond Green, Casey Neistat, Kevin Jonas, Gary Vaynerchuk, Dave Ramsey, Seth Godin, Jack Welch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 81 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author draws from his popular show #AskGaryVee to offer surprising, often outrageous, and imminently useful and honest answers to everything you’ve ever wanted to know—and more—about navigating the new world. Gary Vaynerchuk—the inspiring and unconventional entrepreneur who introduced us to the concept of crush it—knows how to get things done, have fun, and be massively successful. A marketing and business genius, Gary had the foresight to go beyond traditional methods and use social media tools such as Twitter, Facebook, and YouTube to reach an untapped audience that continues to grow. #AskGaryVee showcases the most useful and interesting questions Gary has addressed on his popular show. Distilling and expanding on the podcast’s most urgent and evergreen themes, Gary presents practical, timely, and timeless advice on marketing, social media, entrepreneurship, and everything else you’ve been afraid to ask but are dying to know. Gary gives you the insights and information you need on everything from effectively using Twitter to launching a small business, hiring superstars to creating a personal brand, launching products effectively to staying healthy—and even buying wine. Whether you’re planning to start your own company, working in digital media, or have landed your first job in a traditional company, #AskGaryVee is your essential guide to making things happen in a big way. Narrators include: Gary Vaynerchuk, Jack Welch, Dave Ramsey, Seth Godin, Kevin Jonas, Casey Neistat, Draymond Green, Alex De Simone, Adam Braun, Adam Grant, AJ Vaynerchuk, Al Harrington, Alan Belcher, Alexis O'Hanian, Andrew Greif, Andy Dunn, Andy Krainak, Benjamin Lazarus, Beth Comstock, Black Coffee, Brittany Hoffman, Charlie Ebersol, Chase Jarvis, Chef Lizette, Cristie Kerr, Dana Anderson, Dawn Swick-Renshaw, Dennis Crowley, Dustin Keller, Erik Dellenback, Greg Pesci, India Kieser, Jack Haber, Jason Calacanis, Jason Farris, Jason Fried, John Legend, Justin Brooke, Kevin Asp, Leo LaPorte, Leslie Blodgett, Mike Vacanti, Peter Brown, Phil Rosenthal, Phillip Gimmi, Ross Walker, Scott Wyden, Sean Burrows, Shonduras, Soren Azorian, Staphon Lawrence, Steph Ruhle, Steve Sadove, Steve Unwin, Dr. Thiago Moraes, Tim Evans, Tom Ferry, Troy Carter, Warren Weeks, Zak Moy, Matt DeMayo, Nathan Scherotter. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256481 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Here: A Guide to Creating a Life Worth Living Author: Rob Bell Narrator: Rob Bell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The popular pastor and New York Times bestselling author of Love Wins and What We Talk About When We Talk About God shows us how to pursue and realize our dreams, live in the moment, and joyfully do the things that make us come alive. Each of us was created for something great—we just need to figure out what it is and find the courage to do it. Whether it’s writing the next great American novel, starting a business, or joining a band, Rob Bell wants to help us make those dreams become reality. Our path is ours and ours alone to pursue, he reminds us, and in doing so, we derive great joy because we are living our passions. How to Be Here lays out concrete steps we can use to define and follow our dreams, interweaving engaging stories, lessons from biblical figures, insights gleaned from Rob’s personal experience, and practical advice. Rob gives you the support and insight you need to silence your critics, move from idea to action, take the first step, find joy in the work, persevere through hard times, and surrender to the outcome. Like Stephen Pressfield’s classic The War of Art, How to Be Here will inspire readers to seek the lives they were created to lead. Rob Bell Tue, 08 Mar 2016 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256481 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Here: A Guide to Creating a Life Worth Living Author: Rob Bell Narrator: Rob Bell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The popular pastor and New York Times bestselling author of Love Wins and What We Talk About When We Talk About God shows us how to pursue and realize our dreams, live in the moment, and joyfully do the things that make us come alive. Each of us was created for something great—we just need to figure out what it is and find the courage to do it. Whether it’s writing the next great American novel, starting a business, or joining a band, Rob Bell wants to help us make those dreams become reality. Our path is ours and ours alone to pursue, he reminds us, and in doing so, we derive great joy because we are living our passions. How to Be Here lays out concrete steps we can use to define and follow our dreams, interweaving engaging stories, lessons from biblical figures, insights gleaned from Rob’s personal experience, and practical advice. Rob gives you the support and insight you need to silence your critics, move from idea to action, take the first step, find joy in the work, persevere through hard times, and surrender to the outcome. Like Stephen Pressfield’s classic The War of Art, How to Be Here will inspire readers to seek the lives they were created to lead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Here: A Guide to Creating a Life Worth Living Author: Rob Bell Narrator: Rob Bell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The popular pastor and New York Times bestselling author of Love Wins and What We Talk About When We Talk About God shows us how to pursue and realize our dreams, live in the moment, and joyfully do the things that make us come alive. Each of us was created for something great—we just need to figure out what it is and find the courage to do it. Whether it’s writing the next great American novel, starting a business, or joining a band, Rob Bell wants to help us make those dreams become reality. Our path is ours and ours alone to pursue, he reminds us, and in doing so, we derive great joy because we are living our passions. How to Be Here lays out concrete steps we can use to define and follow our dreams, interweaving engaging stories, lessons from biblical figures, insights gleaned from Rob’s personal experience, and practical advice. Rob gives you the support and insight you need to silence your critics, move from idea to action, take the first step, find joy in the work, persevere through hard times, and surrender to the outcome. Like Stephen Pressfield’s classic The War of Art, How to Be Here will inspire readers to seek the lives they were created to lead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256103 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The 7 Choices to Ignite a Radically Inspired Life Author: John O'leary Narrator: John O'leary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of Brene Brown’s Daring Greatly and Nick Vujicic’s Life Without Limits comes a rousing 7-step plan for living a life on fire, filled with hope and possibility—from an inspirational speaker who survived a near-fatal fire at the age of nine and now runs a successful business inspiring people all around the world. When John O’Leary was nine years old, he was almost killed in a devastating house fire. With burns on one hundred percent of his body, O’Leary mustered an almost unimaginable amount of inner strength just to survive the ordeal. The insights he gained through this experience and the heroes who stepped into his life to help him through the journey—his family, the medical staff, and total strangers—changed his life. Now he is committed to living life to the fullest and inspiring others to do the same. An incredible and emotionally honest account of triumph over tragedy, On Fire contains O’Leary’s reflections on being that little boy, the life-giving choices made then, and the resulting lessons he learned. O’Leary very clearly shares that without the right people providing the right guidance, at the right time, he never would have made it through those five months in the hospital, let alone the years that followed as he struggled to regain mobility, embrace his story, and ignite clarity of his life’s purpose. On Fire encourages us to seize the power to choose our path and transform our lives from mundane to extraordinary. Once we stop thinking solely on the big moments in our lives, we can begin to focus on those smaller opportunities that tend to pass us by. These are the events—the inflection points in our lives—that can determine how we feel about life now, where we are headed in the future, and how many lives we can impact along the way. We can’t always choose the path we walk, but we can choose how we walk it. Empowering, inspiring, remarkably honest, and heartfelt, O’Leary’s strength and incredible spirit shine through on every page. John O'leary Tue, 15 Mar 2016 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256103 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The 7 Choices to Ignite a Radically Inspired Life Author: John O'leary Narrator: John O'leary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of Brene Brown’s Daring Greatly and Nick Vujicic’s Life Without Limits comes a rousing 7-step plan for living a life on fire, filled with hope and possibility—from an inspirational speaker who survived a near-fatal fire at the age of nine and now runs a successful business inspiring people all around the world. When John O’Leary was nine years old, he was almost killed in a devastating house fire. With burns on one hundred percent of his body, O’Leary mustered an almost unimaginable amount of inner strength just to survive the ordeal. The insights he gained through this experience and the heroes who stepped into his life to help him through the journey—his family, the medical staff, and total strangers—changed his life. Now he is committed to living life to the fullest and inspiring others to do the same. An incredible and emotionally honest account of triumph over tragedy, On Fire contains O’Leary’s reflections on being that little boy, the life-giving choices made then, and the resulting lessons he learned. O’Leary very clearly shares that without the right people providing the right guidance, at the right time, he never would have made it through those five months in the hospital, let alone the years that followed as he struggled to regain mobility, embrace his story, and ignite clarity of his life’s purpose. On Fire encourages us to seize the power to choose our path and transform our lives from mundane to extraordinary. Once we stop thinking solely on the big moments in our lives, we can begin to focus on those smaller opportunities that tend to pass us by. These are the events—the inflection points in our lives—that can determine how we feel about life now, where we are headed in the future, and how many lives we can impact along the way. We can’t always choose the path we walk, but we can choose how we walk it. Empowering, inspiring, remarkably honest, and heartfelt, O’Leary’s strength and incredible spirit shine through on every page. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The 7 Choices to Ignite a Radically Inspired Life Author: John O'leary Narrator: John O'leary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of Brene Brown’s Daring Greatly and Nick Vujicic’s Life Without Limits comes a rousing 7-step plan for living a life on fire, filled with hope and possibility—from an inspirational speaker who survived a near-fatal fire at the age of nine and now runs a successful business inspiring people all around the world. When John O’Leary was nine years old, he was almost killed in a devastating house fire. With burns on one hundred percent of his body, O’Leary mustered an almost unimaginable amount of inner strength just to survive the ordeal. The insights he gained through this experience and the heroes who stepped into his life to help him through the journey—his family, the medical staff, and total strangers—changed his life. Now he is committed to living life to the fullest and inspiring others to do the same. An incredible and emotionally honest account of triumph over tragedy, On Fire contains O’Leary’s reflections on being that little boy, the life-giving choices made then, and the resulting lessons he learned. O’Leary very clearly shares that without the right people providing the right guidance, at the right time, he never would have made it through those five months in the hospital, let alone the years that followed as he struggled to regain mobility, embrace his story, and ignite clarity of his life’s purpose. On Fire encourages us to seize the power to choose our path and transform our lives from mundane to extraordinary. Once we stop thinking solely on the big moments in our lives, we can begin to focus on those smaller opportunities that tend to pass us by. These are the events—the inflection points in our lives—that can determine how we feel about life now, where we are headed in the future, and how many lives we can impact along the way. We can’t always choose the path we walk, but we can choose how we walk it. Empowering, inspiring, remarkably honest, and heartfelt, O’Leary’s strength and incredible spirit shine through on every page. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248054 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Glamour Grammar: A Guide to the Magic and Mystery of Practical English Author: Roy Peter Clark Narrator: Roy Peter Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 13, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 3.56 of Total 9 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: early in the history of english, glamour ad grammar were the same word, linked to enchantment and magical spells. Now grammar brings to mind language bullies and bored-out-of-their-skulls students. Roy Peter Clark, one of America’s most influential writing teachers, wants to change that by putting the glamour back into grammar. Whether you are composing a novel, a memo, an e-mail, or a blog post, you can immediately apply any of the lessons Clark lays out in fifty short chapters. Covering everything from the parts of speech to why effective writers prefer concrete nouns and active verbs, Clark teaches you how to use periods, commas, and semicolons to their fullest advantage; befriend the lively verb to be; avoid “hyper-grammar”; properly place those tricky modifiers; and harness other secrets of powerful prose. Above all, he teaches you how to master grammar to perfect your use of English, to hone meaning, and to charm through your writing. In a world where we communicate more and more through emails and text messages, how you use language matters—even in 140 characters. The Glamour of Grammar prepares you top captivate with every word. Roy Peter Clark Mon, 13 Sep 2010 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248054 thebookvoice.com 8:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Glamour Grammar: A Guide to the Magic and Mystery of Practical English Author: Roy Peter Clark Narrator: Roy Peter Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 13, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 3.56 of Total 9 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: early in the history of english, glamour ad grammar were the same word, linked to enchantment and magical spells. Now grammar brings to mind language bullies and bored-out-of-their-skulls students. Roy Peter Clark, one of America’s most influential writing teachers, wants to change that by putting the glamour back into grammar. Whether you are composing a novel, a memo, an e-mail, or a blog post, you can immediately apply any of the lessons Clark lays out in fifty short chapters. Covering everything from the parts of speech to why effective writers prefer concrete nouns and active verbs, Clark teaches you how to use periods, commas, and semicolons to their fullest advantage; befriend the lively verb to be; avoid “hyper-grammar”; properly place those tricky modifiers; and harness other secrets of powerful prose. Above all, he teaches you how to master grammar to perfect your use of English, to hone meaning, and to charm through your writing. In a world where we communicate more and more through emails and text messages, how you use language matters—even in 140 characters. The Glamour of Grammar prepares you top captivate with every word. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Glamour Grammar: A Guide to the Magic and Mystery of Practical English Author: Roy Peter Clark Narrator: Roy Peter Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 13, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 3.56 of Total 9 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: early in the history of english, glamour ad grammar were the same word, linked to enchantment and magical spells. Now grammar brings to mind language bullies and bored-out-of-their-skulls students. Roy Peter Clark, one of America’s most influential writing teachers, wants to change that by putting the glamour back into grammar. Whether you are composing a novel, a memo, an e-mail, or a blog post, you can immediately apply any of the lessons Clark lays out in fifty short chapters. Covering everything from the parts of speech to why effective writers prefer concrete nouns and active verbs, Clark teaches you how to use periods, commas, and semicolons to their fullest advantage; befriend the lively verb to be; avoid “hyper-grammar”; properly place those tricky modifiers; and harness other secrets of powerful prose. Above all, he teaches you how to master grammar to perfect your use of English, to hone meaning, and to charm through your writing. In a world where we communicate more and more through emails and text messages, how you use language matters—even in 140 characters. The Glamour of Grammar prepares you top captivate with every word. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245989 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcome to Night Vale: A Novel Author: Jeffrey Cranor, Joseph Fink Narrator: Retta, Dylan Marron, Cecil Baldwin, Dan Bittner, Therese Plummer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 20, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: ?New York Times Bestseller ''Hypnotic and darkly funny. . . . Belongs to a particular strain of American gothic that encompasses The Twilight Zone, Stephen King and Twin Peaks, with a bit of Tremors thrown in.'' —The Guardian “A splendid, weird, moving novel.”— NPR.org From the creators of the wildly popular Welcome to Night Vale podcast comes an imaginative mystery of appearances and disappearances that is also a poignant look at the ways in which we all struggle to find ourselves. . . no matter where we live. Located in a nameless desert somewhere in the great American Southwest, Night Vale is a small town where ghosts, angels, aliens, and government conspiracies are all commonplace parts of everyday life. It is here that the lives of two women, with two mysteries, will converge. Nineteen-year-old Night Vale pawn shop owner Jackie Fierro is given a paper marked ''KING CITY'' by a mysterious man in a tan jacket holding a deer skin suitcase. Everything about him and his paper unsettles her, especially the fact that she can't seem to get the paper to leave her hand, and that no one who meets this man can remember anything about him. Jackie is determined to uncover the mystery of King City and the man in the tan jacket before she herself unravels. Night Vale PTA treasurer Diane Crayton's son, Josh, is moody and also a shape shifter. And lately Diane's started to see her son's father everywhere she goes, looking the same as the day he left years earlier, when they were both teenagers. Josh, looking different every time Diane sees him, shows a stronger and stronger interest in his estranged father, leading to a disaster Diane can see coming, even as she is helpless to prevent it. Diane's search to reconnect with her son and Jackie's search for her former routine life collide as they find themselves coming back to two words: ''KING CITY''. It is King City that holds the key to both of their mysteries, and their futures...if they can ever find it. Jeffrey Cranor, Joseph Fink Tue, 20 Oct 2015 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245989 thebookvoice.com 12:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcome to Night Vale: A Novel Author: Jeffrey Cranor, Joseph Fink Narrator: Retta, Dylan Marron, Cecil Baldwin, Dan Bittner, Therese Plummer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 20, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: ?New York Times Bestseller ''Hypnotic and darkly funny. . . . Belongs to a particular strain of American gothic that encompasses The Twilight Zone, Stephen King and Twin Peaks, with a bit of Tremors thrown in.'' —The Guardian “A splendid, weird, moving novel.”— NPR.org From the creators of the wildly popular Welcome to Night Vale podcast comes an imaginative mystery of appearances and disappearances that is also a poignant look at the ways in which we all struggle to find ourselves. . . no matter where we live. Located in a nameless desert somewhere in the great American Southwest, Night Vale is a small town where ghosts, angels, aliens, and government conspiracies are all commonplace parts of everyday life. It is here that the lives of two women, with two mysteries, will converge. Nineteen-year-old Night Vale pawn shop owner Jackie Fierro is given a paper marked ''KING CITY'' by a mysterious man in a tan jacket holding a deer skin suitcase. Everything about him and his paper unsettles her, especially the fact that she can't seem to get the paper to leave her hand, and that no one who meets this man can remember anything about him. Jackie is determined to uncover the mystery of King City and the man in the tan jacket before she herself unravels. Night Vale PTA treasurer Diane Crayton's son, Josh, is moody and also a shape shifter. And lately Diane's started to see her son's father everywhere she goes, looking the same as the day he left years earlier, when they were both teenagers. Josh, looking different every time Diane sees him, shows a stronger and stronger interest in his estranged father, leading to a disaster Diane can see coming, even as she is helpless to prevent it. Diane's search to reconnect with her son and Jackie's search for her former routine life collide as they find themselves coming back to two words: ''KING CITY''. It is King City that holds the key to both of their mysteries, and their futures...if they can ever find it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcome to Night Vale: A Novel Author: Jeffrey Cranor, Joseph Fink Narrator: Retta, Dylan Marron, Cecil Baldwin, Dan Bittner, Therese Plummer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 20, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: ?New York Times Bestseller ''Hypnotic and darkly funny. . . . Belongs to a particular strain of American gothic that encompasses The Twilight Zone, Stephen King and Twin Peaks, with a bit of Tremors thrown in.'' —The Guardian “A splendid, weird, moving novel.”— NPR.org From the creators of the wildly popular Welcome to Night Vale podcast comes an imaginative mystery of appearances and disappearances that is also a poignant look at the ways in which we all struggle to find ourselves. . . no matter where we live. Located in a nameless desert somewhere in the great American Southwest, Night Vale is a small town where ghosts, angels, aliens, and government conspiracies are all commonplace parts of everyday life. It is here that the lives of two women, with two mysteries, will converge. Nineteen-year-old Night Vale pawn shop owner Jackie Fierro is given a paper marked ''KING CITY'' by a mysterious man in a tan jacket holding a deer skin suitcase. Everything about him and his paper unsettles her, especially the fact that she can't seem to get the paper to leave her hand, and that no one who meets this man can remember anything about him. Jackie is determined to uncover the mystery of King City and the man in the tan jacket before she herself unravels. Night Vale PTA treasurer Diane Crayton's son, Josh, is moody and also a shape shifter. And lately Diane's started to see her son's father everywhere she goes, looking the same as the day he left years earlier, when they were both teenagers. Josh, looking different every time Diane sees him, shows a stronger and stronger interest in his estranged father, leading to a disaster Diane can see coming, even as she is helpless to prevent it. Diane's search to reconnect with her son and Jackie's search for her former routine life collide as they find themselves coming back to two words: ''KING CITY''. It is King City that holds the key to both of their mysteries, and their futures...if they can ever find it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240376 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift of Failure: How the Best Parents Learn to Let Go So Their Children Can Succeed Author: Jessica Lahey Narrator: Jessica Lahey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In the tradition of Paul Tough’s How Children Succeed and Wendy Mogel’s The Blessing of a Skinned Knee, this groundbreaking manifesto focuses on the critical school years when parents must learn to allow their children to experience the disappointment and frustration that occur from life’s inevitable problems so that they can grow up to be successful, resilient, and self-reliant adults. Modern parenting is defined by an unprecedented level of overprotectiveness: parents who rush to school at the whim of a phone call to deliver forgotten assignments, who challenge teachers on report card disappointments, mastermind children’s friendships, and interfere on the playing field. As teacher and writer Jessica Lahey explains, even though these parents see themselves as being highly responsive to their children’s well being, they aren’t giving them the chance to experience failure—or the opportunity to learn to solve their own problems. Overparenting has the potential to ruin a child’s confidence and undermine their education, Lahey reminds us. Teachers don’t just teach reading, writing, and arithmetic. They teach responsibility, organization, manners, restraint, and foresight—important life skills children carry with them long after they leave the classroom. Providing a path toward solutions, Lahey lays out a blueprint with targeted advice for handling homework, report cards, social dynamics, and sports. Most importantly, she sets forth a plan to help parents learn to step back and embrace their children’s failures. Hard-hitting yet warm and wise, The Gift of Failure is essential reading for parents, educators, and psychologists nationwide who want to help children succeed. Jessica Lahey Tue, 11 Aug 2015 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240376 thebookvoice.com 7:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift of Failure: How the Best Parents Learn to Let Go So Their Children Can Succeed Author: Jessica Lahey Narrator: Jessica Lahey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In the tradition of Paul Tough’s How Children Succeed and Wendy Mogel’s The Blessing of a Skinned Knee, this groundbreaking manifesto focuses on the critical school years when parents must learn to allow their children to experience the disappointment and frustration that occur from life’s inevitable problems so that they can grow up to be successful, resilient, and self-reliant adults. Modern parenting is defined by an unprecedented level of overprotectiveness: parents who rush to school at the whim of a phone call to deliver forgotten assignments, who challenge teachers on report card disappointments, mastermind children’s friendships, and interfere on the playing field. As teacher and writer Jessica Lahey explains, even though these parents see themselves as being highly responsive to their children’s well being, they aren’t giving them the chance to experience failure—or the opportunity to learn to solve their own problems. Overparenting has the potential to ruin a child’s confidence and undermine their education, Lahey reminds us. Teachers don’t just teach reading, writing, and arithmetic. They teach responsibility, organization, manners, restraint, and foresight—important life skills children carry with them long after they leave the classroom. Providing a path toward solutions, Lahey lays out a blueprint with targeted advice for handling homework, report cards, social dynamics, and sports. Most importantly, she sets forth a plan to help parents learn to step back and embrace their children’s failures. Hard-hitting yet warm and wise, The Gift of Failure is essential reading for parents, educators, and psychologists nationwide who want to help children succeed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift of Failure: How the Best Parents Learn to Let Go So Their Children Can Succeed Author: Jessica Lahey Narrator: Jessica Lahey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In the tradition of Paul Tough’s How Children Succeed and Wendy Mogel’s The Blessing of a Skinned Knee, this groundbreaking manifesto focuses on the critical school years when parents must learn to allow their children to experience the disappointment and frustration that occur from life’s inevitable problems so that they can grow up to be successful, resilient, and self-reliant adults. Modern parenting is defined by an unprecedented level of overprotectiveness: parents who rush to school at the whim of a phone call to deliver forgotten assignments, who challenge teachers on report card disappointments, mastermind children’s friendships, and interfere on the playing field. As teacher and writer Jessica Lahey explains, even though these parents see themselves as being highly responsive to their children’s well being, they aren’t giving them the chance to experience failure—or the opportunity to learn to solve their own problems. Overparenting has the potential to ruin a child’s confidence and undermine their education, Lahey reminds us. Teachers don’t just teach reading, writing, and arithmetic. They teach responsibility, organization, manners, restraint, and foresight—important life skills children carry with them long after they leave the classroom. Providing a path toward solutions, Lahey lays out a blueprint with targeted advice for handling homework, report cards, social dynamics, and sports. Most importantly, she sets forth a plan to help parents learn to step back and embrace their children’s failures. Hard-hitting yet warm and wise, The Gift of Failure is essential reading for parents, educators, and psychologists nationwide who want to help children succeed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234236 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freakonomics: A Rogue Economist Explores the Hidden Side of Everything Author: Steven D. Levitt, Stephen J. Dubner Narrator: Stephen J. Dubner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.38 of Total 8 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Assume nothing, question everything. This is the message at the heart of Freakonomics, Levitt and Dubner's rule-breaking, iconoclastic book about crack dealers, cheating teachers and bizarre baby names that turned everyone's view of the world upside-down and became an international multi-million-copy-selling phenomenon. 'Prepare to be dazzled' Malcolm Gladwell 'A sensation ... you'll be stimulated, provoked and entertained. Of how many books can that be said?' Sunday Telegraph 'Has you chuckling one minute and gasping in amazement the next' Wall Street Journal 'Dazzling ... a delight' Economist 'Made me laugh out loud' Scotland on Sunday Steven D. Levitt, Stephen J. Dubner Mon, 01 Aug 2011 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234236 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freakonomics: A Rogue Economist Explores the Hidden Side of Everything Author: Steven D. Levitt, Stephen J. Dubner Narrator: Stephen J. Dubner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.38 of Total 8 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Assume nothing, question everything. This is the message at the heart of Freakonomics, Levitt and Dubner's rule-breaking, iconoclastic book about crack dealers, cheating teachers and bizarre baby names that turned everyone's view of the world upside-down and became an international multi-million-copy-selling phenomenon. 'Prepare to be dazzled' Malcolm Gladwell 'A sensation ... you'll be stimulated, provoked and entertained. Of how many books can that be said?' Sunday Telegraph 'Has you chuckling one minute and gasping in amazement the next' Wall Street Journal 'Dazzling ... a delight' Economist 'Made me laugh out loud' Scotland on Sunday Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freakonomics: A Rogue Economist Explores the Hidden Side of Everything Author: Steven D. Levitt, Stephen J. Dubner Narrator: Stephen J. Dubner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.38 of Total 8 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Assume nothing, question everything. This is the message at the heart of Freakonomics, Levitt and Dubner's rule-breaking, iconoclastic book about crack dealers, cheating teachers and bizarre baby names that turned everyone's view of the world upside-down and became an international multi-million-copy-selling phenomenon. 'Prepare to be dazzled' Malcolm Gladwell 'A sensation ... you'll be stimulated, provoked and entertained. Of how many books can that be said?' Sunday Telegraph 'Has you chuckling one minute and gasping in amazement the next' Wall Street Journal 'Dazzling ... a delight' Economist 'Made me laugh out loud' Scotland on Sunday https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231842 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happiness Project: Or, Why I Spent a Year Trying to Sing in the Morning, Clean My Closets, Fight Right, Read Aristotle, and Generally Have More Fun Author: Gretchen Rubin Narrator: Gretchen Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 103 Ratings of Narrator: 4.68 of Total 22 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller “An enlightening, laugh-aloud read. . . . Filled with open, honest glimpses into [Rubin’s] real life, woven together with constant doses of humor.” —Christian Science Monitor Gretchen Rubin’s year-long experiment to discover how to create true happiness. Drawing on cutting-edge science, classical philosophy, and real-world examples, Rubin delivers an engaging, eminently relatable chronicle of transformation. Gretchen Rubin had an epiphany one rainy afternoon in the unlikeliest of places: a city bus. “The days are long, but the years are short,” she realized. “Time is passing, and I’m not focusing enough on the things that really matter.” In that moment, she decided to dedicate a year to her happiness project. In this lively and compelling account, Rubin chronicles her adventures during the twelve months she spent test-driving the wisdom of the ages, current scientific research, and lessons from popular culture about how to be happier. Among other things, she found that novelty and challenge are powerful sources of happiness; that money can help buy happiness, when spent wisely; that outer order contributes to inner calm; and that the very smallest of changes can make the biggest difference. As an added bonus, this recording includes a sampling of Gretchen’s podcast, Happier With Gretchen Rubin. In this episode, ''Choose the Bigger Life,'' Gretchen and her sister, Elizabeth Craft, discuss happiness, good habits, and whether Gretchen is going to get a dog. Gretchen Rubin Tue, 29 Dec 2009 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231842 thebookvoice.com 9:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happiness Project: Or, Why I Spent a Year Trying to Sing in the Morning, Clean My Closets, Fight Right, Read Aristotle, and Generally Have More Fun Author: Gretchen Rubin Narrator: Gretchen Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 103 Ratings of Narrator: 4.68 of Total 22 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller “An enlightening, laugh-aloud read. . . . Filled with open, honest glimpses into [Rubin’s] real life, woven together with constant doses of humor.” —Christian Science Monitor Gretchen Rubin’s year-long experiment to discover how to create true happiness. Drawing on cutting-edge science, classical philosophy, and real-world examples, Rubin delivers an engaging, eminently relatable chronicle of transformation. Gretchen Rubin had an epiphany one rainy afternoon in the unlikeliest of places: a city bus. “The days are long, but the years are short,” she realized. “Time is passing, and I’m not focusing enough on the things that really matter.” In that moment, she decided to dedicate a year to her happiness project. In this lively and compelling account, Rubin chronicles her adventures during the twelve months she spent test-driving the wisdom of the ages, current scientific research, and lessons from popular culture about how to be happier. Among other things, she found that novelty and challenge are powerful sources of happiness; that money can help buy happiness, when spent wisely; that outer order contributes to inner calm; and that the very smallest of changes can make the biggest difference. As an added bonus, this recording includes a sampling of Gretchen’s podcast, Happier With Gretchen Rubin. In this episode, ''Choose the Bigger Life,'' Gretchen and her sister, Elizabeth Craft, discuss happiness, good habits, and whether Gretchen is going to get a dog. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happiness Project: Or, Why I Spent a Year Trying to Sing in the Morning, Clean My Closets, Fight Right, Read Aristotle, and Generally Have More Fun Author: Gretchen Rubin Narrator: Gretchen Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 29, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 103 Ratings of Narrator: 4.68 of Total 22 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller “An enlightening, laugh-aloud read. . . . Filled with open, honest glimpses into [Rubin’s] real life, woven together with constant doses of humor.” —Christian Science Monitor Gretchen Rubin’s year-long experiment to discover how to create true happiness. Drawing on cutting-edge science, classical philosophy, and real-world examples, Rubin delivers an engaging, eminently relatable chronicle of transformation. Gretchen Rubin had an epiphany one rainy afternoon in the unlikeliest of places: a city bus. “The days are long, but the years are short,” she realized. “Time is passing, and I’m not focusing enough on the things that really matter.” In that moment, she decided to dedicate a year to her happiness project. In this lively and compelling account, Rubin chronicles her adventures during the twelve months she spent test-driving the wisdom of the ages, current scientific research, and lessons from popular culture about how to be happier. Among other things, she found that novelty and challenge are powerful sources of happiness; that money can help buy happiness, when spent wisely; that outer order contributes to inner calm; and that the very smallest of changes can make the biggest difference. As an added bonus, this recording includes a sampling of Gretchen’s podcast, Happier With Gretchen Rubin. In this episode, ''Choose the Bigger Life,'' Gretchen and her sister, Elizabeth Craft, discuss happiness, good habits, and whether Gretchen is going to get a dog. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230796 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230796]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freakonomics Rev Ed Author: Steven D. Levitt, Stephen J. Dubner Narrator: Stephen J. Dubner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 10, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 417 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 28 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Steven D. Levitt and Stephen J. Dubner offer the long-awaited paperback edition of Freakonomics, the runaway bestseller, including six Freakonomics columns from the New York Times Magazine and a Q & A with the authors. Steven D. Levitt, Stephen J. Dubner Tue, 10 Jul 2007 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230796 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230796]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freakonomics Rev Ed Author: Steven D. Levitt, Stephen J. Dubner Narrator: Stephen J. Dubner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 10, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 417 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 28 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Steven D. Levitt and Stephen J. Dubner offer the long-awaited paperback edition of Freakonomics, the runaway bestseller, including six Freakonomics columns from the New York Times Magazine and a Q & A with the authors. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230796]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freakonomics Rev Ed Author: Steven D. Levitt, Stephen J. Dubner Narrator: Stephen J. Dubner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 10, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 417 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 28 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: Steven D. Levitt and Stephen J. Dubner offer the long-awaited paperback edition of Freakonomics, the runaway bestseller, including six Freakonomics columns from the New York Times Magazine and a Q & A with the authors. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221100 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat More Better: How to Make Every Bite More Delicious Author: Dan Pashman Narrator: Dan Pashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: What if you could make everything you eat more delicious? As creator of the WNYC podcast The Sporkful and host of the Cooking Channel web series You're Eating It Wrong, Dan Pashman is obsessed with doing just that. Eat More Better weaves science and humor into a definitive, illustrated guidebook for anyone who loves food. But this book isn’t for foodies. It’s for eaters. In the bestselling tradition of Alton Brown’s Good Eats and M.F.K. Fisher’s The Art of Eating, Pashman analyzes everyday foods in extraordinary detail to answer some of the most pressing questions of our time, including: Is a cheeseburger better when the cheese is on the bottom, closer to your tongue, to accentuate cheesy goodness? What are the ethics of cherry-picking specific ingredients from a snack mix? And what role does surface-area-to-volume ratio play in fried food enjoyment and ice cube selection? Written with an infectious blend of humor and smarts, Eat More Better is a tongue-in-cheek textbook that teaches readers to eat for maximum pleasure. Chapters are divided into subjects like engineering, philosophy, economics, and physical science, and feature hundreds of drawings, charts, and infographics to illustrate key concepts like The Porklift—a bacon lattice structure placed beneath a pancake stack to elevate it off the plate, thus preventing the bottom pancake from becoming soggy with syrup and imbuing the bacon with maple-based deliciousness. Eat More Better combines Pashman’s award-winning writing with his unparalleled field research, collected over thirty-seven years of eating at least three times a day. It delivers entertaining, fascinating, and practical insights that will satisfy your mind and stomach, and change the way you look at food forever. Read this book and every bite you take will be better. Dan Pashman Tue, 14 Oct 2014 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221100 thebookvoice.com 7:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat More Better: How to Make Every Bite More Delicious Author: Dan Pashman Narrator: Dan Pashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: What if you could make everything you eat more delicious? As creator of the WNYC podcast The Sporkful and host of the Cooking Channel web series You're Eating It Wrong, Dan Pashman is obsessed with doing just that. Eat More Better weaves science and humor into a definitive, illustrated guidebook for anyone who loves food. But this book isn’t for foodies. It’s for eaters. In the bestselling tradition of Alton Brown’s Good Eats and M.F.K. Fisher’s The Art of Eating, Pashman analyzes everyday foods in extraordinary detail to answer some of the most pressing questions of our time, including: Is a cheeseburger better when the cheese is on the bottom, closer to your tongue, to accentuate cheesy goodness? What are the ethics of cherry-picking specific ingredients from a snack mix? And what role does surface-area-to-volume ratio play in fried food enjoyment and ice cube selection? Written with an infectious blend of humor and smarts, Eat More Better is a tongue-in-cheek textbook that teaches readers to eat for maximum pleasure. Chapters are divided into subjects like engineering, philosophy, economics, and physical science, and feature hundreds of drawings, charts, and infographics to illustrate key concepts like The Porklift—a bacon lattice structure placed beneath a pancake stack to elevate it off the plate, thus preventing the bottom pancake from becoming soggy with syrup and imbuing the bacon with maple-based deliciousness. Eat More Better combines Pashman’s award-winning writing with his unparalleled field research, collected over thirty-seven years of eating at least three times a day. It delivers entertaining, fascinating, and practical insights that will satisfy your mind and stomach, and change the way you look at food forever. Read this book and every bite you take will be better. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat More Better: How to Make Every Bite More Delicious Author: Dan Pashman Narrator: Dan Pashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: What if you could make everything you eat more delicious? As creator of the WNYC podcast The Sporkful and host of the Cooking Channel web series You're Eating It Wrong, Dan Pashman is obsessed with doing just that. Eat More Better weaves science and humor into a definitive, illustrated guidebook for anyone who loves food. But this book isn’t for foodies. It’s for eaters. In the bestselling tradition of Alton Brown’s Good Eats and M.F.K. Fisher’s The Art of Eating, Pashman analyzes everyday foods in extraordinary detail to answer some of the most pressing questions of our time, including: Is a cheeseburger better when the cheese is on the bottom, closer to your tongue, to accentuate cheesy goodness? What are the ethics of cherry-picking specific ingredients from a snack mix? And what role does surface-area-to-volume ratio play in fried food enjoyment and ice cube selection? Written with an infectious blend of humor and smarts, Eat More Better is a tongue-in-cheek textbook that teaches readers to eat for maximum pleasure. Chapters are divided into subjects like engineering, philosophy, economics, and physical science, and feature hundreds of drawings, charts, and infographics to illustrate key concepts like The Porklift—a bacon lattice structure placed beneath a pancake stack to elevate it off the plate, thus preventing the bottom pancake from becoming soggy with syrup and imbuing the bacon with maple-based deliciousness. Eat More Better combines Pashman’s award-winning writing with his unparalleled field research, collected over thirty-seven years of eating at least three times a day. It delivers entertaining, fascinating, and practical insights that will satisfy your mind and stomach, and change the way you look at food forever. Read this book and every bite you take will be better. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196592 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tough Sh*t: Life Advice from a Fat, Lazy Slob Who Did Good Author: Kevin Smith Narrator: Kevin Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 20, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 35 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: That Kevin Smith? The guy who did “Clerks” a million years ago? Didn’t they bounce his fat ass off a plane once? What could you possibly learn from the director of “Cop Out”? How about this: he changed filmmaking forever when he was twenty-three, and since then, he’s done whatever the hell he wants. He makes movies, writes comics, owns a store, and now he’s built a podcasting empire with his friends and family, including a wife who’s way out of his league. So here’s some tough shit: Kevin Smith has cracked the code.  Or, he’s just cracked. Tough Sh*t is the dirty business that Kevin has been digesting for 41 years and now, he’s ready to put it in your hands. Smear this shit all over yourself, because this is your blueprint (or brownprint) for success. Kev takes you through some big moments in his life to help you live your days in as Gretzky a fashion as you can: going where the puck is gonna be. Read all about how a zero like Smith managed to make ten movies with no discernible talent, and how when he had everything he thought he’d ever want, he decided to blow up his own career. Along the way, Kev shares stories about folks who inspired him (like George Carlin), folks who befuddled him (like Bruce Willis), and folks who let him jerk off onto their legs (like his beloved wife, Jen). So make this your daily reader. Hell, read it on the toilet if you want. Just make sure you grab the bowl and push, because you’re about to take one Tough Sh*t. Kevin Smith Tue, 20 Mar 2012 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196592 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tough Sh*t: Life Advice from a Fat, Lazy Slob Who Did Good Author: Kevin Smith Narrator: Kevin Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 20, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 35 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: That Kevin Smith? The guy who did “Clerks” a million years ago? Didn’t they bounce his fat ass off a plane once? What could you possibly learn from the director of “Cop Out”? How about this: he changed filmmaking forever when he was twenty-three, and since then, he’s done whatever the hell he wants. He makes movies, writes comics, owns a store, and now he’s built a podcasting empire with his friends and family, including a wife who’s way out of his league. So here’s some tough shit: Kevin Smith has cracked the code.  Or, he’s just cracked. Tough Sh*t is the dirty business that Kevin has been digesting for 41 years and now, he’s ready to put it in your hands. Smear this shit all over yourself, because this is your blueprint (or brownprint) for success. Kev takes you through some big moments in his life to help you live your days in as Gretzky a fashion as you can: going where the puck is gonna be. Read all about how a zero like Smith managed to make ten movies with no discernible talent, and how when he had everything he thought he’d ever want, he decided to blow up his own career. Along the way, Kev shares stories about folks who inspired him (like George Carlin), folks who befuddled him (like Bruce Willis), and folks who let him jerk off onto their legs (like his beloved wife, Jen). So make this your daily reader. Hell, read it on the toilet if you want. Just make sure you grab the bowl and push, because you’re about to take one Tough Sh*t. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tough Sh*t: Life Advice from a Fat, Lazy Slob Who Did Good Author: Kevin Smith Narrator: Kevin Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 20, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 35 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: That Kevin Smith? The guy who did “Clerks” a million years ago? Didn’t they bounce his fat ass off a plane once? What could you possibly learn from the director of “Cop Out”? How about this: he changed filmmaking forever when he was twenty-three, and since then, he’s done whatever the hell he wants. He makes movies, writes comics, owns a store, and now he’s built a podcasting empire with his friends and family, including a wife who’s way out of his league. So here’s some tough shit: Kevin Smith has cracked the code.  Or, he’s just cracked. Tough Sh*t is the dirty business that Kevin has been digesting for 41 years and now, he’s ready to put it in your hands. Smear this shit all over yourself, because this is your blueprint (or brownprint) for success. Kev takes you through some big moments in his life to help you live your days in as Gretzky a fashion as you can: going where the puck is gonna be. Read all about how a zero like Smith managed to make ten movies with no discernible talent, and how when he had everything he thought he’d ever want, he decided to blow up his own career. Along the way, Kev shares stories about folks who inspired him (like George Carlin), folks who befuddled him (like Bruce Willis), and folks who let him jerk off onto their legs (like his beloved wife, Jen). So make this your daily reader. Hell, read it on the toilet if you want. Just make sure you grab the bowl and push, because you’re about to take one Tough Sh*t. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194569 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194569]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Five Love Languages: Singles Edition Author: Gary Chapman Narrator: Chris Fabry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 11, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 303 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The five love languages work for everyone (they're not just for married couples)... In this world we’re surrounded by more people than ever—yet we often still feel alone. Being single or married has nothing to do with whether you need to feel loved! Everyone has a God-given yearning for complete and unconditional love in the context of all relationships. If you want to give and receive love most effectively, you’ve got to learn to speak the right love language. Different people with different personalities express love in different ways. In fact, there are five very specific languages of love: Words of affirmation, gifts, acts of service, quality time, and physical touch.  Dr. Gary Chapman’s original bestseller was first crafted with married couples in mind, but the love languages have proven themselves to be universal. The message of this audiobook is now tailored to meet the unique and real desires of single adults.  Insert disc 5 into your PC to access the PDF material. Gary Chapman Wed, 11 Mar 2009 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194569 thebookvoice.com 5:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194569]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Five Love Languages: Singles Edition Author: Gary Chapman Narrator: Chris Fabry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 11, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 303 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The five love languages work for everyone (they're not just for married couples)... In this world we’re surrounded by more people than ever—yet we often still feel alone. Being single or married has nothing to do with whether you need to feel loved! Everyone has a God-given yearning for complete and unconditional love in the context of all relationships. If you want to give and receive love most effectively, you’ve got to learn to speak the right love language. Different people with different personalities express love in different ways. In fact, there are five very specific languages of love: Words of affirmation, gifts, acts of service, quality time, and physical touch.  Dr. Gary Chapman’s original bestseller was first crafted with married couples in mind, but the love languages have proven themselves to be universal. The message of this audiobook is now tailored to meet the unique and real desires of single adults.  Insert disc 5 into your PC to access the PDF material. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194569]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Five Love Languages: Singles Edition Author: Gary Chapman Narrator: Chris Fabry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 11, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 303 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 16 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The five love languages work for everyone (they're not just for married couples)... In this world we’re surrounded by more people than ever—yet we often still feel alone. Being single or married has nothing to do with whether you need to feel loved! Everyone has a God-given yearning for complete and unconditional love in the context of all relationships. If you want to give and receive love most effectively, you’ve got to learn to speak the right love language. Different people with different personalities express love in different ways. In fact, there are five very specific languages of love: Words of affirmation, gifts, acts of service, quality time, and physical touch.  Dr. Gary Chapman’s original bestseller was first crafted with married couples in mind, but the love languages have proven themselves to be universal. The message of this audiobook is now tailored to meet the unique and real desires of single adults.  Insert disc 5 into your PC to access the PDF material. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135062 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tiny Beautiful Things (10th Anniversary Edition): Advice from Dear Sugar (A Reese Witherspoon Book Club Pick) Author: Cheryl Strayed Narrator: Cheryl Strayed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 207 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 25 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NOW A HULU ORIGINAL SERIES • NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • REESE'S BOOK CLUB PICK • An anniversary edition of the bestselling collection of 'Dear Sugar' advice columns written by the author of #1 bestseller Wild—featuring a new preface and six additional columns. For more than a decade, thousands of people have sought advice from Dear Sugar—the pseudonym of bestselling author Cheryl Strayed—first through her online column at The Rumpus, later through her hit podcast, Dear Sugars, and now through her popular Substack newsletter. Tiny Beautiful Things collects the best of Dear Sugar in one volume, bringing her wisdom to many more readers. This tenth-anniversary edition features six new columns and a new preface by Strayed. Rich with humor, insight, compassion—and absolute honesty—this book is a balm for everything life throws our way. Cheryl Strayed Tue, 10 Jul 2012 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135062 thebookvoice.com 10:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tiny Beautiful Things (10th Anniversary Edition): Advice from Dear Sugar (A Reese Witherspoon Book Club Pick) Author: Cheryl Strayed Narrator: Cheryl Strayed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 207 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 25 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NOW A HULU ORIGINAL SERIES • NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • REESE'S BOOK CLUB PICK • An anniversary edition of the bestselling collection of 'Dear Sugar' advice columns written by the author of #1 bestseller Wild—featuring a new preface and six additional columns. For more than a decade, thousands of people have sought advice from Dear Sugar—the pseudonym of bestselling author Cheryl Strayed—first through her online column at The Rumpus, later through her hit podcast, Dear Sugars, and now through her popular Substack newsletter. Tiny Beautiful Things collects the best of Dear Sugar in one volume, bringing her wisdom to many more readers. This tenth-anniversary edition features six new columns and a new preface by Strayed. Rich with humor, insight, compassion—and absolute honesty—this book is a balm for everything life throws our way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tiny Beautiful Things (10th Anniversary Edition): Advice from Dear Sugar (A Reese Witherspoon Book Club Pick) Author: Cheryl Strayed Narrator: Cheryl Strayed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 207 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 25 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: NOW A HULU ORIGINAL SERIES • NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • REESE'S BOOK CLUB PICK • An anniversary edition of the bestselling collection of 'Dear Sugar' advice columns written by the author of #1 bestseller Wild—featuring a new preface and six additional columns. For more than a decade, thousands of people have sought advice from Dear Sugar—the pseudonym of bestselling author Cheryl Strayed—first through her online column at The Rumpus, later through her hit podcast, Dear Sugars, and now through her popular Substack newsletter. Tiny Beautiful Things collects the best of Dear Sugar in one volume, bringing her wisdom to many more readers. This tenth-anniversary edition features six new columns and a new preface by Strayed. Rich with humor, insight, compassion—and absolute honesty—this book is a balm for everything life throws our way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83425 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daily Show with Jon Stewart Presents Earth (The Audiobook): A Visitor's Guide to the Human Race Author: Jon Stewart Narrator: Jon Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 21, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.86 of Total 44 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The eagerly awaited new book from the Emmy-winning, Oscar-hosting, Daily Show-anchoring Jon Stewart--the man behind the megaseller America (The Book). Where do we come from? Who created us? Why are we here? These questions have puzzled us since the dawn of time, but when it became apparent to Jon Stewart and the writers of The Daily Show that the world was about to end, they embarked on a massive mission to write a book that summed up the human race: What we looked like; what we accomplished; our achievements in society, government, religion, science and culture -- all in a tome of approximately 256 pages with lots of color photos, graphs and charts. After two weeks of hard work, they had their book. Earth (The Book) is the definitive guide to our species. With their trademark wit, irreverence, and intelligence, Stewart and his team will posthumously answer all of life's most hard-hitting questions, completely unburdened by objectivity, journalistic integrity, or even accuracy. Jon Stewart Tue, 21 Sep 2010 12:39:04 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83425 thebookvoice.com 3:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daily Show with Jon Stewart Presents Earth (The Audiobook): A Visitor's Guide to the Human Race Author: Jon Stewart Narrator: Jon Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 21, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.86 of Total 44 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The eagerly awaited new book from the Emmy-winning, Oscar-hosting, Daily Show-anchoring Jon Stewart--the man behind the megaseller America (The Book). Where do we come from? Who created us? Why are we here? These questions have puzzled us since the dawn of time, but when it became apparent to Jon Stewart and the writers of The Daily Show that the world was about to end, they embarked on a massive mission to write a book that summed up the human race: What we looked like; what we accomplished; our achievements in society, government, religion, science and culture -- all in a tome of approximately 256 pages with lots of color photos, graphs and charts. After two weeks of hard work, they had their book. Earth (The Book) is the definitive guide to our species. With their trademark wit, irreverence, and intelligence, Stewart and his team will posthumously answer all of life's most hard-hitting questions, completely unburdened by objectivity, journalistic integrity, or even accuracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/83425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daily Show with Jon Stewart Presents Earth (The Audiobook): A Visitor's Guide to the Human Race Author: Jon Stewart Narrator: Jon Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 21, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.86 of Total 44 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: For Podcast Lovers Publisher's Summary: The eagerly awaited new book from the Emmy-winning, Oscar-hosting, Daily Show-anchoring Jon Stewart--the man behind the megaseller America (The Book). Where do we come from? Who created us? Why are we here? These questions have puzzled us since the dawn of time, but when it became apparent to Jon Stewart and the writers of The Daily Show that the world was about to end, they embarked on a massive mission to write a book that summed up the human race: What we looked like; what we accomplished; our achievements in society, government, religion, science and culture -- all in a tome of approximately 256 pages with lots of color photos, graphs and charts. After two weeks of hard work, they had their book. Earth (The Book) is the definitive guide to our species. With their trademark wit, irreverence, and intelligence, Stewart and his team will posthumously answer all of life's most hard-hitting questions, completely unburdened by objectivity, journalistic integrity, or even accuracy.